Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER CITY OF CORONA CIP FOR WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER AND FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER PROJECT NUMBER 77820572 CORONA CITY COUNCIL: MAYOR: TOM RICHINS VICE MAYOR: JIM STEINER COUNCIL MEMBER: JACQUE CASILLAS COUNCIL MEMBER: TONY DADDARIO COUNCIL MEMBER: WES SPEAKE TREASURER: CHAD WILLARDSON LOCATION MAP N.T.S. DWG. NO. SHEET NO. DESCRIPTION G-1 1 TITLE SHEET G-2 2 GENERAL NOTES, ABBREV., AND LEGEND C-1 3 STATIC MIXER SITE PLAN C-2 4 CCT CHEMICAL FEED DEMOLITION C-3 5 FLASH MIXER SITE PLAN C-4 6 CONCEPTUAL BYPASS PLAN M-1 7 STATIC MIXER AND VAULT PLAN M-2 8 STATIC MIXER AND VAULT SECTION (1 OF 2) M-3 9 STATIC MIXER AND VAULT SECTION (2 OF 2) M-4 10 FLASH MIXER PLAN AND SECTION D-1 11 DETAILS (1 OF 6) D-2 12 DETAILS (2 OF 6) D-3 13 DETAILS (3 OF 6) D-4 14 DETAILS (4 OF 6) D-5 15 DETAILS (5 OF 6) D-6 16 DETAILS (6 OF 6) SHEET INDEX: VICINITY MAP N.T.S. PROJECT SITE PROJECT LOCATIONBASIS OF BEARING: CONTROL POINTS TITLE SHEET DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 4/15/2024 4/16/2024 DLDL STM STMCLCL 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARD PLANS OF THE DEPARTMENTS OF WATER AND POWER AND PUBLIC WORKS OF THE CITY OF CORONA AND THE LATEST EDITION OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (DIAL 811) TWO FULL WORKING DAYS (48 HOURS MINIMUM) IN ADVANCE OF ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, THAT COULD AFFECT ANY UNDERGROUND UTILITY, INCLUDING PAVEMENT REMOVAL, EXCAVATION, OR AC OVERLAY AND OBTAIN AN IDENTIFICATION NUMBER PRIOR TO PERMIT ISSUANCE. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OUTLINE THE EXCAVATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNMENT CODE 4216 AND NOTIFY ALL AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANIES AT LEAST TWO FULL WORKING DAY (48 HOURS MINIMUM) PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION. 4. ALL SURVEY MONUMENTS SHALL BE PROTECTED AND PERPETUATED IN PLACE. ANY DISTURBED OR COVERED MONUMENTS SHALL BE RESET BY A REGISTERED CIVIL ENGINEER OR A LICENSED LAND SURVEYOR. 5. UTILITIES SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ARE CORRECT AND ACCURATE TO THE EXTENT OF AVAILABLE RECORDS. THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO ASCERTAIN THE EXACT LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND FACILITIES PRIOR TO DOING WORK THAT MAY DAMAGE SUCH FACILITIES OR INTERFERE WITH THEIR SERVICE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THE TOTAL EXPENSE OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF ANY UNDERGROUND FACILITIES DAMAGED BY HIS OPERATION. 6. PUBLIC WORKS INSPECTION SHALL BE CALLED FOR ANY WORK THROUGH THE CITY OF CORONA, 48 HOURS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK: (951) 279-3511. 7. PUBLIC WORKS ENCROACHMENT PERMIT SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR ANY IMPROVEMENT WORK IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. GENERAL NOTES: A AMPS AL ALUMINUM ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE AWWA AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION BLDG BUILDING BOT BOTTOM C/W COMPLETE WITH CL SODIUM HYPOCHLORINE CLR CLEARANCE CML&C CEMENT MORTAR LINED AND COATED CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS CONC CONCRETE CONT CONTINUOUS CORP. CORPORATION CPVC CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE CS CONTROL STATION CTR CENTER DEMO DEMOLISH/DEMOLISION DI DUCTILE IRON DIA DIAMETER DIP DUCTILE IRON PIPE DWG DRAWING DWLS DOWELS E EXISTING EG EXISTING GRADE EL/ELEV ELEVATION EMBED EMBEDDED ERSC ELECTRICAL RIGID STEEL CONDUIT ETC ETCETERA EW EACH WAY FF FINISHED FLOOR FG FINISHED GRADE FI FILTER INFLUENT FIP FEMALE IRON PIPE FIG FIGURE FLG FLANGE FRP FIBERGLASS-REINFORCED PLASTIC FS FORGED STEEL FT FEET GALV GALVINIZED GE GROVED END GFCI GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GPH GALLONS PER HOUR GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE GRD GROUND HP HORSE POWER I.D. INNER DIAMETER JB JUNCTION BOX kVA KILOVOLT-AMPS LB/LBS POUNDS LG LONG LM LUMENS LSH LEVEL SWITCH HIGH (FOR VAULT LEAK DETECTION) MAX MAXIMUM MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MH MANHOLE MGD MILLION GALLONS PER DAY MI MALLEABLE IRON MIN MINIMUM MJ MECHANICAL JOINT N NEW NO NUMBER N.P.T. NATIONAL PIPE TAPERED THREADS N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE O.C. ON CENTER O.D. OUTER DIAMETER OSHA OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH PE PLAIN END PFA PERFLUOROALKOXY PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER PP POLYPROPYLENE PREFAB PREFABRICATED PROP PROPOSED PSI POUND FORCE PER SQUARE INCH PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE QTY QUANTITY RAS RETURN ACTIVATED SLUDGE REQ'D REQUIRED RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL SCH SCHEDULE SPECS SPECIFICATIONS SQ SQUARE SS STAINLESS STEEL STA STATION STD STANDARD TC TOP OF CONCRETE TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD THWN THERMOPLASTIC HEAT AND WATER-RESISTANT NYLON-COATED TW TOP OF WALL TS TOP OF SLAB TSP TWISTED SINGLE-PAIR TYP TYPICAL UV ULTRAVIOLET V VOLTS W WATTS W/ WITH WAS WASTE ACTIVATED SLUDGE WP WEATHER-PROOF ABBREVIATIONS: CONCRETE (E) EARTH DEMOLISH LEGEND: CENTERLINE OF PIPE GENERAL NOTES, ABBREV., AND LEGEND AGGREGATE BASE (N) EARTH CEMENT MORTAR ASPHALT CURB (E) UTILITY PIPING EDGE OF PAVEMENT (E) UNDERGROUND HYPOCHLORINE PIPING (E) STORMDRAIN (N) UNDERGROUND HYPOCHLORINE PIPING (N) UNDERGROUND ENCASEMENT (N) UNDERGROUND WATER PIPING (N) UNDERGROUND UTILITY PIPING (N) ABOVE GROUND UTILITY PIPING (N) UNDERGROUND LIQUID ALUM PIPING (N) UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL CONDUIT (E) UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL CONDUIT (E) UNDERGROUND LIQUID ALUM PIPING (E) STORMDRAIN CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T (E) SITE LIGHT (N) EYEWASH/SHOWER (N) SITE LIGHT (E) CONTOUR 554 (N) CONTOUR 554 (N) UNDERGROUND DRAIN (E) UNDERGROUND DRAIN GENERAL SHEET SYMBOLS: TITLE DETAIL NUMBER SHEET ON WHICH DETAIL APPEARS AM-3 SECTION NUMBER SHEET ON WHICH DETAIL APPEARS DETAIL INDICATOR SECTION INDICATOR (E) TOE OF SLOPE (E) TOP OF SLOPE DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C RAS/WAS PUMP STATION CHLORINE CONTRACT TANK SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE INJECTION PUMP CONTAINMENT AREA CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA 4" DIP 2" PVC 10" DIP 4" DIP (E) 3" UTILITY WATER PIPE MCC S S S E STATIC MIXER SITE PLAN CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T CONSTRUCTION NOTES: CONSTRUCT CHEMICAL INJECTION STATIC MIXER PER DWG. M-1 AND M-2, AND FLOW METER VAULT PER DETAILS B AND C ON DWG. M-3. CONSTRUCT CCT ALUMINUM STAIR PER DETAIL 1 ON DWG. D-6. CONSTRUCT 1" PFA TUBING WITH 4" PVC CONTAINMENT PIPE FROM CHLORINE FEED PUMPS DISCHARGE LINE TO PROPOSED STATIC MIXER AT A -0.5% SLOPE DOWN FROM FEED TO VAULT. MAINTAIN MIN. COVER OF 36" FROM EXISTING GRADE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL SLEEVE ON PROPOSED VAULT WHERE THE CHEMICAL CONTAINMENT PIPE PASSES THROUGH THE WALL. REFURBISH EXISTING STATIC MIXER BY COATING THE EXTERIOR TO DIVISION 09 SPECIFICATION AND CLEANING TO CITY REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL CITY FURNISHED STATIC MIXER. TIE-IN PROPOSED 1" PFA TUBING INTO EXISTING 1 1/2" TUBING. REFER TO DETAIL 4 ON DWG D-6. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SUMP PUMP, C/W GFCI WEATHER-PROOF DEDICATED RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL TWO (2) 1"C PVC-COATED RGS INCLUDING A SPARE, DIRECT BURIED, C/W 6/12 THWN + #12 GND FROM EXISTING PANEL CCB-B TO FEED STATIC MIXER ASSOCIATED LOADS. ALL CONDUIT INSIDE VAULT TO BE PVC COATED. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 2-INCH PVC SCH 80 SUMP DRAIN LINE AND COREDRILL MANHOLE. SEAL AT ELEVATION 551.7'. PLUMB 2" PVC WITH ELBOW AND VERTICAL PIPE TO BOTTOM OF INSIDE MH NO. 5 AT INV. ELEVATION 545.74'. SLOPE UP +0.5% TO VAULT FROM MANHOLE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 36" ENDRESS+HAUSER ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER, WITH GROUNDING RINGS AND ISOLATING BOLT KITS PER SPECIFICATIONS. TAP EXISTING 2-INCH POTABLE WATER (USING S.S. TAPPING SADDLE AND CORPORATION STOP) FOR CONNECTION OF PROPOSED 1 1/2" PVC SCH 80. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL SLEEVE IN PROPOSED VAULT WHERE THE 1 1/2" STAINLESS STEEL UTILITY LINE CROSSES THE WALL. PROVIDE AND INSTALL EMERGENCY EYEWASH AND SHOWER PER DETAIL 1 ON DWG. D-3. 4' CONCRETE WALKWAY PER DETAIL 1 ON DWG. M-3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW PXLW 5000LM LED LOW BAY FIXTURES C/W SUBSTATION ARM (DOWN ORIENTATION) AND WEATHERPROOF LIGHT SWITCH MOUNTED ON NEW ALUMINUM HANDRAIL. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FOUR (4) 1"C PVC-COATED ELECTRICAL RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (PVC-ERSC) UNDERGROUND, INCLUDING TWO (2) SPARES FOR 100% REDUNDANCY, C/W #16 TSP, 2#14 + #12 GND FROM NEW FLOW TRANSMITTER AND 5 14 FROM LEAK DETECTION LSH, AND NEW CITY-FURNISHED JUNCTION BOX. PLC TERMINATION AND INTEGRATION IS BY THE CITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM WITH THE CITY THE FINAL ROUTING AND LANDING POINT OF FLOW METER AND LEAK DETECTION SIGNALS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ALL CONDUIT INSIDE VAULT TO BE PVC-COATED. INSTALL 1" PFA TUBING WITH 4" PVC CONTAINMENT PIPE ALONG THE CCT WALL PAST CONTROL PANEL, THEN UNDERGROUND PER CONSTRUCTION NOTE 12. LOCATE AND PROVIDE A WALL MOUNTED NEMA 4X JUNCTION BOX IN CLOSE COORDINATION WITH THE CITY. THE FLOW METER AND LEAK DETECTION SIGNALS WILL BE TERMINATED AND INTEGRATED TO PLC BY THE CITY. PROVIDE A LEAK DETECTION LSH C/W TRANSMITTER, CABLES AND CONDUIT PER CONSTRUCTION NOTE 25. SUPPLY SUFFICIENT SLACK IN CABLE TO TEMPORARILY RELOCATE SENSOR UNIT OF CONTAINMENT AREA DURING WASH-DOWN. NEATLY COIL AND SUSPEND WITH CORROSION RESISTANT EXCESS CABLE STRAPS NEXT TO THE TRANSMITTER. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW PXLW 8000LM LED LOW BAY FIXTURE WITH DIMMING PHOTOCELL C/W 12FT HIGH STANCHION MOUNT POLE. REFER TO DETAIL 5 ON D-6 FOR POLE MOUNT. CONNECT NEW FLOW METER GROUND RINGS TO A GROUND ROD INSIDE THE VAULT WITH #2 BARE COPPER GROUND WIRE AND REFER TO DETAIL 6 ON D-4 FOR GROUND WELL. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 24" DIP BYPASS LINE PER DWG. NO. M-1. 4" SLOT DRAIN. REFER TO DWG. NO. M-1 AND DETAIL 9 ON DWG. NO. D-2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW NEMA 4X JUNCTION BOX FOR POWER. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW NEMA 4X JUNCTION BOX FOR CONTROLS. 10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 21 19 (E) 36" DIP CLASS-150 PROPOSED 2" PVC SCH. 80 17 23 10 10 20 30 SCALE: 1"=10' 20 (E) EMERGENCY EYEWASH/SHOWER AM-2 BM-3 CM-3 22 (E) POTABLE WATER 26 RAPID MIXER PANEL. REFER TO C-2 FOR DEMOLITION. CCT CHEMICAL FEED. REFER TO C-2 FOR DEMOLITION. JB JB EXISTING 100A, 480V DISC CCB-PNL-B EXISTING 75KVA TX-CCB-B EXISTING PANEL CCB-B 120/208V 3PH, 4W (E) MCC - 3M 480V, 3PH, 3W, 600A (E) PLC CONTROL PANEL (E) WEATHERPROOF ELECTRO/CENTER 24 5D-4 CL CL CL CL CL CL CL REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING SWALE AS NEEDED TO CONSTRUCT STATIC MIXER BYPASS 18 DIRT DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL (E) IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVES CL CL CL CL CL CL CL 25 LSH 28 GFCI WP (N) SUMP PUMP RECEPTACLE 29 27 30 31 32 (E) 36" DIP CLASS-150 (E) ELECTRICAL 20 34 33 DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C CCT CHEMICAL FEED DEMOLITION CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T U BOLT, GRINNEL I-FIG-14SS, TOLCO FIGURE 110 OR EQUAL WHEN USED WITH PVC OR FIBERGLASS PIPE. PROVIDE STEEL SHIELD AROUND PIPE AT U BOLT, WITH LOOSE FIT. PIPE CLAMP, UNISTRUT SERIES NO. P-1115, POWER-STRUT NO. PS-1100SS OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR CONNECTION TO EXISTING 1 1/2" TUBING, REFER TO DETAIL 4 ON DWG. D-6. 18" MAX REMOVE PIPE CLAMP DEMO EXISTING 4" CPVC PIPE AND 1 1/2" TUBING REMOVE PIPE CLAMP REMOVE U-BOLT DEMO EXISTING 4" CPVC PIPE AND 1 1/2" TUBING REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING CHEMICAL FEED AND SUPPORTS. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF RAPID MIXER PANEL DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C
E E DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL CL CL CL CL STM STM E STM E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E LA LA LA
LA LA CL CL CL
CL CL CL CL CL CL CL 553 554 SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL SL
SL SL SL SL
SL SL SL SL SL 11 CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T FLASH MIXER SITE PLAN 2 CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) FLASH MIXER FACILITIES (REFER TO PHOTO AND RECORD INFORMATION HEREON). FURNISH AND INSTALL FLASH MIXER FACILITIES PER DWG NO. M-4. ABANDON AND CAP (E) CHEMICAL FEED. CONSTRUCT 1/2" HYPOCHLORITE PFA TUBING WITH 4" SCH 40 PVC CONTAINMENT PIPE FROM CHEMICAL FEED CONTAINMENT AREA TO INJECTION POINT. REFER TO DETAIL 7 ON DWG. NO. D-1. ABANDON AND CAP (E) CHEMICAL FEED. CONSTRUCT 1/2" LIQUID ALUM PFA TUBING WITH 4" SCH 40 PVC CONTAINMENT PIPE FROM CHEMICAL FEED CONTAINMENT AREA TO INJECTION POINT. REFER TO DETAIL 7 ON DWG. NO. D-1. CONNECT TO (E) 3" UTILITY WATER PVC SCHEDULE 80 PIPE. REROUTE AS SHOWN. CONNECT TO (E) 4" CAST IRON PROCESS DRAIN. REROUTE AS SHOWN. CONNECT TO (E) 36" AWWA C200 STEEL PIPE WITH BUTT STRAP PER DETAIL 3 ON DWG. NO. D-4. CONSTRUCT CMU RETAINING WALL. REFER TO DETAIL 6 ON DWG. NO. D-1. REPLACE (E) CURB AND GUTTER PER CITY OF CORONA STD PLAN NO. 136. MATCH (E) GRADES AND ELEVATIONS AT REPLACEMENT EXTENTS. GRIND AND OVERLAY ASPHALT 5' ON EITHER SIDE OF TRENCH, CURB TO CURB, PER CITY OF CORONA STD PLAN NO. 150. 1 1/2" SS WELDED SAMPLE LINE FROM SECONDARY PUMP STATION TO CHEMICAL CONTAINMENT AREA. LOCATE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT FROM FLASH MIXER PUMP STATION. INSTALL 2-1" CONDUIT TO PROPOSED FLASH MIXER PUMP STATION. REPLACE WIRE TO MCC M4 PER DETAIL 5 ON DWG. D-5 . 123456789101112 40 40 80 120 SCALE: 1"=40' FLASH MIXER SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" = 4' 8 (E) 36" AWWA C200 STEEL PIPE 36" AWWA C200 STEEL PIPE (E) 3" UTILITY WATER PVC SCHEDULE 80 (E) 4" CAST IRON PROCESS DRAIN (E) 36" AWWA C200 STEEL PIPE (E) 24" AWWA C200 STEEL PIPE (E) 2" POTABLE WATER (E) 8" UTILITY WATER (E) CATCH BASIN 1 5 PHOTOGRAPH OF FLASH MIXER (E) FLASH MIXER RECORD INFORMATION SECTION C- 3 6 4 1 1 9 9 10 PHOTOGRAPH OF FLASH MIXER FILTER ACCESS ROAD 1 7 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING 5HP MOTOR, LIMIT SWITCH, LOCAL STOP/START SWITCH, SEAL WATER SOLENOID/FLOW SWITCH, AND ASSOCIATED WIRES/CONDUITS AND THE JUNCTION BOX. 1 7 TS = 554.00' FG = 553.38' TS = 553.75' TS = 553.75' FG = 553.00' FG = 553.00' TS = 553.92' FG = 553.54' TS = 553.92' FG = 553.59' TS = 554.00' FG = 553.56' TW = 554.67' FG = 554.00' TW = 554.67' FG = 554.06' TW = 556.00' FG = 555.50' TW = 556.00' FG = 554.00' TW = 556.00' FG = 555.5' TW = 556.00' FG = 555.00' TW = 555.34' FG = 554.26' TW = 556.00' FG = 555.07' TW = 554.50' FG = 554.00' TW = 554.50' FG = 554.00' 11 12 (E) ELECTRICAL MANHOLE (E) FLOW LINE DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C CONCEPTUAL BYPASS PLAN CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T CONCEPT STATIC AND FLASH MIXER BYPASS PLAN SCALE: 1" = 40' 40 40 80 120 SCALE: 1"=40' SHEET NOTES: UTILITY WATER PUMP STATION FLASH MIX PUMP STATION (5-P-1). REFER TO C-3. SECONDARY EFFLUENT PUMP STATION SECONDARY EFFLUENT EQUALIZATION BASIN SECONDARY CLARIFIERS RAS/ WAS PUMP STATION SWITCHBOARD XMF CHEMICAL FEED AND STORAGE CHEMICAL BLDG ELECTRICAL GENERATORS UV MCC CCT FILTERS FURNISH AND INSTALL TEMPORARY 18" BYPASS LINE FROM BLIND FLANGE AT PUMP STATION TO TOP OF FILTER INFLUENT STRUCTURE FURNISH AND INSTALL STOP LOG AT UV CHANNEL AND TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPS TO CCT INFLUENT FURNISH AND INSTALL TEMPORARY 18" BYPASS LINE FROM UV CHANNEL TO TOP OF CCT INFLUENT STRUCTURE (E) 36" CCT INFLUENT LINE 1. THE EXISTING UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AVAILABLE CITY OF CORONA RECORD DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS, ELEVATIONS, SIZES, AND DIMENSIONS OF UTILITIES. 2. THIS DRAWING IS A CONCEPTUAL LAYOUT PLAN. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT BYPASS PLAN, INCLUDING PROPOSED EQUIPMENT AND EXPECTED SHUTDOWN DURATION, FOR CITY OF CORONA REVIEW AND APPROVAL NO LESS THAN 30 DAYS FROM NTP PRIOR TO STARTING BYPASS OPERATION. 3. BYPASS PUMPING SHALL BE MANNED CONTINUOUSLY BY CONTRACTOR 24-HOURS PER DAY WHILE IN USE. 4. DURING BYPASS PASS STARTUP, THE PUMP SHALL BE TESTED WITH CLEAN WATER TO ENSURE THAT THERE IS NO LEAKAGE. THE PUMPS SHALL BE RUN FOR ONE HOUR TO DEMONSTRATE THAT THERE IS NO LEAKAGE. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PRESSURE TEST ALL NEW PIPING WITH CLEAN WATER AT A MINIMUM OF 50 PSI FOR TWO HOURS TO CONFIRM THERE IS NO LEAKAGE. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTION TO BYPASS LINE FOR WATER QUALITY COMPLIANCE SAMPLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FLOW METER FOR SAMPLING. 7. CITY TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY ALUM FEED FOR FILTERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDED 1" CORP. STOP FOR ALUM INJECTION POINT. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL DE-WATER EXISTING FILTER INFLUENT AND CCT INFLUENT LINES REQUIRED FOR BYPASS CONNECTIONS. ANTICIPATED APPROX. VOLUME FOR FLASH MIXER = 3330 GALLONS AND STATIC MIXER = 20400 GALLONS. 9. REMOVE AND REINSTALL RAILING , GRATING, AND APPURTENANCES AS NECESSARY TO IMPLEMENT BYPASS. CONCEPT TEMPORARY BYPASS DESIGN CRITERIA FLOW 10,000 GPM STATIC HEAD 4' LENGTH OF 18" STATIC MIXER BYPASS PIPING 480'± LENGTH OF 18" FLASH MIXER BYPASS PIPING 270'± CONNECT AT EXISTING 24" BLIND FLANGE. REFER TO PROPOSED STATIC MIXER AND FLOW METER ON DWG. C-1. (E) 36" FILTERS INFLUENT LINE (E) 48" FILTERS EFFLUENT LINE TEMPORARY ALUM FEED SKID (TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CITY) SUGGESTED PHASING: PHOTOGRAPH OF CCT INFLUENT PHOTOGRAPH OF UV CHANNEL PHOTOGRAPH OF FILTER INFLUENT PHOTOGRAPH OF SECONDARY EFFLUENT (E) MCC-4M FEEDING FLASH MIX PUMP (5-P-1) SUGGESTED PHASING FOR FLASH MIXER: A. RELOCATE CITY COMPLIANCE WATER SAMPLE LINE FROM SECONDARY EFFLUENT PUMP STATION TO CHEMICAL CONTAINMENT AREA. B. INSTALL BYPASS PIPELINE FROM SECONDARY EFFLUENT PUMP STATION TO FILTER INFLUENT BOX. C. FILL AND PRESSURE TEST FOR LEAKS WITH CLEAN WATER. D. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS AND APPURTENANCES NEEDED FOR CITY TO INSTALL TEMPORARY CHEMICAL FEED AND COMPLIANCE SAMPLE WATER LINE. E. COORDINATE WITH CITY AND BEGIN BYPASS PUMPING AROUND FLASH MIXER ASSEMBLY. F. DE-WATER EXISTING FILTER INFLUENT LINE AND CHEMICAL FEED LINES AT FLASH MIXER TO SECONDARY EFFLUENT EQUALIZATION POND. G. DEMOLISH EXISTING FLASH MIXER ASSEMBLY AND APPURTENANCES. H. INSTALL NEW FLASH MIXER ASSEMBLY AND APPURTENANCES. I. TEST, START UP AND RECEIVE APPROVAL FROM CITY FOR PROPOSED FLASH MIXER ASSEMBLY AND APPURTENANCES. J. REMOVE BYPASS PIPELINE AFTER 5 DAYS OF ACCEPTABLE OPERATION. SUGGESTED PHASING FOR STATIC MIXER: A. INSTALL BYPASS PIPELINE, FLOW METER, AND REDUNDANT PUMPS FROM UV STRUCTURE TO CHLORINE CONTACT TANK (CCT) INFLUENT BOX. B. FILL AND PRESSURE TEST PIPING FOR LEAKS WITH CLEAN WATER. C. COORDINATE WITH CITY AND BEGIN BYPASS PUMPING AROUND STATIC MIXER ASSEMBLY. D. DE-WATER EXISTING CCT INFLUENT LINE TO SECONDARY EFFLUENT EQUALIZATION POND. E. DEMOLISH EXISTING CCT INFLUENT LINE. F. INSTALL NEW STATIC MIXER BYPASS AND APPURTENANCES WITH BLIND FLANGES ON MAINLINE PLUG VALVES. G. TEST, START AND RECEIVE APPROVAL FROM CITY FOR PROPOSED STATIC MIXER BYPASS ASSEMBLY AND APPURTENANCES. H. REMOVE BYPASS PIPELINE AFTER 5 DAYS OF ACCEPTABLE OPERATION. I. INSTALL NEW STATIC MIXER VAULT AND APPURTENANCES. NOTE: IF CONTRACTOR IS UNABLE TO INSTALL PERMANENT STATIC MIXER BYPASS AND MAINTAIN FLOWS TO CCT DURING STATIC MIXER VAULT INSTALLATION THEN ALL COSTS FOR TEMPORARY BYPASS DURING STATIC MIXER VAULT AND APPURTENANCE INSTALLATION SHALL BE BORNE BY CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO ALLOW FOR ADDITIONAL DYNAMIC LOSS IN THE LINE CONTRACTOR TO SEAL 36 INCH EFFLUENT TO CREEK TO UTILIZE UV AS A DETENTION BASIN FOR PUMPING. DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2'-0" CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T AM-2 BM-3 CM-3 5'-0" 1'-0" 28'-10" 1'-0" 2'-0" NORMALLY CLOSED 2'-0" CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE AND INSTALL 36" ENDRESS+HAUSER PROMAG ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER, WITH GROUNDING RINGS AND ISOLATING BOLT KITS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 36" RESTRAINED COUPLING. 24" X 36" TEE (FLG X FLG X FLG). 36" PLUG VALVE (FLG X FLG). 24" DIP (FLG X FLG). 24" DI BEND (FLG X FLG). 36" VICTAULIC COUPLING. 36" DIP PE X GE. 24" DIP BYPASS. 31' X 14' X 10' CONCRETE OPEN-TOP VAULT. 1950515253545556575814 REFURBISH AND INSTALL CITY FURNISHED STATIC MIXER. 2'-0" 2'-0" 15'-0" 3'-0"
3'-6"
4'-6" ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND GATE PER DETAILS 3 AND 4 ON DWG D-5. 59 STATIC MIXER AND VAULT PLAN NOTES: 1. REBARS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 2. UTILITIES NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL 4'-0" STAINLESS STEEL PIPE SUPPORT TRIPAC FIG. TP-KS WELDED K-SUPPORT WITH STRAPS. 60 79 24" PLUG VALVE (FLG X FLG). 2" DRAIN TAP INSTALLED AT THE 4 O' CLOCK POSITION, CORP STOP, & BRASS THREADED PLUG. 80 50 50 51 51 52 52 53 53 54 54 50 50 55 14 55 19 79 PH4 TOP OF PIPE = 4.50' BELOW EG (E) 36" DIP PH3 TOP OF PIPE = 5.56' BELOW EG (E) 36" DIP 57 58 (E) EDGE OF PAVEMENT 1 12" S.S. SCH. 40 PIPE AND THREADED FITTINGS 81 56 56 81 2' X 2' SUMP W/ FRP GRATING CONCRETE WALKWAY DETAIL PER DETAIL 1 ON DWG. M-3. 59 80 60 60 EYEWASH AND SHOWER. REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON DWG. D-3. MATCH (E) EDGE OF PAVEMENT MATCH (E) EDGE OF PAVEMENT TC = 552.30' TC = 552.37 TC = 552.30' TC = 552.40' TC = 553.90' TW = 554.00' TW = 554.00' FG = 552.49' TW = 554.00' FG = 552.90' TW = 554.00' FG = 553.50' TW = 554.00' FG = 552.56 TW = 554.00' FF = 544.44' TW = 554.00' FF = 544.50' TW = 554.00' FF = 544.36' TW = 554.00' FF = 544.30' TWO (2) 12" DEEP STAIRS AT 6" HEIGHT EA. S = 0.50% MIN 81 36" DIP PE X FLG 82 FLANGE CONNECTION FOR 24" DIP 8383 61 61 ALUMINUM STAIRS PER DETAIL 4 ON DWG D-5. 57 82 83 LANDING HANDRAIL PER DETAILS 3 AND 4 ON DWG D-5. 60 4" SLOT DRAIN, SLOPE BOTTOM 2% FROM WALL TO SUMP. SEE DETAIL 9 ON DWG D-2. 84 S = 2.00% MIN S = 2.00% MIN 84 4'-0"
4'-6" 7'-6" 63 3 4 HP STAINLESS STEEL SUMP PUMP MYERS MODEL DS75P1 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 63 SEE C-1 FOR CONTINUATION OF (N) DRAIN LINE 81 81 HOSE RACK, DURA-LOOP SADDLE 304 STAINLESS STEEL ACCU-BRAND PRODUCTS OR APPROVED EQUAL. SEE DETAIL 3 ON DWG. NO. D-3. 74 74 0 2' 4' 6' DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T 1'-0" 28'-10" 1'-0" 2'-10" 2'- 10" 9'-6" STATIC MIXER AND METERING VAULT SECTION NOTES: 1. REBARS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 2. HANDRAIL NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 3. SUMP PUMP AND EYEWASH NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 4. GROUNDING ROD AND RINGS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. ± 2'-9" CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE AND INSTALL 36" ENDRESS+HAUSER PROMAG ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER, WITH GROUNDING RINGS AND ISOLATING BOLT KITS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 36" RESTRAINED COUPLING. 24" X 36" TEE (FLG X FLG X FLG). 36" PLUG VALVE (FLG X FLG). 36" VICTAULIC COUPLING. 36" DIP PE X GE. 31' X 14' X 10' CONCRETE OPEN-TOP VAULT. 1950515255565814 REFURBISH AND INSTALL CITY FURNISHED STATIC MIXER. STAINLESS STEEL PIPE SUPPORT TRIPAC FIG. TP-KS WELDED K-SUPPORT WITH STRAPS. 60 0'-6" MIN 50 19 (E) 36" DIP INV. EL. 544.70 ± LINK SEAL, TYP. 51 52 50 55 55 50 52 51 50 (E) 36" DIP INV. EL. 544.55 ± (2) 1" FLANGED INJECTION PORTS WITH CHEMICAL INJECTORS PER DETAIL 2 ON DWG. D-6 OVER EXCAVATE AND RECOMPACT SOIL 24" BELOW COMPACTED AGGREGATE BASE MATERIAL LINK SEAL REFER TO WALL SLEEVE DETAIL 3 ON DWG D-6. 12" COMPACTED AGGREGATE BASE UNDER STRUCTURE, TYP. 60 60 60 14 81 56 56 56 56 81 2" DRAIN TAP INSTALLED AT THE 4 O' CLOCK POSITION, CORP STOP, & BRASS THREADED PLUG. 80 80 S = 0.50% MIN 81 36" DIP PE X FLG 58 STATIC MIXER AND VAULT SECTION (1 OF 2) S = 2% TO CENTER 81 81 56 DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL SLEEVE IN PROPOSED VAULT WHERE THE 1 1/2" STAINLESS STEEL UTILITY LINE CROSSES THE WALL. 1" STEP WALL, KEY WAY, AND WATER STOP. 3 4 HP STAINLESS STEEL SUMP PUMP MYERS MODEL DS75P1 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2" SS BALL CHECK VALVE. 2" SS BALL VALVE. 1" X 3 4" BRASS GARDEN VALVE, FIP X HOSE. 1 12" BRASS ANGLE PATTER HOSE VALVE, FIP X HOSE. 1 12" STD. SS PIPE AND FITTINGS THREADED. 1" STD. SS PIPE AND FITTINGS THREADED. 1 12" X 1" SS REDUCING TEE. 1 12" TOLCO FIGURE 7 OFFSET PIPE CLAMP, STAINLESS STEEL. HOSE RACK, DURA-LOOP SADDLE 304 STAINLESS STEEL ACCU-BRAND PRODUCTS OR APPROVED EQUAL. SEE DETAIL 3 ON DWG. NO. D-3. 3 4" BLACK SYNTHETIC RUBBER HOSE WITH BRASS FITTINGS, GOODYEAR SURELINE OR APPROVED EQUAL. 1 12" BLACK SYNTHETIC RUBBER HOSE WITH BRASS FITTINGS, GOODYEAR SURELINE OR APPROVED EQUAL. 1 12" BRASS HOSE NOZZLE, ELKHART BRASS L-205 SPECIAL USE OR APPROVED EQUAL. 21596263646566676869 707174757677 CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T 1'-0" 28'-9 1'-0" 2125" CONCRETE WALKWAY DETAIL 4'-0" 2" SLOPE TO EAST COMPACTED AGGREGATED BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE EL. 552.50 MIN. VARIES TO MH NO. 5 SEE DRAWING C-1. NOTE: 1. PIPING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 2. EYEWASH AND SHOWER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 3. ELECTRICAL NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL STRIKE CONTROL JOINTS EVERY 4'-0" . 2. CONCRETE PADS SHALL HAVE 6 X 6 - WI.4 X WI.4 WWF ON CENTER OF SLAB. CONCRETE PAD AND WALKWAY PER DETAIL 4" X 14" KICK PLATE (TYP.) 1'-0" MINIMUM 4000 PSI CONCRETE WITH SUPERPLASTICIZER FRP GRATING 1'-0" 0'-5" #5 @ 6" DOWELS EACH FACE #5 @ 6" EACH WAY TOP AND BOTTOM 61 59 #5 @ 6" #5 @ 6" 63 64 65 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-4" STATIC MIXER AND METERING VAULT SECTION 12" COMPACTED AGGREGATE BASE UNDER STRUCTURE, TYP. OVER EXCAVATE AND RECOMPACT SOIL 24" BELOW AND 12" BEYOND COMPACTED AGGREGATE BASE MATERIAL, TYP. ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND GATE PER DETAIL 3 ON DWG D-5. 62 62 1'-0" 10' 12" STATIC MIXER AND VAULT SECTION (2 OF 2) ADD 1 12" TEE, THREADED BALL VALVE, AND ROUTE 1 12" WATER TO EYEWASH AND SHOWER. 78 61 ALUMINUM STAIRS PER DETAIL 4 ON DWG D-5. STAINLESS STEEL PIPE SUPPORT TRIPAC FIG. TP-KS WELDED K-SUPPORT WITH STRAPS. 60 72 1" TOLCO FIGURE 7 OFFSET PIPE CLAMP, STAINLESS STEEL. 21 5'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 5'-0" 6" TC = 552.90' TC = 553.40' TC = 554.00' TC = 553.90' TC = 552.40' #5 @ 12" OC TOP & BOTT. E.W. #5 NOSING BAR, TYP. #5 @ 12" NOSING BAR, TYP. #5 @ 6" EACH WAY EACH FACE, TYP 2" PVC SCH 80 DRAIN 2" SS TO PLASTIC ADAPTER WITH COLLAR, FEMALE SOCKET TO FEMALE NPT. 79 79 1'-0" 2'-0" L3X3X1/4 SS ANGLE BRACKET WITH 1/2" DIA. SS UNDERCUT ANCHORS @ 6" ON CENTER 1'-0" 12'-0" 1'-0" EL. 552.50 MIN. VARIES 63 66 67 72 6970 7475 76 77 68 71 59 4" X 14" KICK PLATE (TYP.) 6" 9'-6" MIN 1'-4" TOP OF CONCRETE VAULT 1'-0" 1'-0" 4'-6" 7'-6" 2'-9" MIN. 60 STATIC MIXER AND METERING VAULT SECTION 62 62 1'-0" 1'-0" 2'-0" 3'-0" 78 EG 73 NOT USED. 1'-6" DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C PLAN
3' MIN 3' MIN. CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T A- FLASH MIXER SECTION CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROVIDE NEMA-4X JUNCTION BOX, LOCAL PUMP CONTROL STATION EMERGENCY STOP, AND 30A DISCONNECT SWITCH. INSTALL NEW POWER AND CONTROL CABLES/CONDUIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW RACEWAYS, JUNCTION BOXES AS REQUIRED TO INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUITS AT ELECTRICAL MH. REFER TO DETAIL 5 ON DWG D-5 FOR FLASH MIXER CONTROL ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM. CONSTRUCT 1/2" HYPOCHLORITE PFA TUBING WITH 4" SCH 40 PVC CONTAINMENT PIPE FROM CHEMICAL FEED CONTAINMENT AREA TO INJECTION POINT. CONSTRUCT 1/2" LIQUID ALUM PFA TUBING WITH 4" SCH 40 PVC CONTAINMENT PIPE FROM CHEMICAL FEED CONTAINMENT AREA TO INJECTION POINT. BUTT STRAP CONNECTION TO EX 36" AWWA C200 WELDED STEEL PIPE PER DETAILS 3 AND 4 ON DWG D-4. 1/2" HASTELLOY C THREADED BALL VALVE. 1/2" HASTELLOY C DIFFUSER PER DETAIL 1 ON DWG D-4. 3" X 1 1/2" REDUCER 3" UTILITY WATER PVC SCHEDULE 80 PIPE. 1 1/2" UTILITY WATER PVC PIPE. 4" PVC GRAVITY DRAIN PIPE. 4" HUB DRAIN PER DETAIL 2 ON DWG D-4. 6" WELDED STEEL, AWWA C200. 8" WELDED STEEL, AWWA C200. LIFTING LUGS. 8" DI 90° BEND (FLG X FLG). 8" DI TEE (FLG X FLG X FLG) 8" X 4" DI LONG RADIUS REDUCING 90° BEND (FLG X FLG). 8" X 6" DI LONG RADIUS REDUCING 90° BEND (FLG X FLG). 8" SS SCHEDULE 40 316 SS PIPE AND REDUCER AS REQUIRED TO MATCH NOZZLE SIZE. 6" SPRAY NOZZLE NO. 6RF-95400, FULL JET SS TYPE 316 SPRAYING SYSTEMS CO OR APPROVED EQUAL. 8" VICTAULIC COUPLING. 8" SLEEVE-TYPE COUPLING. 8" ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVE WITH HANDWHEEL (FLG X FLG). 8" SWING CHECK VALVE WITH LIMIT SWITCH (FLG X FLG). PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRE FROM JUNCTION BOX. 36" WELDED STEEL AWWA C200 PIPE. BLIND FLANGE. 4" X 6" 450 GPM 3 HP AT 15 TDH HORIZONTAL END SUCTION PUMP. 1" AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY PER STD. DWG. NO. 410. 8" THICK CONCRETE SLAB PER DETAIL 1 ON DWG NO. D-1. CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD PER DETAIL 3 ON DWG. NO. D-1. CONCRETE PIPE ENCASEMENT PER DETAIL 5 ON DWG. NO. D-1. STAINLESS STEEL PIPE SUPPORT PER STD. DWG. NO. 418. PRESSURE GAUGE PER DETAIL 4 ON DWG. NO. D-3. HOSE BIB PER DETAIL 2 ON DWG. NO. D-3. HOSE RACK PER DETAIL 3 ON DWG. NO. D-3. WARNING SIGN PER STD. DWG. NO. 411R. 2" AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY PER STD. DWG. NO. 413R. RETRACTABLE INJECTOR 250 PSI RATED 1/2" MAIN CONNECTION X 1/2" SOLUTION TUBE, HC-100-H-H-4-CV (CKV) BY SAF-T-FLO AND FLEXIBLE HOSE WITH CPVC BALL VALVE INLET AND FNPT END CONNECTION 146 PSI RATED, FTA-PVDF-050-C-V (FKM) BY SAF-T-FLO. 123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839 93426 32 10 33 33 31 35 37 36 19 22 24 27 30 14 16 7 26 16 23 25 18 28 12 11 26 32 13 24 16 23 25 18 33 33 28 31 11 19 16 21 14 17 30 27 27 273'-6" 3'-6" 2'-0" 4'-6" 8'-0" 3'-0" 15'-0" 7'-6"
4'-6"
3'-6" 1'-6" 20 34 34 12 29 29 627 NEW TUBING CONTAINMENT TO CHEMICAL FEED 14 13 FLASH MIXER PLAN AND SECTION 15 15 TO (E) MCC-4M 1 2 JB CS 38 8 30 39 Feet SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 0 0.5 1 0.25 5 5 6 DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 8"
12" 1:1 TOOLED EDGE
4" MIN OR AS
INDICATED ON DWGS #4 @ 12" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED LEVEL OR SLOPED AS INDICATED ON DWGS #5
THICKNESS AS INDICATED
ON DRAWINGS
3" CLEAR
SLAB ON GRADE TOOLED EDGE ROUGHEN AND CLEAN FOR BOND #4 @ 12" DRILL & GROUT BARS INTO SLAB 4" MIN OR AS
INDICATED ON DWGS PLAN
7'-6" 3'-6" 10'
11' 5' 15' 3- 3D-2 5D-1 2D-1 SECTION A #5 @ 12" EW 8" MIN SLAB 6" WELDED STEEL, AWWA C200 1 1#5 @ 12" @5 @ 12" 3'-6" 3'-6" 4'-6" 5D-1 8" WELDED STEEL, AWWA C200 8" 1 - #5 CONT (TYP) 1' 6" #5 @ 12" EW #5 @ 12" W/ DWLS (TYP) 1 1 STRUCTURE FOOTING℄ PIPE END OF CONCRETE ENCASEMENT (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS) 6" MIN CONCRETE ENCASEMENT UNDER STRUCTURE #4 @12" UNO TW PER DWG. C-3 FG PER DWG. C-3 FG PER DWG. C-3 TF = 553.33' FG PER DWG. C-3 TC PER DWG. C-3 EG SPLIT FACE CONCRETE BLOCK RETAINING WALL AND FOOTING PER SSPWC STD. PLAN 618-3 CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE PER DWG. C-3 12" COMPACTED AGGREGATE BASE UNDER FOOTING OVER EXCAVATE AND RECOMPACT SOIL 24" BELOW COMPACTED AGGREGATE BASE MATERIAL CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T A- FLASH MIXER ENCASEMENT AND SLAB ON GRADE DETAIL SLAB ON GRADE DETAIL EQUIPMENT PAD DETAIL NOT USED END OF PIPE ENCASEMENT UNDER STRUCTURES DETAILS (1 OF 6) CMU RETAINING WALL DETAIL 36" WELDED STEEL, AWWA C200 36" WELDED STEEL, AWWA C200 REMOVE (E) 1" PVC WATER SAMPLE LINE AND INSTALL (N) 1 1/2" SS WELDED SAMPLE LINE. CONNECT TO EXISTING. REMOVE (E) 1 1/2" PVC PIPE AND INSTALL (N) 1/2" PFA TUBING WITH 4" PVC SCH 40 CONTAINMENT PIPE 6" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. CONNECT TO EXISTING BALL VALVE WITH COMPRESSION FITTING. SAWCUT AND REMOVE (E) CURB, DRIVE APPROACH, AND SLAB ON GRADE WITHIN CONTAINMENT AREA FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW CONTAINMENT PIPING. REPLACE IN KIND. PROPOSED LOCATION OF (N) 1/2" PFA TUBING AND 4" PVC SCH 40 CONTAINMENT PIPE. CONNECT TO EXISTING ALUMINUM SULFATE TUBING. FLASH MIXER CONTAINMENT AREA PROTECT IN PLACE DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C d S S/2 CL BAR S/2 DEVELOPMENT LENGTH ( ) BAR 3000 PSI CONC (f 'c) 4000 PSI CONC (f 'c) 5000 PSI CONC (f 'c) SIZE TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER s > 6" s < 6" s > 6" s < 6" s > 6" s < 6" s > 6" s < 6" s > 6" s < 6" s > 6" s < 6" #3 13 22 12 17 12 19 12 15 12 17 12 13 #4 18 29 14 22 15 25 12 19 14 23 12 17 #5 22 36 17 28 19 31 15 24 17 28 13 22 #6 26 43 20 33 23 37 18 29 20 34 16 26 #7 38 63 29 48 33 54 25 42 29 49 23 38 #8 43 72 33 55 37 62 29 48 34 56 26 43 #9 49 81 37 62 42 70 33 54 38 63 29 48 #10 56 89 43 69 49 78 38 60 44 69 34 54 #11 68 98 52 76 59 85 45 66 53 76 41 59 TENSION LAP SPLICE LENGTH (CLASS 'B' SPLICE) BAR 3000 PSI CONC (f 'c) 4000 PSI CONC (f 'c) 5000 PSI CONC (f 'c) SIZE TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER s > 6" s < 6" s > 6" s < 6" s > 6" s < 6" s > 6" s < 6" s > 6" s < 6" s > 6" s < 6" #3 17 28 16 22 16 25 16 19 16 22 16 17 #4 23 38 18 29 20 33 16 25 18 29 16 23 #5 28 47 22 36 25 41 19 31 22 36 17 28 #6 34 56 26 43 29 49 23 38 26 44 20 34 #7 49 82 38 63 43 71 33 55 38 63 30 49 #8 56 93 43 72 49 81 38 62 44 72 34 56 #9 63 105 49 81 55 91 42 70 49 81 38 63 #10 73 116 56 90 63 101 49 78 57 90 44 70 #11 88 128 68 99 76 111 59 85 68 99 53 76 NOTES: 1. LENGTHS SHOWN ARE FOR GRADE 60 UNCOATED BARS. 2. LENGTHS SHOWN ARE IN INCHES. 3. INCREASE LENGTHS 30% FOR LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE. 4. TOP BARS: HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12" OF FRESH CONCRETE CAST BELOW THEM. 5. THE QUANTITY 'S' IS DEFINED AS FOLLOWS: D bb D= b 4 d FOR #3, #4, #5 6 d FOR #6, #7, #8 b d b D db 4" MIN 6 d OR D D b 12 d FOR #6, #7, #8 6 d FOR #3, #4, #5 10 d FOR #14, #18 8 d FOR #9, #10, #11 6 d FOR #3 TO #8 DD= bbb d bD dh #8 16 14 12 11 12d2" MIN #11 #10 #18 #14 4d OR b #9 38 50 20 22 18 33 43 17 19 15 29 39 16 17 14 27 35 14 16 13 SIZE MINIMUM TENSION EMBEDMENT LENGTHS b b dD #4 #6 #7 #5 #3 BAR dh NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE, f'c PSI 8 12 14 10 3000 6 7 10 12 9 4000 6 6 9 11 8 5000 6 6 9 10 7 6000 6 dh (IN.) FOR STANDARD END HOOKS ON REINFORCING BARS 2 1/2" MIN CONCRETE SURFACE CONCRETE SURFACE "T" PER PLAN 0.1 "T" 0.2 "T" "T" = CONCRETE THICKNESS 3" LAP WHERE MAIN BARS ARE INTERRUPTED BY OPENING, ADD ONE HALF THE INTERRUPTED BARS EACH SIDE OF OPENING, MIN 2-#5 BARS EACH SIDE 3'-0" Ø MAX PENETRATION, SEE CIVIL DETAILS FOR PIPE SLEEVE #5 DIAGONAL BARS CENTERED ON PENETRATION, EACH FACE END MAIN BARS INTERRUPTED BY OPENING WITH STD 90° HOOK 3'-0" TYP 2'-0" CL BAR CL BAR TYP BAR BEND DIAMETER TYP 90° END HOOK TYP 180° END HOOK 90° 135° WATERSTOP "T" PER PLAN 3 1/2" 6" STARTER WALL 1 1/2" "T" = CONCRETE THICKNESS WATERSTOP CLASS B LAP SPLICE "A" 1/8" PROJECTION ALL RIBS,TYP "D" CENTER BULB OUTSIDE DIA 5/32" TYP "E" MIN BULB THICKNESS "B" MIN STEM THICKNESS AT CTR BULB "C" MIN STEM THICKNESS AT OUTSIDE SIZE 6" x 3/8" 9" x 3/8" 4" x 3/16" 6" 9" A4" 3/8" 3/8" B3/16" 3/8" 3/8" C3/16" 7/8" 1"D3/4" 1/4" 1/4" E1/4" 68F4 "F" APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF RIBS EA SIDE, EA FACE OF WATERSTOP ELEVATION . STAGGER ADJACENT SPLICES VERTICALLY A MNIMUM OF 2'-0" CL SPLICE CL SPLICE CLASS'B' LAP SPLICE, TYP STAGGER ADJACENT SPLICES HORIZONTALLY THE LARGER OF THE CLASS 'B' LAP SPLICE OF THE LARGEST BAR LAPPED OR 3'-0" 4" SLOT DRAIN FRP, 4"-11" DEEP 2'-4" 11" 1 1 #5@6" EACH WAY #5@6" #5@6" CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T BAR DEVELOPMENT LENGTHS AND LAP SPLICE LENGTHS BAR ENDS AND END HOOKS EXTRA REINFORCEMENT AT BAR OPENINGS STIRRUP AND TIE HOOKS SLAB CONSTRUCTION JOINT STARTER WALL CONCRETE WALL SPLICE DETAIL FOR HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCEMENT PLASTIC WATERSTOP DETAILS (2 OF 6) SLOT DRAIN SECTION DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T EMERGENCY EYEWASH 18" PIPING OFFSET FOR DIFFERENTIAL SETTLEMENT PLAN VIEW SECTION VIEW HOSE BIB HOSE RACK PRESSURE GAUGE PIPE SUPPORT PIPE TRANSITION 8 1/2" 5 1/2' (TYP.)
2" 1' - 6"
5" 1 1/8" (TYP.)
3"
2' - 0"
UNLESS
OTHERWISE
SHOWN
9"
3"
2" 1' - 6" SQ.
1' - 6"
UNLESS
OTHERWISE
SHOWN NOTE: PROVIDE WARNING SIGN WHEN USED FOR NON-POTABLE WATER SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW PRESSURE GAUGE 1/2" X 1/4" 300 LB. MI. OR 3000 LB. F.S. GALV. BUSHING 1/2" BRONZE BODY BALL VALVE 1/2" SCH. 80 GALV. STEEL NIPPLE 1 1/4" 3000 LB F.S. HALF COUPLING WELD TO PIPE OR DOUBLE STRAP TAPPING SADDLE SHELL PIPE ID U BOLT, GRINNEL I-FIG-14SS, TOLCO FIGURE 110 OR EQUAL WHEN USED WITH PVC OR FIBERGLASS PIPE. PROVIDE STEEL SHIELD AROUND PIPE AT U BOLT, WITH LOOSE FIT. WRAP COPPER TUBES WITH 2" WIIDE STRIP OF RUBBER FABRIC (TYP.) 316 SS C4 X 6.25 LENGTH TO SUIT. SPACE AT 5' O.C. MAX. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS CONCRETE FLOOR PL 6 X 1/4 X 6" MIN. FLANGE 3/4" 316 SS ANCHOR W/ NUT & LOCKWASHER 1 1/2" HOSE VALVE, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN 1 1/2" VALVE, SHALL BE JAMES JONES NO. J-383 OR APPROVED EQUAL PIPE CLAMP, UNISTRUT SERIES NO. P-1115, POWER-STRUT NO. PS-1100SS OR APPROVED EQUAL CHANNEL, UNISTRUT SERIES NO. P-1000, POWER-STRUT NO. PS-200 OR APPROVED EQUAL CONCRETE ENCASE METAL PIPE TO IMMOBILIZE AND PROTECT FROM CORROSION BELOW GRADE MIN 6" ALL AROUND FINISH GRADE REDUCING TEE 3/4" ELBOW 3/4" HOSE BIB CONCRETE ENCASE METAL PIPE TO IMMOBILIZE AND PROTECT FROM CORROSION BELOW GRADE MIN 6" ALL AROUND PLASTIC PIPE METAL PIPE FOR PIPE SIZE AND MATERIAL SEE DRAWING FOR PIPE MATERIAL TRANSITION, SEE DETAIL 6 ON THIS SHEET FOR WALL MOUNTING, USE FOUR 3/8" DIA. 316 SS ADHESIVE ANCHORS W/ NUTS & LOCKWASHERS 8" X 4" X 1/4" BASE PLATE W/ (2) 7/8" DIA. HOLES FOR BASE MOUNTING, USE FOUR 3/4" DIA. 316 SS ADHESIVE ANCHORS W/ NUTS & LOCKWASHERS 7" RADIUS 10 1/2" RADIUS 4 HOLES 7/16" DIA. BREAK SHARP EDGES 316 SS PIPE, SIZE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS NOTE: 1. WHERE HOSE RACK IS FREE-STANDING, PROVIDE (2) STS 2 X 2 X 1/4 WITH BASE PLATES. (OMIT BASE PLATES WHERE ANGLE CAN BE SET IN CONCRETE.) 2. CONSTRUCTION: 8 " 316 SS SHEET, ALL WELDED. NOTE: 1. MAX INDICATING RANGE ON SCALE SHALL NOT EXCEED 2X OF NORMAL MAX OPERATION PRESSURE. 2. PROVIDE SNUBBER IF REQUIRED TO STABILIZE READINGS. DETAILS (3 OF 6) 1 1/4" CHECK VALVE (TYP) FINISH FLOOR OR 4'-0"L x 4'-0"W x 4" CONCRETE PAD, UNO 1. FOR OUTSIDE INSTALLATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL DRAIN EYEWASH TO A 3'x3'x3' SUMP FILLED WITH 1/2" PEA GRAVEL. 2. ALL EYEWASHES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH ANTI-SCALD FEATURE. 3. INSULATE PIPING AND FITTINGS. NOTES: 1 1/4" BALL VALVE (TYP) ACTUATING ARM POLYPROPYLENE COVERED SPRAY HEADS EYEWASH BOWL FLOOR FLANGE PULL ROD SHOWER HEAD AND ELBOW 1 1/4" FEMALE INLET 1" STAY-OPEN BALL VALVE STAY-OPEN BALL VALVE 1 1/2" FEMALE OUTLET VACUUM BREAKER FLAG HANDLE REDUCER, AS REQ'D 1 1/4" INLET (MIN.) DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C BUTT STRAP DIMENSIONS PIPE DIA. a b c d e 36" 10" 6" 6.065" 6.625" 1/4" CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T CHEMICAL DIFFUSER HUB DRAIN DETAIL 1/2" HASTELLOY C ELBOW 6" HASTELLOY C BLIND FLANGE DRILLED FOR 1/2" HASTELLOY C PIPE 1/2" LIQUID ALUM HASTELLOY C 1/2" LIQUID ALUM PFA TUBING TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB 6" AWWA C200 WELDED STEEL 36" AWWA C200 WELDED STEEL 4" HUB GRATE "P" TRAP 4" DI OR CAST IRON DRAIN, SLOPE AT 1/4" PER FT OR AS SHOWN BUTT STRAP DETAIL ID OF BUTT STRAP = OD OF STEEL PIPE HAND HOLE a d 2" MAX GAP 1/4" MIN. STRAP THICKNESS 90.0° 90.0° 36" HANDHOLE DETAIL 36" AWWA C200 WELDED STEEL PIPE 36" AWWA C200 WELDED STEEL PIPE b c 7 1/2"
(TYP.)
1 1/2"
MIN NOTE: 1. BUTT-STRAPS TO BE FURNISHED IN TWO PIECES AND SHIPPED LOOSE FOR FIELD JOINING. (BACKING PLATE SHALL BE 3/8" THICK BY 1" WIDE) 2. 14" MAXIMUM LENGTH OF BUTT-STRAP FOR FIELD CLOSING SECTION 3. WELD PLUG TO COUPLING AND CEMENT MORTAR LINE. 4. ALL WELD ROD TO BE 6010, 6012, OR APPROVED EQUAL. WIRE MESH FOR SUPPORT CEMENT MORTAR PLACED IN FIELD CEMENT MORTAR PLACED IN FIELD 5" EXTRA HEAVY HALF COUPLING (THREADED) SEE NOTE 3. TOP VIEW END VIEW DETAILS (4 OF 6) (E) PANEL CCB-B ELEVATION (E) PANEL CCB-B PROVIDE THREE (3) 15A-1P BREAKERS TO FEED: NEW SUMP PUMP NEW FLOW TRANSMITTER NEW LOW BAY LED LIGHTS SPIDER TWO PIECE SS PIPE SUPPORT PROVIDE AND ROUTE TWO (2) 1"C PVC-COATED RGS CONDUITS FROM PANEL CCB-B TO NEW STATIC MIXER VAULT AS NOTED ON C-1. FINISHED GRADE PER PLAN GROUND CLAMP PRECAST CONCRETE TRAFFIC BOX WITH CAST IRON COVER MARKED "GROUND", BROOKS 1-RT, J&R CONCRETE V2-R, OR EQUAL #1/0 BARE COPPER GROUND WIRE, UNO CONDUIT WHERE SPECIFIED 3/4" DIA. X 8' LONG (MIN.), COPPERCLAD STEEL GROUND ROD 3/4" GRAVEL, 1 CUBIC FOOT (MIN.) 8" DIA. (MIN.) 12" GROUND WELL DETAIL 4" PVC SCH 40 CONTAINMENT PIPE 1/2" HASTELLOY C BALL VALVE 1/2" HASTELLOY C UNION 1/2" HASTELLOY C COMPRESSION CONNECTOR NOTES: 1. ALL RIGID PIPING FOR CHEMICAL DIFFUSER SHALL BE HASTELLOY C276. 2. DETAIL HEREON IS SCHEMATIC. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS, FITTINGS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES. 3. ALUM FLOW= 0-32 GPH DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T BASE PLATE DETAIL HANDRAIL 4 - 3/8" BOLT 4" MIN. EMBEDMENT SPEED RAIL FLANGE CONCRETE WALL SPLICE DETAIL SPLICE SLEEVE 1/4" FIELD DRILL AS REQ'D (2) RIVETS @ 180° INTERVAL. (1) SIDE OF JOINT ONLY. HANDRAIL CENTERLINE 20' MAX SPACING OF SPLICES OR CORNERS SPLICE SEE DETAIL TYPICAL GUARDRAIL ELEVATION ALUMINUM STAIR DETAILS 2D-5 5'-0" O.C. MAX SEE DWGS 1 1/4" SQ. X 1/8" THICKNESS TUBING 1 12" Ø PIPE HANDRAIL 3'-6" CONCRETE WALL SPRING-CLOSE SAFETY 4" X 1/4" KICK PLATE GATE 316 SS 22"4 11/16" LONG FLAT MOUNTING BRACKET (TYP OF 2) NOTES: 1. ALL HANDRAILS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE W/ OSHA CODE REQUIREMENTS. 2. ALL HANDRAIL KICKPLATES AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE ALUMINUM PER SPECS. 3. COAT ALL SURFACES OF ALUMINUM THAT COME IN CONTACT W/ STEEL & CONC. W/ BITUMASTIC COATING PER SPECS. 4. ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. 5. ALL STAINLESS STEEL (SS) SHALL BE TYPE 316. 6. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE RATED AT 750 LBS. PREFAB ALUMINUM TREAD SS ANGLE AA 2" (MIN) 4'-0" 2" (MIN) 8" STAIR STRINGER EPOXY ANCHORS (TYP) ELEVATION WALL OR SLAB ALUM ANGLE 1/2" MIN. DIA ANCHORS WALL OR SLAB PREFAB ALUMINUM TREAD (TYP) STAIR STRINGER SECTION A-A STAIR/SLAB HANDRAIL SEE DETAILS PREFAB ALUMINUM TREAD (TYP) SEE PLAN FOR RISE AND TREAD DIMENSIONS, TYP STAIR STRINGER ALUMINUM (TYP.) 1/2" DIA SS ANCHOR BOLT ALUMINUM ANGLE CONC SLAB 3'-0" HANDRAIL 18 TYP. 1/2" DIA ANCHORS 4" MIN. EMBEDMENT BY CONTRACTOR 1'-0" AT EDGE OF SLAB NOTES: 1. ALL CHANNELS, PLATES, PIPE AND TREADS SHALL BE ALUMINUM PER SPECS. 2. ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 316. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE DESIGN BY A LICENSED ENGINEER IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA FOR ALL STAIRWAY, RAILING, AND LANDING COMPONENTS. DETAILS (5 OF 6) (E) FLASH MIXER SECTION IN MCC-4M RISERS AND TREADS TO MEET LOCAL BUILDING CODE NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE SEAL-WATER SYSTEM RELAYS AND AUXILIARIES, INCLUDING LIMIT SWITCHES, TIME DELAYS AND SEAL-WATER NO FLOW PILOT LIGHT. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT IN PLACE FLASH MIXER STARTER, OVERLOADS, AND ALL CONTROL AUXILIARIES TO BE UTILIZED FOR THE NEW FLASH MIXER SYSTEM. REWIRE FROM FLASH MIXER EQUIPMENT TO MCC-4M. BASE PLATE SEE DETAIL DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C CITY OF CORONA WRF1-CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER & FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER Underground Service Alert DIAL: 811 Call: TOLL FREE T CCT STAIRS PLANCHLORINE CONTACT TANK NOTES: 1. ALL RIGID PIPING FOR CHLORINE APPLICATION SHALL BE HASTELLOY C276. 2. DETAIL HEREON IS SCHEMATIC. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS, FITTINGS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM FOR REDUNDANT CHEMICAL FEED TO BOTH INJECTION POINTS. 3. CHEMICAL FEED RATE MAXIMUM OF 300 GPH. 4'-0" 11'-10 12" 2'-0" 4'-0" A- CHEMICAL INJECTION POINT DETAIL 1-INCH DRY PACK 1'-0" MIN. 5'-0" MIN. SS CONC. EPOXY ANCHORS SS CONC. EPOXY ANCHORS 1-INCH DRY PACK, (TYP) 1'-0" 4'-6" MIN. CCT STAIRS SECTION PROPOSED 36" CML&C STEEL PIPE WALL SLEEVE DETAIL FROM SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE METERING PUMPS TO CHLORINE CONTACT BASIN SODIUM HYPO INJECTION PIPE CONNECTION DETAILS (6 OF 6) 8'-0" FROM VAULT WALL 5'-0" NOTES: 1. ALL CHANNELS, PLATES, PIPE AND TREADS SHALL BE ALUMINUM PER SPECS. 2. ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 316. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE DESIGN BY A LICENSED ENGINEER IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA FOR ALL STAIRWAY, RAILING, AND LANDING COMPONENTS. REMOVE EXISTING GUARDRAIL EXISTING GUARDRAIL 6' X 6' X 1' THICK CONCRETE LANDING AREA 36" STATIC MIXER FLEXIBLE HOSE WITH CPVC BALL VALVE INLET AND FNPT END CONNECTION 146 PSI RATED, FTA-PVDF-050-C-V (FKM) BY SAF-T-FLO (TYP OF 2) RISE = 6 3 4" RUN = 9 12" GUARDRAIL SEE DETAIL 3 ON DWG. D-5. 14" CLOSURE PLATE WELD TO STRINGER PREFAB ALUM TREAD (TYP) RISER = 6 3 4" RUN = 9 12" LANDING AREA 4.5' X 4.5' X 1' CONCRETE SUPPORT STAIR STRINGER ALUM ALUMINUM COLUMN (TYP) FULL PENETRATION WELD (TYP) CONNECTION PLATE (TYP). BASE PLATE (TYP) SEE DETAIL 1 ON DWG D-5. 4" X 14" KICK PLATE 1.5" ALUMINUM GRATING LINK SEAL FILL VOIDS W/ NON-SHRINK GROUT CONCRETE WALL WALL SLEEVE W/ COLLAR STD. WEIGHT 316 SS PIPE. (E) 1 1/2" TUBING AND 4-INCH PVC SCH 40 (N) 1" PFA TUBING INSIDE (N) 4-INCH PVC PIPE (N) FAST TITE MALE CONNECTOR (N) 1 1/2" UNION (N) 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" 90° ELBOW INSIDE (N) 4-INCH PVC PIPE REMOVE EXISTING 1 1/2" TUBING AND CONTAINMENT PIPE FROM CHLORINE FEED PUMPS 1" HASTELLOY C PIPE 1" HASTELLOY C 90° ELBOW 1" SS BLIND FLANGE, TAPPED WITH 3/4" DIA. THREADED NIPPLE, RETRACTABLE INJECTOR 250 PSI RATED 3/4" MAIN CONNECTION X 1/2" SOLUTION TUBE, HC-100-H-H-4-CV (CKV) BY SAF-T-FLO (TYP OF 2), 1" HASTELLOY C COMPRESSION CONNECTOR 1" PFA TUBING 1" HASTELLOY C 1" HASTELLOY C PIPE PIPE 4" PVC CONTAINMENT PIPE ±6" LIGHT FIXTURE: TYPE AS INDICATED ON PLANS, SEE SHEET C-1. HEAVY GAUGE ROUND POLE GFCI RECEPTACLE WITH WEATHERPROOF COVER POLE MOUNT AND LIGHT FIXTURE DETAIL 24"Ø CONCRETE BASE REFER TO CIVIL SITE PLANS FOR FINAL GRADE ELEVATION ANCHOR BOLT (3'-0" MIN) (REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS) 2" CONDUIT (SEE PLANS FOR CONDUIT ROUTING) #6 BARE STRANDED COPPER WIRE. PROVIDE GROUND BUSHINGS FOR EACH METALLIC CONDUIT AND TERMINATE GROUND WIRING AT BUSHINGS, POLE GROUNDING LUGS, AND CONNECT TO CIRCUIT GROUND. 10'-0"x3/4" DIA COPPER WELD GROUND ROD INSTALLED #6 REBAR, EACH CORNER AND ℄ VERTICALLY AS SHOWN #6 REBAR 6" ON CENTER 14'-0" 5'-0" 12" 1" HASTELLOY C BALL VALVE NOTES: THIS DETAIL REPRESENTS THE FINISHED CONDITION AFTER CCT CHEMICAL FEED IS REMOVED. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONNECTION TO EXISTING CCT AND PROPOSED CONNECTION TO STATIC MIXER UNTIL FACILITIES ARE TESTED AND ACCEPTED. ONCE STATIC MIXER CHEMICAL FEED IS IN SERVICE, CONTRACTOR SHALL ISOLATE CCT FEED AND REMOVE. MATCH GRADE AT TOP OF CONCRETE DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C
CITY OF CORONA
WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY #1
CCT INFLUENT VAULT STATIC MIXER AND
FILTER INFLUENT FLASH MIXER UPGRADES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR BIDDING
FEB 2024
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 – (01 00 00) – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 10 01 SUMMARY OF WORK AND CONTRACT
01 29 73 SCHEDULE OF VALVES
01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 32 23 CONSTRUCTION SURVEY STAKING
01 32 33 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC AND VIDEO DOCUMENTATION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 35 26 GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
01 35 44 ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 61 00 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01 65 00 PROJECT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
01 66 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
01 73 00 BASIC EXECUTION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
01 73 24 SEISMIC RESTRAINT
01 73 33 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
DIVISION 2 – (02 00 00) – SITE WORK
02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
DIVISION 3 – (03 00 00) – CONCRETE
03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK
03 15 00 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCING
03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
03 32 10 CEMENT MORTAR
03 39 00 CONCRETE CURING
03 60 00 GROUTING
DIVISION 5 – (05 00 00) – METALS
05 05 19 POST-INSTALLED CONCRETE ANCHORS
05 05 23 METAL FASTENINGS AND WELDS
05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS
05 51 00 STAIRS, LADDERS, AND PLATFORMS
05 52 00 RAILINGS
05 53 00 GRATINGS AND FLOOR PLATES
DIVISION 9 – (09 00 00) – FINISHES
09 90 00 PAINTING AND COATING
09 92 00 GALVANIZING
09 96 56 EPOXY LINING AND COATING
DIVISION 26 – (26 00 00) – ELECTRICAL
26 05 10 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 47 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES
26 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C DIVISION 31 – (31 00 00) – EARTH WORK
31 05 50 PROTECTING EXISTING UTILITIES
31 23 00 EXCAVATION AND FILL
31 23 13 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
DIVISION 33 – (33 00 00) – UTILITIES
33 05 26 UTILITY IDENTIFICATION
33 05 31 PIPELINE JOINT MATERIALS
33 05 33 COUPLINGS, TIE RODS, FLANGE CONNECTORS, AND UNIONS 33 05 34 GROOVED AND SHOULDERED (VICTAULIC STYLE) COUPLINGS 33 05 38 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
33 05 39 MANUAL VALVE OPERATORS
33 11 18 CEMENT MORTAR LINING AND COATING OF STEEL PIPE 33 11 20 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT FOR IRON PIPE, FITTINGS, COUPLINGS, AND VALVES
33 12 26 AIR VACUUM ROOL SEAL WATER VALVES
DIVISION 40 – (40 00 00) – PROCESS INTEGRATION
40 23 38 CHEMICAL FEED SOLUTION PIPING, VALVES, AND APPURTENANCES 40 71 13 MAGNETIC FLOW METER
DIVISION 43 – (430000) – PROCESS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION, AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT 43 23 13 HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL FRAME MOUNTED END SUCTION PUMPS DIVISION 46 – (46 00 00) –EQUIPMENT
46 41 17 INLINE STATIC MIXER AND INJECTION EQUIPMENT
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 10 01 - Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction - 1 of 6 SECTION 01 10 01
SUMMARY OF WORK AND SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Covered by Contract Documents
A. Summary of Work, location, Work sequence, closeout, Contractor use of premises, and activities by others at Project site.
B. Work includes furnishing products, labor, tools, transportation, and services to:
1. Protect existing facilities in place.
2. Maintain water compliance sample service.
3. Maintain compliance for chlorine contact feed throughout construction.
4. Continuously maintain filter influent and chlorine contact tank influent flows throughout construction.
5. No demolition work shall proceed prior to receipt of confirmation of delivery dates from Manufacturers of manufactured items having >30 days lead time.
6. Modify existing facilities as required to facilitate interface and connection to new improvements.
7. Construct static mixer and flow meter vault facilities
8. Demolish existing Chlorine Contact Tank chemical feed, influent piping, flash mixer facility, chemical feed pipe, CCT Rapid Mixer panel, and associated electrical.
9. Construct chlorine contact tank (CCT) stairway and landings.
10. Construct flash mixer pump station and chemical feed facilities
11. Construct sitework, including grading, retaining walls, concrete flatwork, paving, , landscaping, and miscellaneous site improvements.
12. Pressure test new work
Regrade and pave site to restore paving and sitework to preconstruction condition and provide access to new equipment.
C. Furnish and install complete operating engineered systems, including appurtenant structural, mechanical and/or electrical mountings fittings or connections required for
1. Compliance with Manufacturer’s installation requirements,
2. As needed to permit systems to perform functions required by Contract Documents and described in Manufacturer’s printed literature.
D. Contractor’s submission of bid shall constitute acknowledgment that, if awarded contract, they have relied upon and are relying upon their own examination of:
1. Contract Documents
2. Available geotechnical information.
3. Work site
4. Access to Work site
5. Electrical service available at Work site.
6. Conditions under which Work is to be performed.
7. Existing facilities on and near Work site.
8. Data and matters requisite to completion of Work.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 32 00: Construction Progress Documentation B. Section 01 35 26: Governmental Safety Requirements
C. Section 26 05 10: Common Work Results for Electrical DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 10 01 - Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction - 2 of 6
1.3 Project Location and Site Conditions
A. Site conditions and required equipment environmental ratings are:
VARIABLE RATED RANGE
SITE LOCATION
Owner City of Corona, California
Site Address
2205 Railroad Street, Corona, CA 92880
Coordinates
http://itouchmap.com/latlong.html
Latitude 33.8891980N (33°52’34”)
Longitude 117.609745W (117°33’08”)
B. Anticipated handled fluids and their properties are:
FLUID VISCOSITY
(77°F)
SPECIFIC
GRAVITY
TEMP FREEZING
POINT
BOILING
POINT
VAPOR
PRESS
(77°F)
pH SOLIDS
CONTENT
Recycled
Water
0.894cP 1.00 33-90°F 32°F 212°F 0.46
psia
6.5-
8.5 <1.0%
Wastewater 0.894cP 1.01 33-90°F 32°F 212°F 0.46
psia
6.5-
8.5 <1.0%
38% 1.23 33-90°F 28°F 212°F 0.46 <1.0%
Ammonium
Sulfate
psia
(NH4)2SO4
Solution
15% Sodium
Hypochlorite
NaOCl Solution
1.20 33-90°F -14°F 230°F 12 <1.0%
C. Work and equipment shall be designed to satisfactorily operate under above conditions at project site.
1.4 Normal Working Hours
A. Conduct Work within the following City-accepted schedule:
1. Normal Work Hours:
a. 7:00 am to 5:00 pm as amended by permit or noted on Plans.
2. In addition, applicable permit conditions from governing agencies may further restrict working hours.
B. Exceptions to this Work schedule shall be only as accepted in writing by City.
1. No Work shall be done outside of normal work hours and work days, except where necessary for public safety, care and protection of Work already performed, or other emergency
a. Provide written notice to City’s Representative prior to any such emergency Work outside normal working hours.
b. Provide written request to City’s Representative 7 Calendar Days prior to Work outside normal working hours not required by emergency.
2. Requests to work on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays will be reviewed case-by-case and considered for acceptance based on additional costs to City, location of Work, nature of planned Work, and inconvenience to residents, businesses, community facilities, public events and activities associated with the proposed work day.
3. City reserves right to back-charge Contractor for costs incurred outside of standard work hours and days stated above.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 10 01 - Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction - 3 of 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Work Sequence
A. The following staged sequence of construction shall apply, except as otherwise accepted in writing by City. If Contractor is unable to install the proposed static mixer bypass piping and maintain flows into the Chlorine contact tank continuous highline bypass shall be provided.
B. The following Work sequence is provided for Contractor’s convenience.
1. It is not intended to dictate means and methods or cover every specific item of Work necessary.
2. It shall not relieve Contractor from their responsibility to coordinate and perform Work in accordance with Plans and Specifications.
3. Elements under each stage are not necessarily sequential and may be subject to change by City.
4. Prepare project schedule and as specified in Section 01 32 00.
5. Changes to construction stages identified herein shall be proposed by Contractor and accepted in writing by City before implementation as described in Section 01 32 00.
6. Complete Work not itemized in construction sequencing stages below in accordance with Contract documents and Contractor’s proposed, City-accepted schedule.
C. Notify City of conflicts of staging process within 30 calendar days of Notice of Award.
D. General sequence of Work shall be:
E. Stage 1 Preparation
1. Before beginning Work, complete the following:
a. Coordinate with Servicing Electrical Utility regarding electric service to site. b. Obtain required permits, licenses and construction easements. c. Call Underground Service Alert and utilities to obtain staking and marking of buried utilities.
d. Submit proposed schedule of Work, insurance and bonds. e. Pothole as needed to supplement staking and marking. f. Take preconstruction photographs.
g. Verify utility locations, field dimensions, pipe types and voltage and phase of on-site electrical services.
h. If discrepancies or conflicts are found, bring these to attention of City’s Representative. i. Submit Shop Drawings and other submittals.
j. Complete additional preliminary matters required by Contract Documents.
2. Begin manufacturing and shipping materials and equipment after receiving accepted submittals.
F. Stage 2 Mobilization for Flash Mixer Facilities
3. Mobilize construction equipment.
4. Provide BMP’s
G. Stage 3 Bypassing (Highlining) for Flash Mixer Facilities
5. Coordinate with the City Operations staff and submit bypass plan for acceptance.
6. Install bypass pipelines in accordance with City-accepted bypass plan.
7. Provide connections and appurtenances needed for the City to install temporary chemical feed and relocate compliance sample water line.
8. Dewater existing pipelines as outlined in the bypass plan.
9. Maintain bypass through completion of construction Work and remove after 5 days of acceptable operation.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 10 01 - Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction - 4 of 6 H. Stage 4 Demolition, Clearing, Grubbing, Preliminary Grading, and Cleaning for Flash Mixer Facilities
10. Demolish, remove and dispose of the following:
a. Existing flash mixer chemical feed piping
b. Existing electrical wiring, conduit and control equipment c. Existing flash mixer facilities
d. Existing filter influent and effluent line.
11. Complete demolition Work as shown and required.
12. Complete site rough grading.
I. Stage 5 Construction for Flash Mixer Facilities
13. Construct underground infrastructure, utilities, buried piping, chemical feed, flash mixer pump station, electrical, controls and appurtenances.
J. Stage 6 Startup, Commissioning, and System Demonstration for Flash Mixer Facilities
14. Perform pressure testing.
15. Test control loops
16. Demonstrate satisfactory installation and operation of installed work, including performing vendor and system functional tests.
17. Perform initial equipment startup procedures in presence of Manufacturer, City’s Representative and other parties as requested by City.
a. Each respective Manufacturer shall be represented during startup and commissioning.
18. Perform operational testing in accordance with specifications.
K. Stage 7 Closeout for Flash Mixer Facilities
19. Remove temporary bypass pumping, paving and construction equipment.
20. Provide operator training, including O&M manuals containing engineering Product Data and Shop Drawings on equipment.
21. Provide record drawings.
22. Clean up and restore construction areas.
23. Provide warranty as specified.
L. Stage 8 Mobilization for Static Mixer and Flow Meter Vault Facilities
24. Mobilize construction equipment.
25. Provide BMP’s
M. Stage 9 Bypassing (Highlining) for Static Mixer and Flow Meter Vault Facilities
26. Coordinate with the City Operations staff and submit bypass plan for acceptance.
27. Install temporary bypass pipelines, flow meter, and redundant pumps in accordance with City-accepted bypass plan.
28. Dewater existing CCT influent line as outlined in the bypass plan.
29. Maintain temporary bypass through completion of construction of the permanent bypass and remove after 5 days of acceptable operation.
N. Stage 10 Demolition, Clearing, Grubbing, Preliminary Grading, and Cleaning for Static Mixer Permanent Bypass
30. Demolish, remove and dispose of the following:
a. CCT influent line
31. Complete demolition Work as shown and required.
O. Stage 11 Construction for Static Mixer Permanent Bypass
32. Install permanent static mixer bypass and appurtenances with blind flanges on the mainline plug valves.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 10 01 - Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction - 5 of 6 P. Stage 12 Startup, Commissioning, and System Demonstration for Static Mixer Permanent Bypass
33. Perform pressure and flow testing.
34. Test control loops
35. Demonstrate satisfactory installation and operation of installed work, including performing vendor and system functional tests.
36. Perform initial equipment startup procedures in presence of Manufacturer, City’s Representative and other parties as requested by City.
a. Each respective Manufacturer shall be represented during startup and commissioning.
37. Perform operational testing in accordance with specifications.
38. Complete demolition Work as shown and required.
Q. Stage 13 Construction for Static Mixer and Flow Meter Vault Facilities
39. Construct static mixer and vault facilities, landing and guardrails, underground infrastructure, utilities, buried piping, chemical feed, CCT stairway and landing, electrical, controls and appurtenances valves.
R. Stage 14 Startup, Commissioning, and System Demonstration for Static Mixer and Flow Meter Vault Facilities
40. Perform pressure testing and chemical feed testing.
41. Test control loops
42. Demonstrate satisfactory installation and operation of installed work, including performing vendor and system functional tests.
43. Perform initial equipment startup procedures in presence of Manufacturer, City’s Representative and other parties as requested by City.
a. Each respective Manufacturer shall be represented during startup and commissioning.
44. Perform operational testing in accordance with specifications.
45. Coordinate requirements with City for chemical feed switchover.
S. Stage 15 Closeout for Static Mixer and Flow Meter Vault Facilities
46. Remove paving and construction equipment.
47. Provide operator training, including O&M manuals containing engineering Product Data and Shop Drawings on equipment.
48. Provide record drawings.
49. Clean up and restore construction areas.
50. Provide warranty as specified.
T. Stage 16 Demolition, Clearing, Grubbing, Preliminary Grading, and Cleaning for Static Mixer and Flow Meter Vault Facilities
51. Demolish, remove and dispose of the following:
a. CCT chemical feed and rapid mixer panel
b. Existing electrical wiring, conduit and control equipment U. Stage 17 Closeout for Static Mixer and Flow Meter Vault Facilities
52. Remove paving and construction equipment.
53. Provide operator training, including O&M manuals containing engineering Product Data and Shop Drawings on equipment.
54. Provide record drawings.
55. Clean up and restore construction areas.
56. Provide warranty as specified.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 10 01 - Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction - 6 of 6
3.2 Activities by Others
A. City, utilities, and others may perform activities within the Project area while Work is in progress.
1. Schedule Work with City, utilities, and others to minimize mutual interference and delays.
B. Activities performed by others may include the following construction projects, or maintenance and operational activities:
1. SCADA programming and system integration by City.
2. Routine inspection, maintenance, and repair of existing facilities.
3. Maintenance of landscaping, irrigation, and recreation facilities.
4. Plant operations.
5. There are no known concurrent construction projects at this location.
C. When cooperation fails, submit recommendations and perform Work in coordination with work of others as directed.
D. When Work depends, for proper execution or results, upon work performed by others, inspect and promptly report apparent discrepancies or defects in work performed by others.
3.3 Cooperation with Other Contractors
A. City may have additional work performed in this area by other Contractors.
1. Contract requires cooperation with those contractors in the area.
2. Differences or conflicts which arise between Contractor and other contractors will be adjusted and determined by City.
3. Contractor shall conduct their operations to minimize interference with work being done by other contractors.
a. Make good, promptly, injuries or damages to other contractors’ work caused at Contractor’s hands.
3.4 Contractor Use of Premises
1. Do not shut off pipelines or power or take action which might adversely affect City's use or operation of their facilities or premises without prior written authorization from City.
2. Construct accepted signs, barricades and lights necessary to ensure public safety and safety of City’s operators and personnel.
a. Provide steel plates across ditches to facilitate safe access of City's personnel to facilities.
B. Contractor shall legally dispose of material removed.
C. Substructures or other improvements removed or disturbed by Contractor during construction shall promptly be replaced and/or repaired at Contractor's sole expense to City’s satisfaction.
3.5 Responsibility for Job Site Conditions
A. Contractor shall assume sole and complete responsibility for jobsite conditions during course of construction of Work, including safety and health of persons and property; that this requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours B. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold City and design consultant GHD Inc. harmless from any and all liability except that arising from sole negligence of City or design consultant.
C. Refer to Section 01 35 26 for jobsite safety requirements.
3.6 Occupancy
A. Successful completion of pre-startup checkout and functional testing shall precede City’s use or acceptance of completed Work.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 29 73 – Schedule of Values - 1 of 4
SECTION 01 29 73
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Preparation of Schedule of Values providing breakdown of labor, materials, tools, equipment and other costs for measurement and payment purposes.
1. Schedule shall show division of Work between Contractor and each Subcontractor.
2. Break Schedule of Values down according to each Specification Division within each project area or structure on site.
3. Include item in Schedule for County and State taxes plus cost items for bond, insurance, temporary facilities and mobilization.
4. Schedule shall itemize items for purchase/delivery, costs for each item and material for which Contractor will request payment prior to installation.
5. Each item shall include overhead and profit directly proportional to direct cost of that item over total Contract cost.
B. Provide Schedule of Values breakdown:
1. On lump sum Bid Items >$25,000.
2. On smaller lump sum Bid Items where Contractor desires to break down Work items for their convenience or to facilitate payment.
3. On pipeline unit prices for quantities >1000’
C. Assign prices to Bid Items which aggregate to Contract Price.
1. Base prices on costs associated with scheduled activities for each Bid Item.
D. Finalized Schedule of Values will not be accepted until Contractor has responded to City’s review comments.
1. Provide supporting data, including certified payrolls, as requested by City’s Representative for Schedule items.
E. Refer to General Conditions §46 “Cost Breakdown and Periodic Estimates” for additional Corona requirements for submittals.
F. Prepare Schedule of Materials and Equipment Costs providing information necessary for City to document asset valuations for City’s Enterprise Asset Management program.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 32 00: Construction Progress Documentation PART 2 – MATERIALS (not used)
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 Submittals
A. Submit Schedule of Values and Schedule of Equipment and Materials Costs deliverables as described herein and in accordance with the following timeline:
DELIVERABLE SUBMITTAL TIME
MOBILIZATION SUBMITTALS
Schedule of Values Within 7 Calendar Days from Notice of Award Schedule of Values; review and resubmittal Within 14 Calendar Days from Notice of Award Schedule of Equipment and Materials Costs Coincident with first submittal of O&M manuals / record DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 29 73 – Schedule of Values - 2 of 4
drawings
B. Upon request, support prices with data which will substantiate their correctness.
3.2 Schedule of Values
A. Submit Schedule of Values listing each Bid Item identified in Bid Schedule and breaking down large Bid Items for major subcomponents of Work.
B. Schedule of Values shall contain itemized list of Bid Items and also include detailed breakdown of lump sum or unit price Bid Items >$25,000 (before extension) to facilitate payment and City’s asset management.
C. Schedule of Values may contain additional breakdown where desired to substantiate requests for partial payment as Work progresses.
D. Separate Work under bid items as follows:
1. Where Work occurs at multiple sites, itemize value of Work at each site.
2. Where Work occurs within multiple structures, itemize value of Work within each structure.
3. Where Work is divided between Work within structures, in yard, and/or offsite Work, separate value of Work by structure, yard, and off-site Work.
4. Where Work supports multiple large (and different) equipment items, separate value of Work by equipment category supported.
5. Where Work supports multiple utilities separate Work by utility type.
E. Itemize proposed values for the following major Work components.
1. Total value of Division 1 Overhead and General Requirements Work. a. Separate by milestones for mobilization, ongoing expenses, and startupcommissioning.
2. Total value of Division 2 demolition Work
3. Total value of Division 3-6 structural Work.
a. Itemize value of earthwork, subgrade preparation, concrete foundation, concrete slabs, concrete columns, concrete roofs, concrete stairs, masonry walls, metal framing, metal roofing, wood framing, and wood roofing as appropriate. b. Minor structures valued at <$25,000 may be listed as 1 item.
4. Total value of Division 7-14 architectural Work.
a. Itemize value of thermal and moisture protection, openings, finishes, and other Work as appropriate.
5. Total value of Division 21-23 mechanical Work.
a. Itemize value of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC Work as appropriate.
6. Total value of Division 25-28 electrical Work
a. Separate electrical yard facility work by duct bank designation and substations. b. Itemize value of conduit-raceways, cable-wire installation, switchgear, equipment installation, communications, electronic safety-security, terminations, and lighting as appropriate.
7. Total value of Division 31 and 32 civil site Work.
a. Itemize value for clearing and grubbing, earthwork, import or export, finish grading, base courses, asphalt paving, concrete paving, fencing and site improvements, irrigation, and planting as appropriate.
8. Total value of Division 33 utilities Work
a. Itemize breakdown by each utility category (water, recycled water, wastewater, stormwater, fuel or natural gas, hydronic or steam, electrical, and communications as appropriate.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 29 73 – Schedule of Values - 3 of 4
b. Itemize value of each pipeline.
c. Itemize value for inspection-bypassing-rehabilitation, earthwork, boring-jackingmicrotunneling, piping, incidentals, valves, equipment items, structures, tanks, and testing-disinfection,
9. Total value of Division 40-48 process Work.
a. Provide itemized breakdowns for each major improvement. b. Provide itemized breakdowns for site preparation, piping systems, major equipment items, instrumentation, and telemetry-control,
F. Contractor and City’s Representative shall meet and jointly review preliminary Schedule of Values and make adjustments in value allocations if, in City’s opinion, these are necessary to establish fair and reasonable allocation of values for major Work components.
1. Front end loading will not be permitted.
2. City may require reallocation of major Work components from items in above listing if in opinion of City’s Representative such reallocation is necessary.
G. City shall be sole judge of acceptable numbers, details and description of values established.
1. If, in City’s Representative’s opinion, more Schedule of Values items are necessary than proposed, add additional items and provide greater detail as requested.
2. Make adjustments deemed necessary to value allocation or level of detail and submit revised detailed Schedule of Values to City for record.
3.3 Changes to Schedule of Values
A. Changes to CPM Schedule to add activities not included in original schedule but included in original work (schedule omissions) shall have values assigned as accepted by City’s Representative.
1. Reduce other activity values to provide equal value adjustment increases for added activities as approved by City.
B. If Contractor and City agree to adjust original Schedule of Values because of inequities discovered in original accepted detailed Schedule of Values, increases and equal decreases to values for activities may be made.
3.4 Schedule of Materials and Equipment Costs
A. Submit Schedule of Materials and Equipment Costs for items as described herein and shown in example below to establish baseline value for City’s Enterprise Asset Management system.
B. The following does not represent complete list of materials and equipment required for this project.
EXAMPLE
SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS COSTS
EQUIPMENT /
MATERIALS /
FUNCTION /
DESCRIPTION
SIZE /
CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION / MFG /
MODEL NUMBER LOCATION
MATERIALS
COST
(UNIT PRICE)
ESTIMATED
INSTALLED
COST
(UNIT PRICE)
Sewer Force
Main
6” DIP, Class 350, restrained
joint, ceramic epoxy lined
Buried $54/LF $75/LF
Magnetic Flow
Meter
4” E+H, Proline Promag 53W1HULGBAA0BAAA1
Lift Station
Discharge Piping
$3,750 $5,000
Submersible
Sewage Pump
5 hp,
125 gpm
KSB, Model KRT E 80-
200/34XG
Lift Station Wet
Well
$5,250 $7,500
Swing Check
Valve
4” APCO, 6000 series Lift Station
Discharge Piping
$775 $1,100
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 29 73 – Schedule of Values - 4 of 4
C. Provide required information for equipment and materials listed in City-furnished equipment and materials cost spreadsheet.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 00 – Construction Progress Documentation - 1 of 9 SECTION 01 32 00
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Contractor’s scheduling of Work using computerized Critical Path Method (CPM) scheduling to satisfy Contract schedule and project status reporting requirements.
B. Refer to General Conditions §6 “Schedule” for additional Corona requirements for protecting existing utilities.
C. Times and durations in schedules prepared by Contractor shall be in Calendar Days.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
B. Section 01 73 00: Execution
1.3 Quality Assurance
A. Prior to submittal deadline shown below under “Submittals”, submit name and qualifications of person responsible for preparing, maintaining, updating and revising schedules.
1. This person shall have authority to act on Contractor’s behalf and have ≥3 years verifiable experience preparing and updating construction schedules for projects of similar type, size, and complexity.
B. Scheduler shall be proficient in use of software used.
1. If Contractor has no employee with required scheduling experience and expertise, as determined by City, retain qualified CPM consultant who regularly performs these services and who in City’s opinion possesses qualifications required to perform Project CPM scheduling.
2. City reserves right to remove scheduler from Project if schedules submitted do not conform to requirements of this section.
C. Qualifications of scheduler shall be verified with references ≥3 previous projects of similar type, size, and complexity on which Contractor’s Construction Scheduler has used CPM scheduling using scheduling software.
1. Construction Scheduler shall attend all meetings pertaining to scheduling and progress of Work.
D. City’s acceptance of Contractor’s CPM scheduling person is prerequisite to issuance of Notice to Proceed.
1.4 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. AGC publication “Use of CPM in Construction”
1.5 Submittals
A. Submit 4 copies of each submittal listed below plus electronic copy on compact disk or thumb drive in accordance with deadlines shown.
SUBMITTAL
PARAGRAPH
REFERENCE SUBMITTAL DEADLINE
MOBILIZATION SUBMITTALS
Name and Qualifications of
Contractor’s Scheduler
1.3A ≤7 Calendar Days after Contract Award
Preliminary Progress Schedule to 3.2 ≤14 Calendar Days after receipt of notice to proceed.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 00 – Construction Progress Documentation - 2 of 9
SUBMITTAL
PARAGRAPH
REFERENCE SUBMITTAL DEADLINE
Include 60-day Plan of Operation and
Project Overview Bar Chart
Revised Preliminary Progress Schedule 3.2 ≤7 Calendar Days after receipt of City review comments.
Original Baseline Critical Path Method
(CPM) Schedule
3.4A ≤14 Calendar Days after submittal of Revised Preliminary Progress Schedule
Original Baseline Critical Path Method
(CPM) Meeting
3.4C ≤10 Calendar Days after submittal of Original Baseline CMP Schedule
Revised Baseline CPM Schedule 3.4D ≤10 Calendar Days after Original Baseline CPM Schedule Meeting
Updates and Periodic CPM Schedule
Submittals
3.4E Monthly
B. In addition to submittals listed above, City may require recovery schedule, Time Impact Evaluation, and mitigation plan when appropriate.
C. Procedures for submission, review and acceptance of schedule submittals shall conform to Section 01 33 00 and applicable sections of General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Acceptable Manufacturers of scheduling software products include:
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
Scheduling Software Microsoft Project Redmond, WA (800) 642-7676 Oracle Primavera 6 Santa Clara, CA (408) 276-8345
Accepted equal
B. Scheduling system shall be capable of handling, processing, printing and plotting data to satisfy requirements of this Section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Progress of Work
A. Time of beginning, progress rate, and time of completion of Work are of the essence of this Contract.
1. Execute Work with such progress as required to prevent delays to completion of Contract, Contract milestones, and to other contractors working on other contracts at site.
B. By preparing and submitting Construction Schedule, Contractor represents they can and intend to execute contracted Work, including activities of subcontractors, equipment vendors and suppliers, submittals and resubmittals within specified times and constraints and bid covers costs associated with execution of Work in accordance with Construction Schedule.
3.2 Preliminary Progress Schedule Submittal
A. Prior to deadline shown in Part 1, submit 4 hard copies and 1 electronic copy of cost-loaded Preliminary Progress Schedule package which shall serve as Contractor's Plan of Operation for initial 60 Calendar Day period of Contract Time and to identify the manner in which Contractor intends to complete Work within the Contract Time.
1. Submit 60-Day Plan of Operation bar chart, and
2. Submit project overview bar chart type plan for Work as indicated below.
B. During initial 60 Calendar Days of Contract Time, conduct Contract operations in accordance with 60-Day bar chart Plan of Operation.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 00 – Construction Progress Documentation - 3 of 9
1. Bar chart prepared and submitted shall show dates for accomplishment of Contractor's early activities including:
a. Mobilization
b. Permits
c. Coordination with serving electric utilities
d. Coordination with other utilities
e. Submittals needed for early material and equipment procurement, including specified City’s review period
f. Submittals needed for long lead equipment procurement, including specified City’s review period
g. CPM submittals
h. Initial site work, and
i. Other submittals and other activities required and planned for execution in first 60 Calendar Days.
C. Information shall provide sufficient durations for administration, fabrication, and transportation to produce realistic delivery dates for procurement items.
D. Project Overview Bar Chart shall show major components of project Work and sequence relations between major components and subdivisions of major components.
1. Overview bar chart shall show relationships and time frames in which components of Work will be completed and placed into service to meet project milestones.
2. Include sufficient detail for identification of subdivisions of major components into such activities as
a. Coordination with serving electric utilities
b. Coordination with other utilities
c. Excavation
d. Foundation subgrade preparation
e. Foundation concrete
f. Completion of structural concrete
g. Utility Work
h. Mechanical Work
i. Electrical Work
j. Instrumentation and control Work
k. Other important Work for each major facility within project scope.
E. Show approximate durations and start dates for each work item subdivision representing Contractor’s best estimate for Work the summary activity represents.
1. Total duration of summary activities shall equal Contract Time.
2. Accurately plot each major component and subdivision component on time scale sheets ≤24” by 36” in size.
3. Use ≤4 sheets to represent this overview information.
F. Owner will review Preliminary Progress Schedule and provide comments at meeting with Contractor within 14 Calendar Days after submittal to City.
1. City's review and comment on schedules will be limited to Contract conformance with sequencing and milestone requirements stated in other sections of Contract Documents.
G. Make corrections to schedules needed to comply with Contract requirements and adjust schedules to incorporate missing information requested by City.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 00 – Construction Progress Documentation - 4 of 9
1. Resubmit revisions needed as result of City review and meeting with Contractor for review to City prior to deadline shown in Part 1.
H. Preliminary Progress Schedule will be used to record and monitor Work progress until Baseline Schedule, specified hereinafter, has been developed and accepted by City.
1. Incorporate recorded data on Preliminary Progress Schedule into Baseline Schedule during first schedule update.
3.3 Schedule Methodology
A. Scheduling method shall present CPM activity and node Precedence Diagram Network (PDN) showing critical path.
B. Submit Work Breakdown Structure to City for acceptance, including:
1. Work Breakdown Structure,
2. Associated alphanumeric coding structure to implement Work Breakdown Structure, and
3. Activity identification system for labeling Work activities.
C. Designate code fields as follows:
1. 1st code field shall designate Bid Item.
2. 2nd code field shall identify activity as 1 of following types:
a. Submittal,
b. Review/Acceptance
c. Procurement/Fabrication,
d. Delivery,
e. Construction/Installation,
f. Start-up, or
g. Change order
3. 3rd field shall identify applicable Contract Document section under which activity is described.
4. 4th code field shall identify who is responsible to perform activity (i.e., Contractor, subcontractor(s), supplier, etc.).
5. 5th code field shall identify area being worked in or facility, if appropriate.
6. 6th code field shall identify construction phase or project element (if phasing of Work or project elements are identified in Contract).
7. Include Change Orders and Notices of Non-Compliance as separate code fields.
3.4 CPM Schedule Submittals
A. Original Baseline CPM Schedule Submittal: Prior to deadline shown in Part 1, submit hard copy of Original Baseline CPM Network Schedule and Computerized Schedule Report tabulations.
1. Also submit compact disk or thumb drive containing schedule submittal information and data.
2. Submit new disk with updated information with each change or submission of CPM schedule.
B. Disk shall contain data compatible with scheduling software to generate network diagrams and schedule reports identical to hard copies submitted.
1. This submittal shall have already been reviewed and accepted by Contractor's Project Manager, Project Superintendent, and Project Estimator prior to submission.
2. CPM Schedule shall be time-scaled network diagram of "I-j" activity-on-arrow or precedence type.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 00 – Construction Progress Documentation - 5 of 9
3. Network Diagram shall describe activities to be accomplished and their logical relationships and show Critical Path.
C. Computerized Schedule Report tabulations shall include:
1. Report of activities sorted by Activity Number
2. Report of activities sorted by Early Start date
3. Report of activities sorted by Total Float.
4. Report of activities sorted by Responsibility Code.
a. Responsibility Codes shall be established for Contractor, City, utilities, subcontractors, suppliers, and other parties.
b. Identify codes in Network Diagram.
5. A successor-predecessor report which shall identify successor and predecessor activities for each activity and ties between schedule activities
6. Original Baseline CPM Schedule Review Meeting: Within time stipulated above, meet with City to review Original Baseline CPM Schedule submittal. a. Contractor’s Project Manager, Project Superintendent, and Project Scheduler shall be in attendance.
b. City's review will be limited to submittal's conformance to Contract requirements.
7. Review may also include:
a. Clarifications of design intent, process, and startup requirements. b. Directions to include activities and information missing from submittal. c. Requests to Contractor to clarify schedule.
D. Revised Baseline CPM Schedule: Within submittal time shown in Part 1, revise Original Baseline CPM Schedule submittal to address review comments from Original Baseline CPM Schedule Meeting and resubmit network diagrams and reports for City's review.
1. City, within 14 Calendar Days from receipt of Revised Baseline CPM Schedule will either accept schedule as submitted or advise Contractor in writing to review part or parts of schedule which either do not meet Contract requirements or are unsatisfactory for City to monitor project's progress and status or evaluate monthly payment requests by Contractor.
2. City may accept schedule with conditions that first monthly CPM schedule update be revised to correct deficiencies identified.
3. When schedule is accepted, it shall be considered as "Original Baseline CPM Construction Schedule" until updated schedule has been submitted.
4. City reserves right to require Contractor to adjust, add to, or clarify portions of schedule which may later be discovered to be insufficient for monitoring of Work.
5. No additional compensation will be provided for such adjustments, additions or clarifications.
E. City’s acceptance of Contractor's schedule will be based solely upon schedule's compliance with Contract requirements.
1. By way of Contractor assigning activity durations and proposing sequence of Work, Contractor agrees to use sufficient and necessary management and other resources to perform Work in accordance with schedule.
2. Upon submittal of schedule update, updated schedule shall be considered "current" project schedule.
F. Submission of Contractor's progress schedule to City shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's total responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and pursuing Work to comply with requirements of Contract Documents, including adverse effects such as delays resulting from ill-timed work.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 00 – Construction Progress Documentation - 6 of 9 G. Monthly Updates and Periodic CPM Schedule Submittals: Following acceptance of Contractor's Original Baseline CPM Schedule, monitor progress of Work and adjust schedule continuously to reflect actual progress and any changes in planned future activities.
1. Submit complete schedule updates in accordance with General Conditions Article 6, including all information requested in original schedule submittal and as specified herein.
2. Each update shall continue to show all Work activities including those already completed.
3. These completed activities shall accurately reflect Record Drawing information by indicating when Work was actually started and completed.
H. Neither submission nor updating of Contractor's original schedule submittal nor submission, updating, change or revision of other reports, curves, schedules or narratives submitted to City by Contractor under this Contract, nor City's review or acceptance of such reports, curves, schedules or narratives shall amend or modify Contract completion date or milestone dates or modify or limit Contractor's obligations under this Contract.
1. Only signed, fully executed change orders can modify these contractual obligations.
I. Monthly schedule update submittal will be reviewed with Contractor during monthly construction schedule review meeting held on 20th Work Day of each month.
1. Goal of these meetings is to enable Contractor and City to initiate appropriate remedial actions to minimize known or foreseen delay in completion of Work and to determine amount of Work completed since last month's schedule update.
2. Status of Work will be determined by percent complete of each activity shown in Network Diagram.
3. These meetings are considered a critical component of overall monthly schedule update submittal and Contractor shall have appropriate personnel attend.
4. At minimum, Contractor's Project Manager and General Superintendent shall attend meetings.
5. Submit within 7 Calendar Days after monthly progress meeting revised CPM Network Diagram, revised CPM computerized tabulations as noted herein, revised successor/predecessor report, Project Status Reports as defined in Paragraph 3.8 and Contractor's Application for Payment.
6. Within 7 Calendar Days of receipt of above noted revised submittals, City will accept or reject monthly schedule update submittal.
7. If accepted, percent complete shown in monthly update will be basis for Application for Payment to be submitted by Contractor.
8. If rejected, correct and resubmit update before Application for Payment for update period can be processed.
J. Schedule Revisions: Highlight or otherwise identify changes to Network Diagram Schedule Logic or activity durations made from previous schedule.
1. Modify portions of CPM schedule which become infeasible because of activities behind schedule or for any other valid reason.
3.5 Change Orders
A. Upon acceptance of Change Order, or upon receipt by Contractor of authorization to proceed with additional Work, change shall be reflected in next submittal of CPM schedule by Contractor.
1. Use sub-network in schedule depicting changed Work and its effect on other activities.
2. This sub-network shall be tied to main network with appropriate logic, so true analysis of Critical Path can be made.
3.6 CPM Standards
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 00 – Construction Progress Documentation - 7 of 9 A. CPM, as required by this Section, shall be as outlined in Association of General Contractors (AGC) publication, "Use of CPM in Construction" except either "I-j" arrow diagrams or precedence diagramming format may be used.
1. In case of conflicts between Contract Documents and AGC Document, Contract Documents shall govern.
B. Include in construction schedules graphic network diagram and computerized construction schedule reports as described in Paragraph 3.4.
C. CPM network shall be in form of pure logic diagram or, if directed or accepted by City, a time scaled "I-j" activity-on-arrow or precedence type diagram and may be divided into separate sheets with suitable match lines relating interface points among sheets.
1. Individual sheets shall not exceed 36” by 60” (≤2 sheets).
D. Except for pure logic diagrams, show construction activities and procurement activities in time-scaled format.
1. Show calendar time line along entire sheet length.
2. Plot each activity arrow or node to accurately represent beginning and completion dates of each activity along calendar time line.
3. Show activities using symbols clearly distinguishing between critical path activities, noncritical activities and free float for each non-critical activity.
4. Identify activity items by their respective Activity Number, Responsibility Code, Work Duration, and their Dollar Value.
5. Non-critical path activities shall show their total float time in scale form using dotted line or other graphical means.
E. Compute duration estimate for each activity in Calendar Days considering scope of activity Work and resources planned for activity.
1. Except for certain non-labor activities, such as concrete curing or delivery of materials, activity durations shall be 1-14 Calendar Days unless otherwise accepted by City.
F. Float time shall be total float defined as the number of Calendar Days each non-critical path activity may be delayed before it and its succeeding activities fall on critical path.
1. If non-critical path activity is delayed beyond its float period, that activity then becomes part of critical path and controls project end date.
2. Thus, delays of non-critical path activities beyond their float times delay Project completion.
G. Liability for delay of Project completion date rests with party causing delay to Project completion date.
1. If Party A uses some, but not all of float time and Party B later uses remainder of float time plus additional time beyond float time, Party B will be liable for costs associated with time that represents delay to project's completion date.
2. In this case Party A is will not be held responsible for any costs since it did not consume all float time, and additional float time remained, therefore, Project's completion date was unaffected.
H. Refer to Paragraph 3.9 for allowances for lost days for inclement weather and holidays..
3.7 Schedule Reports (Format)
A. Schedule Reports: Prepare Schedule Reports based on Construction Schedule to include the following minimum data for each activity:
1. Activity Numbers and Responsibility Codes
2. Contract Number
3. Estimated Activity Duration
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 00 – Construction Progress Documentation - 8 of 9
4. Activity Description
5. Activity's Percent Completion
6. Early Start Date (Calendar Dated)
7. Early Finish Date (Calendar Dated)
8. Late Start Date (Calendar Dated)
9. Late Finish Date (Calendar Dated)
10. Status (Whether Critical)
11. Total Float for Each Activity
12. Free Float for Each Activity
13. Cost Value for Each Activity
B. Project Information: Preface each Schedule Report with the following summary data:
1. Project Name
2. Contractor.
3. Contract No
4. Type of Tabulation
5. Project Duration
6. Contract Completion Date (revised to reflect time extensions)
7. Commencement Date Stated in Notice to Proceed
8. Data Date and Plot Date of Network Diagram
9. If update, new schedule completion date
3.8 Project Status Reporting
A. In addition to submittal requirements for CPM scheduling, submit monthly project status reports (Overview Bar Chart and written narrative report) in conjunction with revised CPM Schedules as specified in Paragraph 3.6.
1. Status reporting shall be in form specified below.
B. Prepare and submit monthly Overview Bar Chart schedule of major project components.
1. Overview bar chart schedule shall summarize current CPM schedule (original and as updated and adjusted throughout construction period).
2. Overview bar chart shall contain ≤2 sheets which shall not exceed 36” by 60”.
3. Represent major project components as time bars subdivided into various types of Work including demolition, excavation and earthwork, yard piping, concrete construction, mechanical, electrical and instrumentation installations.
4. Major components shall include each new structure by area designation, sitework, modifications to existing structures, tie-ins to existing facilities and plant startups.
C. Accurately time scale plot each major component and subdivision consistent with project overview bar chart specified above.
1. Time-scale plot shall represent same status shown by early start and finish activity information contained in latest update of CPM schedule.
2. In addition, show percent completion for each major component and subdivision.
3. Make initial submittal of overview bar chart schedule at time revised Original Baseline CPM Schedule is submitted to City within submittal deadline shown in Part 1.
4. Amend overview schedule to include additional detail required by City.
5. Include additional information requested by City during construction of Work.
D. Submit monthly written narrative reports including:
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 00 – Construction Progress Documentation - 9 of 9
1. Status of major project components (Percent Complete, amount of time ahead or behind schedule) and an explanation of how project will be brought back on schedule if delays have occurred.
2. Progress made on critical activities indicated on CPM schedule.
3. Explanations for lack of Work on critical path activities planned to be performed during last month
4. Explanations for schedule changes, including changes to logic or to activity durations.
5. List of critical activities scheduled to be performed in next 2-month period.
6. Status of major material and equipment procurement.
7. Value of materials and equipment properly stored at site, but not yet incorporated into Work-in-place.
8. Delays encountered during reporting period.
9. Assessment of inclement weather delays and impacts to progress of Work.
E. Contractor may include other information pertinent to status of project.
1. Include additional status information requested by City.
3.9 Allowance for Holidays and Inclement Weather in CPM Schedule A. Include ≥14 lost Calendar Days on CPM schedule's critical path for inclement weather.
B. Include lost days for City-observed holidays (listed in General Provisions) in CPM schedule.
C. No Work other than Work necessary to respond to emergencies or Work necessary to meet SWPPP requirements shall be performed from December 24th (Christmas Eve) through January 1st (New Year’s Day)
1. Include lost days for this period.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 00 32 23 – Construction Survey Staking by City - 1 of 2 SECTION 01 32 23
CONSTRUCTION SURVEY STAKING BY CONTRACTOR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. This section describes survey information to be furnished by the Contractor.
B. City will provide Contractor with ACAD basemap to be used for Construction staking.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
B. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
C. Section 01 73 00: Execution
1.3 System Description
A. Provide construction stakes and cut sheets in writing ≥2 working days in advance of Construction.
B. Preserve stakes, reference markers, monuments, and survey points.
1. Where survey Work is disturbed, City will charge Contractor for replacement.
2. Contractor shall pay, at their sole cost, expense resulting from loss or disturbance of stakes or markers.
3. Should City be required to reset construction stakes, cost for resetting will be at current per diem rate.
4. Charges will be deducted from progress payments due Contractor, for month in which City performs surveying work.
C. Unless otherwise specified, City will only provide ACAD survey files for items specified to be constructed or reconstructed for Contract Documents.
D. Do not proceed with Work until construction stakes, are verified by the City.
1.4 Quality Assurance
A. Perform surveys under supervision of California Registered Land Surveyor or California Registered Civil Engineer experienced in and licensed to practice surveying.
B. City’s Representative will perform field observation to verify Work is being performed in accordance with Contract Documents.
1. Cooperate with City’s Representative and make necessary provisions to facilitate safe observation of Contractor’s Work.
1.5 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. California Business and Professions Code §8771.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Protect benchmarks, monuments, and project control points.
1. Conform to requirements of California Business and Professions Code §8771.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 00 32 23 – Construction Survey Staking by City - 2 of 2
2. Do not disturb monuments, survey markers, or bench marks without permission from City’s Representative and City surveyor.
a. Preserve permanent reference points during construction. b. Do not change or relocate benchmarks, monuments, or project control points without prior written approval.
3. If it is necessary to remove or replace monument(s) in conjunction with Work, provide 2 week’s notification to City’s Representative and office of City surveyor. a. Under direction and supervision of City surveyor, monument will either be temporarily removed and later replaced, or it will be relocated by Contractor.
4. Bear expense of resetting monuments, survey markers, or bench marks disturbed without permission.
B. Promptly report lost or destroyed benchmarks, monuments, or project control points or requirements to relocate reference points because of necessary changes in grades or locations.
C. Record horizontal and vertical data, and benchmark locations, on Project Record Drawings.
3.2 General Survey Requirements
A. Work from lines and levels established from field survey control.
B. Advise subcontractors engaged in construction activities of marked lines and elevations provided for their use and their responsibility to protect and preserve these points.
C. Furnish information necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other appurtenances located in or affected by construction.
1. Coordinate with local authorities having jurisdiction.
3.3 Survey Staking for Pipelines
A. For pipelines not installed in tunnels or casings, Contractor shall will set 1 stake at 25’ intervals, and at angle points and grade breaks.
1. Station, offset, and cut/fill to flow line will appear on stakes.
B. Accurately transfer line and grade for facility to trench bottom.
1. Pavement scoring, cutting, and removal shall be accomplished from this same set of construction stakes.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 33 – Construction Photographic Documentation - 1 of 3 SECTION 01 32 33
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Administrative and procedural requirements for:
1. Preconstruction photographs.
2. Monthly construction photographs (required for contracts>$1 million)
3. Final completion construction photographs.
B. Submit preconstruction photographs or videos to City’s Representative before performing Work which has potential to disturb or modify public or private property not owned by City.
1. Failure to submit preconstruction photographs or videos may be taken by City as evidence subsequent claims by property owners for damage to their property can be rightfully attributed to Contractor's actions.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
E. Section 01 73 00: Execution
F. Section 01 77 00: Closeout Procedures
1.3 Quality Assurance
A. Use skilled workmen trained and experienced in necessary trades and crafts and familiar with specified requirements and methods for proper performance of Work of this section.
1.4 Submittals
A. Submittals shall conform to the following:
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
MOBILIZATION SUBMITTALS
Pre-Construction
Documentation
and Construction
Progress Digital
Photographs
• Submit pre-construction digital image files before beginning Work. • Date and time stamp photos
• Submit digital images in folder(s) named by date of photographs. • Name files to embed date ID letter (A-Z) and subject in ≤32 characters eg. Yy-mm-ddBroad-sawcut Key Plan Submit key plan of Project site with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph.
• Name of Project.
• Name and contact information of photographer.
• Name of City and City’s Representative.
• Name of Contractor.
• Date photographs taken.
• Description of vantage points, indicating ID key A-Z, location, direction arrow or compass point, and elevation or story of construction.
.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Monthly Digital
Photographs
Submit progress digital image files with each monthly pay request.
Document covered Work before covering.
• Submit using protocol for mobilization submittal
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
Finished Project
Photography
Take ≥25 color digital photographs at or near date of Substantial Completion for submission as project record documents.
Hire qualified photographer to take construction closeout photographs.
Take photographs using maximum range of depth of field.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 33 – Construction Photographic Documentation - 2 of 3
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
• Photographs shall be in focus and clearly show Work.
• Do not submit photographs with blurry or out-of-focus areas. • City’s Representative will inform photographer of desired vantage points. • Do not include date stamp on final completion construction photographs. • Submit completed project photographs on CD with final record drawings submittal PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials
A. Refer to Section 01 61 00 for basic requirements for products and materials.
B. Digital images shall be in JPG format, produced by digital camera with minimum sensor size of 8 megapixels, and at image resolution of at least 3200 x 2400 pixels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to City for unlimited reproduction of photographic documentation.
3.2 Photography
A. Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.
1. Maintain 1 set of images accessible in field office at Project site, available at all times for reference.
a. Identify images in same manner as those submitted to City’s Representative.
3.3 Preconstruction Photographs
A. Before beginning Work, excavation, or demolition, carefully and thoroughly document with photographs pre-construction condition of site, including existing neighboring improvements outside City’s property which may be damaged during construction.
1. Provide dated photographs as necessary to resolve disputes that may arise regarding conditions prior to and subsequent to construction.
B. Take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by City’s Representative.
C. Document pre-construction condition of entire construction area and adjacent properties.
1. In addition to pre-construction photographic survey, perform periodic photographic survey of site and adjacent areas (at least twice during construction), and then postconstruction.
D. Photographs shall be of sufficient quality and thoroughness to document preexisting damage or wear to photographed property for which Contractor or City might be asked to compensate property owner were it not for photographic evidence of preexisting damage.
E. Where existing cracks in concrete, masonry or other materials are wider than thickness of a dime, include dime or similar visual standard in photo or video for reference.
F. Flag excavation areas and construction limits before taking construction photographs.
G. Take ≥20 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting Work.
H. Take ≥20 photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to record physical conditions at start of construction.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 32 33 – Construction Photographic Documentation - 3 of 3 I. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements.
3.4 Periodic Construction Photographs
A. Take 25 photographs weekly, with timing each month adjusted to coincide with cutoff date associated with Applications for Payment.
1. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.
B. Take photographs of Work to be covered or buried prior to covering or burying.
C. Photographs shall show, where applicable:
1. Subgrade,
2. Conduit,
3. Duct banks,
4. Utilities,
5. Steel reinforcement,
6. Concrete footings, retaining walls, and foundations,
7. Fasteners,
8. Embedments
9. Bare concrete surfaces,
10. Decking,
11. Framing,
12. Piping,
13. Pipe connections,
14. Valves and fittings,
15. Equipment,
16. Ductwork,
17. Wiring,
18. Other items directed by City’s Representative.
D. Where structural members are fabricated off site, provide photographic documentation of fabrication in sufficient detail and quantity to show Work not visible at time of delivery to jobsite.
E. Where on-site events may result in construction damage or losses, take photographs in advance as needed to document damage or losses.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 1 of 13
SECTION 01 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. General procedures and requirements for submittals, initial submittal, submittals required on City's request, progress reports, Working Drawings, Shop Drawings, Product Data and samples, notification of affected residences and businesses, and submittal forms.
B. Refer to General Conditions §8 “Shop Drawings” and §9 “Submittals” for additional Corona requirements for submittals.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 32 33: Construction Photographic Documentation B. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
C. Section 01 50 00: Temporary Facilities and Controls
D. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
E. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
F. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements G. Section 01 73 00: Execution
1.1 Definitions
A. The following definitions apply:
1. Installation Instructions, Application Instructions, or Assembly Instructions:
Manufacturer's printed instructions including warranty requirements, clearances required and proper field procedures to deliver, handle, install, and prepare product for use. a. In absence of Manufacturer's published literature, ASTM, AWWA or trade standards for installation will usually be accepted.
2. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Manufacturer's printed instructions for correct operation and maintenance procedures for product, along with:
a. Warranty requirements
b. Data which must accompany manual as directed by current regulations of government agency.
3. Product Data: Manufacturer’s pre-printed drawings, catalog data, or catalog cut sheets which need not include project name.
4. Shop Drawings: Job-specific drawings showing details of manufactured or assembled products proposed for incorporation in Work.
5. Working Drawings: Job-specific drawings showing details of construction not shown on Plans and required to be designed by Contractor.
1.3 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ANSI AWS A2.4 Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive Examination
1.4 General
A. Submit descriptive information, including Shop Drawings, Product Data, Installation or Application Instructions, Operation and Maintenance Instructions, Certificates of Compliance, Engineering Calculations, Foundry and Test Record Transcripts, and other engineering data covering materials, equipment, and/or methods of work, which will enable DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 2 of 13
City’s Representative to advise City whether Contractor's proposed materials, equipment, or methods of work are in general conformance with design concept and in compliance with Contract Documents.
1. Submittals shall become permanent part of Work under this contract.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for accuracy and completeness of information in each submittal and shall assure material, equipment, or method of work is as described in submittals.
1. Submittals shall contain required information, including satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to Contract Documents.
C. Submittals shall be made by Contractor, except where City and Contractor mutually agree in writing on case-by-case basis for City to deal directly with material or equipment supplier.
D. Verify Work described in each submittal conforms to Contract Documents.
1. Contractor shall indicate by signed stamp on submittals they have checked submittals and Work shown conforms to Contract requirements and has been checked for dimensions and relationship with Work of other trades involved.
E. Notify City where Contractor’s submittal may affect work of another contractor or owner.
1. Ensure there is no conflict with other submittals.
2. Ensure coordination of submittals among related crafts and subcontractors.
F. Contractor may authorize material or equipment supplier to deal directly with City or City’s Representative for submittals on case-by-case basis with City’s consent.
1. Contractor, however, shall be responsible for accuracy and completeness of information contained in submittals.
G. Number submittals using numbering system as directed by City’s Representative.
H. Use Shop Drawing Transmittal Form included at end of this section unless otherwise directed by City.
1. Submit separate form for each submittal and assign submittal number.
2. Form shall be 1st page of each digital submittal.
3. Submittals without completed Contractor's Transmittal Form as first page will be returned without review as “first submittal” and stamped "REJECTED/RESUBMIT AS SPECIFIED."
I. Stock or standard drawings will not be accepted for review unless full identification and supplementary information is shown thereon in ink or typewritten form.
J. Where submittals contain exceptions and departures from Contract Documents, list on Shop Drawing Transmittal Form exceptions or departures being requested.
1. Highlight and annotate exceptions and departures from Contract Documents along with brief justification for each exception or departure.
K. Provide space for reviewer’s review and acceptance stamp.
L. Show US units on submittals.
1. For submittals prepared in foreign countries where Manufacturer’s literature is printed solely in metric units, make legible and correct hand annotations to convert to US units.
2. Submittals not bearing US units will be returned without review.
M. Submittals bearing text in languages other than English will be returned without review.
N. Materials submittals shall include:
1. Brand names and Manufacturers.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 3 of 13
2. ID Plate – Product No., etc.
3. Specification section and/or plan drawing number.
4. Intended use of product, locations, etc.
O. Use of contract drawing reproductions for Shop Drawings is subject to rejection.
1.5 Electronic (Digital) Submittals
A. Submit digital copy of each submittal using 1 of following methods chosen by City:
1. Email: Send submittal as pdf attachment to City and City’s Representative.
2. Data tracking System (DTS): Upload digital file to server maintained by City’s Representative.
3. CD: Burn CD containing 1 or more submittals and furnish copy of CD to City and City’s Representative.
B. Submittals may be rejected without review if scans or photocopies are of poor quality.
C. Multiple hard copies of submittals will not be accepted in lieu of digital submittal unless otherwise authorized or directed by City’s Representative.
D. One digital copy of stamped submittal with cover letter will be returned to Contractor by email or DTS as appropriate.
E. Verify emails sent with large attachments have been successfully received by City and City’s Representative.
1. Do not send files >5 MB in size as attachments to emails due to size restrictions associated with users’ email systems.
1.6 Installation, Application, or Assembly Instructions, and Operation and Maintenance Manual Submittals
A. Installation, Application, or Assembly Instructions: Submit 2 paper copies for review and 4 copies of complete, bound set of assembly and installation manuals for each item of equipment for which manual is required.
1. Submit digital file in pdf format of final submittal.
B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit 2 copies for review and 4 copies of complete, bound set of operation and maintenance manuals for each item of equipment for which manual is required.
1. Included in binder shall be Shop Drawings plus section for City to add 11”x17” copies of record drawings.
2. Submit digital file in pdf format of final submittal.
1.7 City’s Review of Submittals
A. City’s review or acceptance of submittals shall only constitute acceptance of:
1. Portions of submittal in compliance with Contract Documents.
2. Exceptions or departures expressly noted on Contractor’s submittal as “exceptions” or “departures” and accepted in writing by City.
3. Exceptions or departures City or their Representative may by chance discover and acknowledge and accept in writing in City’s response to said submittal.
B. If submittal’s exception or departure from Contract Documents is neither noted by Contractor on their submittal nor acknowledged and expressly accepted by City, Contract shall remain unchanged.
1. Notwithstanding City’s acceptance of submittals containing exceptions or departures not brought to City’s attention, City’s failure to discover said exceptions and departures in DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 4 of 13
submittals, shall not relieve Contractor of Contract responsibilities, whether exceptions or departures were intentional or unintentional on Contractor’s part,
2. Where exceptions or departures are taken but are not noted on submittals, City may require unauthorized exceptions or departures to be remedied or replaced at Contractor’s expense.
3. Liquidated damages shall also apply.
C. Resubmittal review will focus on items expressly noted by City or their Representative as requiring correction in prior submittals.
1. Cleary identify changes made on resubmittals.
2. If resubmittal deviates from prior submittal with respect to items accepted in prior submittal, and Contractor does not note exception or deviation, Contract shall remain unchanged.
3. City’s failure to discover exceptions and departures in resubmittals whether intentional or unintentional on Contractor’s part shall in no way relieve Contractor of any Contract responsibilities.
D. Review of submittals will proceed as follows:
1. Submit specified quantity of complete submittals together with Contractor's submittal forms to City’s Representative for review.
a. At City’s discretion, City may review submittals prior to, parallel with, or after City’s Representative has reviewed submittals.
2. Submittals will be stamped "ACCEPTED", "ACCEPTED AS NOTED", "REVISE AS NOTED/RESUBMIT," "REJECTED/RESUBMIT AS SPECIFIED", “NO ACTION REQUIRED,” or “SUBMITTAL NOT REQUESTED, RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW.” a. Three copies with letter of transmittal will be returned to Contractor.
3. If review indicates material, equipment, or Work method is in general conformance with design concept and complies with Contract Documents, submittal copies will be marked "ACCEPTED." In this event, Contractor may begin to implement Work method or incorporate material or equipment covered by submittal.
4. If review indicates minor corrections are required, copies will be marked "ACCEPTED AS NOTED." Contractor may begin implementing Work method or incorporating material and equipment covered by submittal in accordance with noted corrections. a. Provide corrected copy where submittal information will be incorporated in Operation and Maintenance Data.
5. If review reveals submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data, copies will be marked "REVISE AS NOTED/RESUBMIT."
a. Do not undertake Work covered by submittals so marked until submittal has been revised, resubmitted, and returned marked either “ACCEPTED" or "ACCEPTED AS NOTED."
6. If review indicates material, equipment, or Work methods do not conform to Contract Documents, copies of submittal will be marked "REJECTED/RESUBMIT AS SPECIFIED." Submittals with exceptions and departures not clearly identified may be rejected.
a. Do not undertake Work covered by submittals so marked until submittal has been revised, resubmitted, and returned marked either “ACCEPTED" or "ACCEPTED AS NOTED."
7. If drawing or data is returned stamped "ACCEPTED", "ACCEPTED AS NOTED", “NO ACTION REQUIRED,” or “SUBMITTAL NOT REQUESTED, RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW,” no further resubmittals will be required for that item.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 5 of 13
8. If drawing or data is stamped "REVISE AS NOTED/RESUBMIT," or REJECTED/RESUBMIT AS SPECIFIED, make necessary corrections and resubmit documents as required in Instruction 1.
a. Contractor's submittal form transmitting revised documents shall show that documents comprise a resubmittal.
b. Number revisions and re-submittals as Revision #1, Revision #2, or as appropriate.
9. If changes other than those noted by City are made on submittal before resubmittal, note such changes on resubmittal.
10. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, until confirmation of compliance is obtained.
11. Include entire submittal package in resubmittals unless partial resubmittals are accepted in writing by City.
E. Costs incurred by City for original submittal and first re-submittal will be paid by City.
1. Costs incurred by City for 2nd and subsequent re-submittals will be deducted from payment due Contractor.
F. Allow not less than 31 Calendar Days for review and response to submittals.
1. Review may be delayed if contingent on receipt of other submittals.
2. Upon timely written request by Contractor, City’s Representative will make reasonable efforts to shorten review periods which may fall on Contractor's critical path.
G. Correct and resubmit rejected submittals within 14 Calendar Days.
1. Contractor shall have no claim for damages or extension of time due to delays resulting from Contractor having to make submittal revisions required.
H. Wait to correct and resubmit submittals until reviewed submittal has been returned to Contractor.
1. Submittals revised and resubmitted prior to Contractor’s receipt of review comments for submittal will be returned without review to avoid generating confusion that might arise from having multiple versions of submittals in various stages of review generates confusion and will not be allowed.
I. Do not order products or begin Work described in required submittals until such submittals have been reviewed and returned by City stamped "ACCEPTED" or "ACCEPTED AS NOTED".
1. Contractor’s acceptance of delivery of products prior to receipt of City’s Representative's satisfactory return of applicable submittals shall be at Contractor's risk.
J. Review of submittals by City’s Representative shall extend solely to general type and layout of Work and shall not be construed as relieving Contractor of full responsibility for adequacy and accuracy of submitted designs and details shown in submittals.
K. City’s Representative’s review of submittals shall be limited to review of products to be incorporated in Work and to remain in place upon project completion.
1. Contractor shall have sole responsibility at all times for construction means, methods and jobsite safety.
2. Retain services of California-licensed civil, structural or traffic engineer, as appropriate, to design and prepare plans for necessary safety equipment required by OSHA, Cal OSHA and other state and local regulatory authorities during construction, and to prepare summary documents for Contractor’s use for accomplishing said Work including, but not limited to sheeting, shoring, trench plating, excavation protection, falsework, formwork, scaffolding, barricading, pedestrian safety and traffic control.
3. Originals of summary documents, signed and sealed by engineer of record who prepared them, shall be submitted solely as proof this requirement has been fulfilled.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 6 of 13
4. Since Contractor has sole responsibility for means, methods and jobsite safety, review of said documents will be limited to verifying preparing engineer’s registration is current and that engineer of record has no active complaints filed against them with California Board for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors.
L. Do not ship items to jobsite until applicable submittals have been accepted by City.
1.8 Initial Submittals
A. Submit the following within 10 hours after Notice of Award.
1. Names and addresses of Manufacturers furnishing products valued greater than either 4% of contract value or $40,000, whichever is less.
a. State locations of shops at which manufacture will take place. b. State whether products are already designed or in production. c. Include brief description of products proposed, including sizes and catalog numbers.
2. Letter addressed to City’s Representative identifying Contractor's superintendent, safety officer, and traffic control coordinator, including emergency telephone numbers and signature authorization, and listing names, addresses and telephones for subcontractors.
B. Submit the following within 10 Calendar Days after Notice to Proceed.
1. Proposed Construction Schedule.
2. Submittal Log, listing required submittals to be submitted, including required submittals by subcontractors.
3. No extension of contract time will be granted as result of Contractor’s failure to make timely submittals.
1.9 Submittals on City's Request - Supplemental Information A. Submit detailed construction schedule updates with monthly pay requests to describe scheduling of elements of construction requiring City's or Contractor's coordination with public, or other private parties or public agencies.
B. Supplemental information will be requested for "accepted equals" and may be requested when there is a question a Manufacturer's product conforms to Contract Documents.
1. City reserves right to require submittal of supplemental information as described herein before acceptance of product.
C. Certification of compliance with listed reference standards shall be submitted by Manufacturers on City's request.
1. Failure of City to request certification of compliance shall not serve as waiver of Contractor's duty to comply with reference standards.
D. Transcripts of results of acceptance tests performed at point of manufacture of products furnished shall be submitted by Manufacturers on City's request.
E. Samples shall be submitted on City's request.
F. Names and addresses of nearest local service representatives maintaining technical service personnel and complete inventory of spare parts and accessories shall be submitted on City's request.
G. List of 3 installations in which products comparable in size, capacity and rating with those required in Contract Documents are now in regular operation shall be submitted on City's request.
1. Include listing of size capacity or rating of each installation.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 7 of 13
2. Include name and telephone number of ≥1 reference responsible for operations at each installation whom City’s Representative may contact.
1.10 Progress Reports
A. Daily log shall be submitted by Contractor's superintendent on 1-page form provided by City.
1. These logs shall be detailed with activities that took place during each day.
2. Submit logs daily to City’s Representative by end of following workday.
B. Schedule updates shall be submitted with monthly pay requests.
1. If Work falls behind schedule, monthly pay requests shall include revised schedules to demonstrate how Contractor intends to bring Work back on schedule.
C. Record Drawings, consisting of 1 set of full size annotated hard-copy plans and other drawings forming part of contract, showing installed locations of improvements and changes made during construction shall be available to City for inspection throughout project.
1. Record deviations from Contract Documents, including accepted change orders, using additional sketches or ink revisions, immediately after installing each portion of Work.
2. Show locations of underground piping, conduit, sensor lines, valves, capped ends, branch fittings, pull boxes and Work.
3. Keep 1 current record copy of Contract Documents, Addenda, Supplementary Drawings, Working Drawings, Change Orders and clarifications at site and in good order.
4. Report changes and deviations promptly to City’s Representative.
D. Partial payment requests may be withheld if daily logs, schedule updates or record drawings are damaged, lost or not kept current to satisfaction of City’s Representative.
1.11 Contractor’s Notice of Pending Delay Claim
A. If delay claim is foreseen by Contractor, Contractor shall immediately notify City in writing.
1. Following said notice, Contractor shall have no more than 7 Calendar Days to furnish follow-up information as required by City to allow City to act judiciously to minimize losses.
2. At minimum, said information shall consist of letter identifying and substantiating cost of expected claim per day of delay accompanied by schedule showing available float and delay’s impact on overall schedule.
1.12 Working Drawings
A. Prepare Working Drawings to scale wherever possible and show project name on drawing.
B. Working Drawings shall include:
SECTION SPECIFICATION TITLE SUBJECT PROFESSIONAL
ENGINEER
STAMP
01 35 26 Governmental Safety Requirements Shoring Plan Required 01 73 24 Seismic Restraint Seismic Restraint System Design Required 02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition Demolition Plan Not Required 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing Structural Steel Falsework Required 31 05 50 Protecting Existing Utilities Pipe and Utilities Supports at Trench Crossings
Not Required
31 23 19 Dewatering Dewatering Plan Required
33 01 30 Sewage Bypassing Sewage Bypass and Pumping Plan and SPCCP
Not Required
1.13 Shop Drawings
A. Prepare Shop Drawings to scale wherever possible and show project name on Shop Drawing.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 8 of 13
B. Except where preparation of submittal is contingent upon acceptance of a prior submittal, combine submittals relating to same class or portion of Work into 1 package, regardless of variety of trades or types of equipment required to construct that portion of Work, eg above ground piping, fittings, valves, actuators, pipe stands, couplings, flow meters and appurtenances shall be submitted as 1 package for review.
1. Packages shall clearly reference specification sections and specified submittal requirements therein, showing where in submitted literature each submittal requirement is satisfied.
2. Packages clearly incomplete will be returned without review.
3. To facilitate acceptance of critical path items or to facilitate Contractor’s communication with multiple suppliers and subcontractors, packages may contain several submittals from several suppliers so long as relevant submittals are contained in package.
4. Where expedited review of 1 submittal item within package is desired to facilitate critical path items, notify City’s Representative in writing to request expedited review of said item.
5. Contractor’s request for expedited review of portion of submittal package shall be taken as full acceptance of responsibility by Contractor for subsequent field modifications or substitutions later necessary to remedy conflicts between expedited submittals and other submittals or to remedy conflicts between expedited submittals and Contract Documents not brought to City’s attention at time of submittal.
C. Shop Drawings for piping shall include:
1. Brand names and Manufacturers.
2. Specification section and/or plan drawing number.
3. Intended use and location of product.
4. Key or index showing locations of spools and fittings.
5. Order of installation.
a. Each spool shall receive unique mark number.
b. No other spool or fitting, even on separate pipelines or casings included in Contract, shall have same mark number.
c. Sequential order of mark numbers shall correspond to logical order of installation for each pipeline.
6. Laying lengths, dimensions, clearances and tolerances for spools and fittings.
7. Clearly legible drawing showing each pipe, duct, or tube fitting and/or spool in plan view and in profile.
8. Station and invert elevation of grade changes and changes in horizontal alignment
9. Slopes of pipe not vertical or horizontal.
10. Horizontal and vertical alignment data for curves, bends, tees and outlets.
11. Couplings and end types of pipe, spools, fittings, outlets and adjacent valves or pipeline equipment.
12. Proposed pipeline linings and coatings including thicknesses.
13. How connections will be made between Work under this contract and existing work or work under other contracts.
14. Relationship of piping to other Work.
D. Shop Drawings for valves, pumps, or pipeline equipment shall include:
1. Brand names and Manufacturers.
2. ID Plate – Product No., etc.
3. Packager, assembler, or supplier.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 9 of 13
4. Specification section and/or plan drawing number.
5. Intended use and location of product.
6. Laying lengths and dimensions, clearances, tolerances and end types.
7. Weight and type of valves, pumps or equipment.
8. Valve and pump port sizes and tolerances.
9. Dimensions and orientation of actuators and pilot systems.
10. Locations of actuator stops.
11. Valve stem extensions and supports, stem guides.
12. Proposed linings and coatings.
13. Performance characteristics.
14. Special features.
15. Parts and materials lists and ratings and details of Work, accessories, auxiliary items, and appurtenances to be furnished, along with references to appropriate ASTM, Federal Specifications and other reference standards and grades.
16. Piping and conduit attachments and sizes.
E. Shop Drawings for concrete forms and falsework shall include:
1. Detailed drawings of falsework proposed to be used to include a. General layout
b. Size of members
c. Anticipated stresses
d. Grade of materials to be used in falsework
e. Means of protecting existing construction which supports falsework f. Typical soil conditions
2. Form ties and related accessories, including taper plugs, if taper ties are used.
3. Form gaskets
4. Proposed locations and type of construction joints, including joints shown on construction drawings and joints required for construction, but not shown on construction drawings
5. Sequence of forming and concrete placing operations
6. Engineering calculations signed and sealed by professional Civil or Structural Engineer registered in State of California for both falsework and forming systems and stresses induced on falsework and form systems.
F. Shop Drawings for replacement items shall include field measurements needed to verify fit in existing spaces.
1.14 Product Data, and Other Submittals
A. Product Data shall conform to the following.
1. Where multiple products or options are shown on same page, indicate product, model number, and option being furnished.
a. Identify optional accessories.
2. Use black ink to indicate the following on submitted Product Data a. Project name.
b. Specification section or plan reference being satisfied.
3. Provide acknowledgment electrical and other products required to be UL or ETL listed are, in fact, UL or ETL listed or are constructed using UL or ETL recognized components.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 10 of 13
B. Installation Instructions, Application Instructions, or Assembly Instructions shall conform to the following.
1. If no instructions are submitted for installing or applying item of Work, City reserves right to stop Work on subject item, and to retain experts of City’s choosing to prepare appropriate instructions to control Contractor’s Work.
2. Installation Instructions shall include recommended bolt torques for assembly and installation of bolted items.
C. Operation and Maintenance Instructions shall conform to the following.
1. Include operating instructions for each piece of equipment.
2. Describe equipment function, operating characteristics, limiting conditions, operating instructions, startup procedures, normal and emergency conditions, regulation and control, and shutdown.
a. Include preventative maintenance instructions.
3. List warranty requirements.
4. Explain and illustrate preventative maintenance tasks.
5. Include lubrication charts, lists of acceptable lubricants, trouble-shooting instructions, and lists of required maintenance tools and equipment.
6. List recommended spare parts, their costs, and ordering information for 1 Manufacturer who can supply these parts.
7. Index instructions for easy reference.
8. Include information for installed equipment only.
D. Certificates of Compliance shall mean same thing as “affidavits of compliance” and shall certify materials or procedures have been sampled, tested and found to comply with applicable reference standards.
1. Do not ship items described therein until Certificates of Compliance are accepted by City.
E. Certificates of Proper Installation shall be signed by Manufacturer and Contractor, certifying material or equipment specified and installed conforms to or exceeds requirements of Contract Documents and has been inspected by Manufacturer’s factory-authorized field representative.
F. Engineering Calculations shall be clearly legible, shall follow recognized engineering principles and shall be sufficiently detailed to permit ready check of procedures used.
1. Where published tables or charts are included in calculations, clearly show design or load variables used to make selection, highlighting applicable columns or rows in tables and highlighting intersecting variables on chart axes.
2. Engineering calculations shall demonstrate compliance with current state and local codes, applicable standards, and contract requirements.
3. Calculations shall be sealed by registered engineer licensed in State of California.
4. Calculations or drawings bearing seals with expired expiration dates will not be accepted.
G.
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
Preconstruction
Photographs
Refer to Section 01 32 33.
Daily Construction Reports Submit daily record showing:
1. Total manpower for each construction trade.
2. Major equipment on site.
3. Comments on daily Work progress and status for each major Work item DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 11 of 13
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
4. Other information requested by City’s Representative Submit report by 9:00 AM on following Working Day.
Schedule for Lubrication
and Run-in Procedures
Submit 2 weeks before beginning procedures.
Manufacturer’s Written
Acceptance of Installation
(where "Manufacturer's
Statement of
Responsibility" is required)
Written acceptance of installation of products shall be certified and submitted by authorized factory representative.
This written acceptance shall state factory authorized representative has inspected installation, alignment, lubrication and operation of furnished equipment and found it to fully comply with specified design and warranty requirements and be ready for safe operation.
.
Warranty Unless otherwise stated, furnish 1-year warranty from date of final acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (not used)
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 12 of 13
SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM
FROM: DATE:
PROJECT NAME: PROJECT NO.:
TO: City of Corona ATTN:
400 South Vicentia Avenue Construction Manager
Corona, CA 92882-2187
SUBMITTAL NO.:
□ THIS IS AN ORIGINAL SUBMITTAL □ THIS IS A REVISION OF SUBMITTAL NO.
SUBJECT OF SUBMITTAL:
SPECIFICATION SECTION(S): PLAN SHEET NUMBER(S):
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: Check & Complete either (A) or (B) below:
(A) We have reviewed in detail and certify material, equipment or construction procedure(s) contained in this submittal meet all requirements specified in or shown on Contract Documents, Construction Specifications and Construction Plans with no exceptions. (B) We have reviewed in detail and certify material, equipment or construction procedure(s) contained in this submittal meet all requirements specified in or shown on Contract Documents, Construction Specifications and Construction Plans except for the following deviations:
Contractor’s Authorized Signature:
REVIEWER’S COMMENTS
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-23-dp 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - 13 of 13
MANUFACTURER'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
Project Name:
Specification Section Number:
Item:
Serial Numbers:
City:
Contractor:
Supplier:
1. We have reviewed applicable sections of the Contract Documents describing requirements for our product, including Sections entitled "Submittal Procedures," "Quality Requirements," "Product Requirements," "Starting and Adjusting," "Closeout Procedures," "Operating and Maintenance Data,” “Demonstration and Training," “Basic Civil Engineering Requirements,” and "Painting and Coating."
2. Before shipping, we promise to review Contractor's submittals from other Manufacturers who will supply products that interface with our product, and may affect our product's performance. Also, we promise to request and review data concerning quality of water, soils or any other materials which may contact or adversely impact performance of our product.
3. Should we have cause to believe our product is, for any reason, incompatible with an interfacing product or material, we will inform City of our concern before shipping our product. In such case, we will not ship our product until our concerns have been satisfactorily resolved.
4. We further understand that City reserves right to request a factory-authorized representative's written acceptance of installation, application and/or erection of our product as described in Section of Contract Documents entitled “Starting and Adjusting”, before paying Contractor for our product.
Authorized Factory Representative
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 35 26 – Governmental Safety Requirements - 1 of 9 SECTION 01 35 26
GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Governmentally mandated safety requirements, including compliance with OSHA and Cal OSHA requirements for worker safety.
B. Refer to General Conditions §36 “Labor/Employment Safety” for additional Corona requirements for safety.
C. No attempt is made to set out in detail means or methods necessary to satisfy requirements for worker and public safety.
1. Recognition of requirements set forth by law is made to assist Contractor in identifying necessary costs during bid preparation.
2. Contractor shall be solely responsible for conditions on site including safety of all persons and property throughout Work.
3. City’s right to conduct construction review or observation of Contractor’s performance will not include review or observation of adequacy of Contractor’s safety measures in, on, or near Work.
D. No attempt is made to replicate or interpret existing OSHA and CalOSHA worker safety requirements referenced herein.
1. Contractor’s attention is directed to certain critical sections of regulations to allow them to reference and interpret original regulations for themselves.
E. Hazardous conditions may be encountered performing Work.
1. Fumes from construction materials specified may cause harm or irritation.
2. Advise employees of potential hazards.
3. Supply required protective and safety equipment.
4. Comply with applicable State and Federal safety regulations (OSHA).
F. Guard machinery and equipment and physical hazards in accordance with safety provisions of Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction of Associated General Contractors of America unless such provisions are incompatible with Laws.
G. Provide safety vests, eye protection, earplugs, hard hats, steel toed work shoes, appropriate personal protective clothing, gloves, and respirators where required by law for worker safety.
H. Do not use material containing asbestos.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 50 00: Temporary Facilities and Controls
D. Section 31 05 50: Protecting Existing Utilities
1.3 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. California Administrative Code, Title 8, Subchapter 4 Cal OSHA “Construction Safety Orders”
2. California Administrative Code, Title 8, “General Industry and Electrical Safety Orders”
3. California Administrative Code, Title 8, “Tunnel Safety Orders”
4. National Safety Council Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations,
5. NFPA 70E Electrical Safety in the Workplace
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 35 26 – Governmental Safety Requirements - 2 of 9
6. NFPA 241 Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations
7. OSHA Regulations
1.4 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals:
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
MOBILIZATION SUBMITTALS
Construction Safety
Plan
Construction Safety Plan shall include submittals required in this table.
Construction Fire
Safety Plan
Construction Fire Safety Plan shall conform to NFPA 241 and include submittals required in this table.
Designation of “Project
Safety Official”
Submit name and phone number to City’s Representative at preconstruction meeting.
Designation of “Project
Fire Safety Official”
Submit name and phone number to City’s Representative at preconstruction meeting.
Designation of
“Competent Person”
Submit name and phone number to City’s Representative at preconstruction meeting.
Injury and Illness
Prevention Program
Submit description of Contractor’s procedures and requirements for safety and hygiene.
California Division of
Industrial Safety
Excavation Permit
Submit copy of excavation permit from State Division of Industrial Safety prior to start of excavation.
Applicable Safety
Orders
Include in Construction Safety Plan applicable safety orders including Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by California Division of Industrial Safety
Confined Space Entry
Program (CSEP)
Submit CSEP meeting requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 8, §5156, 5157, and 5158 addressing confined space procedures including:
1. Training of personnel
2. Purging and cleaning space of materials and residue
3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow
4. Controlled access to spaces
5. Atmospheric testing of spaces
6. Ventilation of spaces
7. Special hazards consideration
8. Personnel protective equipment
9. Rescue plan provisions.
Include names and daytime telephone numbers of Contractor’s personnel including each Subcontractor’s personnel assigned to Work having CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out CSEP.
Material Safety Data
Sheets
Submit copies of MSDS sheets from chemical manufacturers for all chemical used during construction, startup and testing, or operational activities Job Hazard Analysis Where workers are expected to encounter hazardous materials, submit Job Hazard Analysis documenting:
1. Hazard communications program.
2. Safety precautions for persons who may be exposed to hazardous substances used by Contractor as presented in Construction Safety Plan.
3. Number of people to be involved in Work.
4. Written verification that safety measures will be carried out.
5. Written verification that required safety equipment is available.
DRAWINGS
Working Drawings
Excavation and
Shoring (Shoring Plan)
Submit detailed plan showing design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions for worker protection from hazard of caving ground during excavation of any trench, pit, or excavation ≥5’ deep.
Trench shields or boxes will be permitted. for excavations up to 10’ deep.
Shoring shall conform to requirements of Cal OSHA Construction Safety Orders Article 6 “Excavation”
Shoring plan will be rejected if:
1. Plan is based on subsurface conditions more favorable than those shown in Geotechnical Investigation.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 35 26 – Governmental Safety Requirements - 3 of 9
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
2. Plan is not prepared by California-licensed civil or structural engineer.
3. Plan does not address allowable surcharge loads.
4. Plan makes use of horizontal strutting below pipe barrel
5. Plan makes use of pipe as support.
6. Plan does not fully conform to submittal requirements shown herein.
If shoring plan varies from shoring system standard drawings, plan shall be prepared by California-registered structural or civil engineer as required by CAL/OSHA Construction Safety Orders and applicable laws.
Engineer shoring plan to accommodate surcharge on side of trench of ≥300 psf to allow for equipment wheel loads or stockpiling of materials.
Plan shall show allowable surcharge loads for nearby embankments and structures, for spoil banks, and for construction equipment and other construction loading.
For all trench conditions, shoring plan shall show minimum horizontal distances from side of trench at its top to near side of surcharge loads.
Shoring plan shall allow for lateral groundwater pressures.
Plan shall show sequence and procedure for installing and removing shoring system components.
Shoring plan shall show and accommodate protection of existing underground utilities.
Plan shall include note stating registered civil or structural engineer certifies plan conforms to CAL-OSHA Construction Safety Orders, or that registered civil or structural engineer certifies plan is not less effective than shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions of Safety Orders.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Certificate of
Compliance
Submit affidavit of compliance with California Construction Safety Order requirements prior to beginning excavation on trench or excavation.
Affidavit shall certify compliance with shoring, bracing, sloping or other protective system provisions required by California Construction Safety Orders for worker protection from hazard of caving ground during excavation.
B. Construction safety shall be solely responsibility of Contractor.
1. City review of safety submittals is for general compliance and coordination only.
1.5 Safety and Health Regulations
A. Contractor shall have full authority over and shall bear full responsibility for jobsite safety and for safeguarding their employees from injury or illness due to construction-related activities.
1. Comply with Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, promulgated by Secretary Standards Act, as set forth in Title 9, CFR.
2. Copies of these regulations may be obtained from Labor Building, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20013.
3. Comply with provisions of Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, and with applicable State of California, Department of Industrial Relations, Construction Safety Orders (CalOSHA) requirements.
B. Refer to Paragraph 1.4 entitled “Submittals” for required safety submittals.
C. Provide safety measures as necessary to protect public and workers within, or in vicinity of Work site.
1. Ensure operations do not create safety hazards.
D. Provide safety equipment, material, and assistance to City’s personnel to facilitate safe and proper inspection of Work phases.
1. Provide first aid kit.
2. Provide eyeball wash in first aid kit where workers may be exposed to lime, chlorine, or other materials unsafe for eye exposure.
3. Provide safe and suitable OSHA-compliant ladders as required for safe access to Work.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 35 26 – Governmental Safety Requirements - 4 of 9
4. Workers shall wear appropriate clothing including safety vests, eye protection, and hard hats as required by OSHA.
E. Contractor shall certify they are experienced and qualified to anticipate and meet safety, fire safety, and health requirements of Work and shall require their personnel to observe proper safety and hygienic precautions.
F. Contractor shall designate in writing “Project Safety Official,” who shall:
1. Be at Work site whenever Work is in progress.
2. Be thoroughly familiar with Contractor’s Injury and Illness Prevention Program (IIPP) and Code of Safe Practices (CSP)
3. Be available at all times to abate potential safety hazards.
4. Have access to and authority and responsibility to issue masks, hardhats, or eye protection to personnel on site who fail to furnish their own.
5. Shut down unsafe operations, if necessary.
G. Maintain Construction Safety Plan including copies or suitable extracts of Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders, and General Industry Safety Orders issued by California State Division of Industrial Safety at Work site.
H. Comply with federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and requirements for handling and storage of chemicals.
I. Monitor for explosive gas levels.
J. Provide evidence of Contractor’s personnel safety orientation practices.
1.6 Confined Space Procedures
A. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in California Code of Regulations Title 8, §5157 may be required as part of Work.
B. In accordance with California Code of Regulations Title 8 General Industry Safety Orders, §5157(c)(8), City will provide available information to Contractor for each confined space location.
C. Confined space work areas include:
1. Work areas for which entry is expected to be in accordance with California Code of Regulations Title 8 §5157 (c)(5), Non-Permit required Confined Spaces;
2. Work areas in which hazardous or potentially hazardous atmospheric conditions exist or may exist shall be in accordance with California Code of Regulations Title 8 §5157 (d), (e) and (f) (Permit-Required Confined Space):
a. Manholes
b. Sewer pipes
c. Equipment
d. Above grade channels
e. Vaults
f. UV Structure.
3. The above enclosed or partially-enclosed spaces shall be considered permit-required confined spaces until pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise.
4. Prior to start of Work, submit Confined Space Entry Program (CSEP). a. Refer to Paragraph 1.4 “Submittals” for required CSEP submittal requirements.
5. Before performing Work in permit-required confined spaces, implement, administer, and maintain Confined Space Entry Program (CSEP) in accordance with California Code of Regulations Title 8, §5156, 5157, and 5158.
a. Retain copy of said regulations on worksite.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 35 26 – Governmental Safety Requirements - 5 of 9
6. Copy of permit shall be available for review by Contractor and City’s Representative at Work site.
7. California law and City’s policy on confined spaces require 2-week advance notification from Contractor for work within confined spaces, submittal of Contractor’s confined space work procedures and rescue plan, compliance with Entry Permit procedures, participation in hazard assessment review of planned precautions and debriefing upon completion of confined space operation.
a. Compliance with General Industry Safety Orders remains Contractor’s responsibility.
8. Contractor’s is legally obligated to satisfy requirements of Title 8, CCR §5157.
9. Attention is also directed to “Sewer System Entry”, Appendix E to CCR §5157.
10. Permit-required confined spaces may be reclassified by City Safety staff to non-permitrequired confined spaces at Contractor’s expense through provisions set forth in §5157 (c)(7), or listed non-permit required Work area may become permit-required confined space work area.
11. Where continuous flow of sewage and contaminant may occur in confined space, atmosphere may suddenly and unpredictably become lethal. a. Where there is conflict between applicable safety orders, laws and regulations and policies, the more stringent measures shall apply.
D. Work may expose Contractor's employees to hazardous materials underground and from nearby facilities.
1. Hazardous materials may include asbestos, lead, mercury, petroleum products, propane gas, natural gas, diesel fuel, gasoline, combustion exhaust products, sewer gas, ammonium sulfate, sodium hypochlorite, sodium hydroxide, treatment chemicals, wastewater, primary effluent, secondary effluent, tertiary effluent, wastewater sludge, and other chemicals.
1.7 Hazardous Substance Safety Procedures
A. Contractor’s hazardous substance safety procedures shall address the following:
1. Contractor shall certify they are experienced and qualified to anticipate and meet safety and health requirements of this Project.
2. Contractor shall require their personnel to observe proper safety and hygienic precautions.
3. Contractor shall be solely responsible for storage, usage, handling, and application of hazardous materials encountered or provided as part of Work.
B. Where asbestos is being removed or cut, requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 8 Division 1, Chapter 4, Subchapter 4 and Subchapter 7 shall be implemented.
C. Contractor shall be solely responsible for storage, use, and handling of hazardous materials encountered or provided as part of Work.
D. Job Hazard Analysis:
1. Comply with provisions of Hazards Communication Act (California Code of Regulations Title 8, §5194).
2. If hazardous substances are to be used or handled in course of Work, before commencing each task conduct job hazard analysis for City. a. Refer to Paragraph 1.4 “Submittals” for Job Hazard Analysis submittal requirements.
1.8 Fire Safety
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 241.
B. Avoid fire hazards in welding, cutting, and equipment fueling.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 35 26 – Governmental Safety Requirements - 6 of 9 C. Furnish safety devices, fire extinguishers and fire watch personnel required to protect Work and provide for worksite and public safety.
D. Store flammable materials in accordance with local fire codes, away from open flames, sparks, or temperatures >150°F, and in proximity to Contractor-furnished UL-listed fire extinguishers appropriate for stored materials.
1. Ground metal drums containing flammable materials.
2. Provide NO-SMOKING signs around flammable materials.
3. Do not use spark-producing tools near flammable materials.
4. Promptly dispose of rags used for wiping up resurfacing materials, oils, solvents, and thinners by drenching with water and placing in container with tight-fitting lid.
1.9 Electrical Safety
A. Provide and maintain electrical safeguards necessary for prevention of accidents and safety of personnel.
B. Replace covers of energized lighting and power panelboards, removed for work purposes, when left unattended.
C. Conduct testing and checkout Work in safe manner.
D. As required by OSHA, provide safety precautions, including:
1. Erect warning signs as necessary.
2. Provide necessary barricades, barriers, and warning signs
3. Maintain voice communications as necessary.
4. Coordinate electrical lockout procedures with City before beginning Work in areas with electrical equipment.
5. De-energize and/or isolate electrical equipment prior to testing.
6. Circuits operating in excess of 600VAC between conductors shall have conductors shorted to ground by suitably designed hot-line grounded device.
7. Station security guards as necessary.
8. Work shall not proceed until Contractor's Project Safety Official has determined it is safe to do so.
E. Conduct electrical tests within framework of the following procedures:
1.10 Excavation Safety
A. Contractor’s excavation safety procedures shall address the following:
1. Nothing contained in these Contract Documents shall be construed as relieving Contractor of full responsibility for providing shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions adequate to guarantee worker protection and safety, nor for any liability resulting from failure to do so.
2. Protect open excavations, complying with latest revision of rules, orders and regulations of California State Division of Industrial Safety.
3. Conform to California Labor Code §6500, which includes the following stipulations:
a. Do not begin excavating any trench ≥5’ deep into which workers will be required to descend, prior to acceptance of Excavation and Shoring Working Drawings required above in Paragraph 1.4 entitled “Submittals”.
b. Do not begin excavating any trench ≥5’ deep into which workers will be required to descend, prior to submitting Excavation Permit from California State Division of Industrial Safety.
c. Prior to beginning excavation ≥5’ deep into which workers will be required to descend, submit to City’s Representative name of “Competent Person” as defined in California Code of Regulations Title 8, §1504.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 35 26 – Governmental Safety Requirements - 7 of 9 d. Competent person shall be at Work site as required by Cal OSHA. e. Protect and support trenches or excavations <5’ deep when Competent Person deems hazardous ground movement may be expected.
4. If Contractor fails to submit shoring plan or fails to comply with accepted shoring plan, Contractor shall suspend work at affected location(s).
a. Such suspended work shall not be basis of claim for Extra Work, and Contractor shall receive no additional compensation or Contract time.
5. Pursuant to California Labor Code §6705, submit Excavation and Shoring Working Drawings.
a. Refer to Paragraph 1.4 above, entitled “Submittals,” for Excavation and Shoring Working Drawings submittal requirements.
b. Perform, protect, and support excavations as required for safety and in manner set forth in operation rules, orders, and regulations prescribed by Cal/OSHA Construction Safety Orders.
6. City may have made investigations of subsurface conditions in areas where Work is to be performed.
a. If so, these investigations are provided for Contractor’s use, but not made part of Contract Documents.
b. Records of such investigations, if performed, are available for inspection at City’s office.
c. Refer to Contract General Conditions for more information regarding soils investigations.
7. Install and remove shoring and bracing materials required during trenching and excavation.
a. Drill vertical supports including steel H-beams and piles into place, except final 4’ may be driven.
b. Where drilling is impracticable because of rocks or running sand, City’s Representative may accept placing of vertical supports by means other than drilling, provided Contractor assumes sole responsibility to protect existing surface and subsurface improvements in place.
c. If sheeting is used for trench support, no sheeting shall remain in trench upon project completion except where removal of portions of said sheeting is impracticable in opinion of City’s Representative.
B. Maintain excavations within street right-of-way and easements.
C. Take appropriate measures when trenching near existing structures, utilities, sewer and water mains, gas lines, storm drain, and conduits to prevent existing utility trench from sloughing into new trench.
1. Wall of new trench may be adjacent to edge of existing trench and therefore may contain loose material.
2. Use shoring or other protective construction measures as required by field conditions to prevent pavement damage outside trench width and prevent trench wall sloughing. a. Minimize sloughing and damage to road surface or other utilities. b. Repair damaged pavement or utilities resulting from such sloughing
3. Do not use shoring systems as forms for cast-in-place concrete. a. Provide adequate space between structure and shoring system for installing and removing forms.
4. Where space between shoring and structure is not sufficient to provide adequate backfill compaction equipment, backfill with 2-sack sand cement slurry.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 35 26 – Governmental Safety Requirements - 8 of 9
5. Withdraw sheet piling and timbers in manner to prevent subsequent pipe settlement or additional backflow loading which might overload pipe.
D. Protect open trenches as follows:
1. No trench may be left open overnight unless authorized in writing by City’s Authorized Representative.
2. Cover open excavations with steel plates in areas requiring vehicle/truck traffic when not in use.
3. Provide safety fencing around entire area at excavations when not in use.
4. Keep bottoms of excavations dry throughout progress of Work.
5. Provide access ladders within 25’ of workers as required by OSHA regulations.
6. Ladders shall project 2’ above top of trench.
E. Use of explosives on Work is prohibited.
1.11 Scaffolding, Rigging, and Hoisting Safety Procedures A. Provide scaffolding, rigging, hoisting, and services needed to safely deliver, support, move and install Work.
1. Remove same from premises when Work is complete.
2. Comply with OSHA requirements and applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders pertaining to construction machinery and equipment, hoists, cranes, scaffolding, staging, materials handling facilities, tools, appliances and other construction aids.
3. Obtain safety bulletins and printed safety instructions from Manufacturers regarding proper operation of their equipment and installation of their products.
4. Provide railings, kick plates, enclosures, safety devices, and controls required by Laws and Regulations and as required for adequate protection of life and property.
5. Design temporary supports with adequate safety factor to assure adequate load bearing capability.
6. When requested, submit design calculations by professional engineer registered in State of California before applying loads.
a. Submitted design calculations are for information and record purposes only.
B. Prepare and implement accident prevention and safety program to include, but not be limited to:
1. Exercise precautions throughout construction for protection of persons and property.
2. Observe safety provisions of applicable laws and regulations.
3. Observe safety provisions recommended by applicable Manufacturers of products, chemicals, and construction equipment.
4. Post safety provisions in conspicuous and logical location accessible to workers on-site for reference.
5. Guard machinery and equipment, and eliminate other hazards.
6. Make reports required by authorities having jurisdiction, and permit safety inspections of the Work.
7. Before commencing construction Work, take necessary action to comply with provisions for safety and accident prevention.
C. Adequately identify and guard hazardous areas and conditions by visual warning devices and, where necessary, physical barriers.
1. Devices shall conform to minimum requirements of OSHA and State agency which administers OSHA regulations where Project is located.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 35 26 – Governmental Safety Requirements - 9 of 9 Mark or guard excavations in areas from which public is excluded, in manner appropriate for hazard.
D. On multi-level structures, provide safety protection that meets requirements of OSHA and State agency which administers OSHA regulations where Project is located.
1.12 First Aid Information
A. Post first aid facilities and information posters conforming to requirements of OSHA and other applicable Laws and Regulations in readily accessible locations.
1.13 Chemical Handling
A. Obtaining prior acceptance from City for chemical usage.
B. Obtain MSDS sheets from chemical manufacturers.
1. Post copies on-site in conspicuous location for worker reference.
C. Provide 4 copies of MSDS sheets to City’s Representative for chemicals used during construction or operational activities, prior to bringing them on site, whether defoliant, soil sterilant, herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant, fuel, lubricant, or of other classification, which shows acceptance from either US Environmental Protection Agency or US Department of Agriculture.
D. Use and dispose of residues of such chemicals in strict accordance with printed instructions of Manufacturer.
1.14 Responsibility for Job Site Conditions
A. Contractor agrees they shall assume sole and complete responsibility for job site conditions during course of Work, including safety of persons and property.
1. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
2. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold City and design consultant harmless from liability except for that arising from sole negligence of City.
B. Contractor alone shall be responsible for safety of their employees and their protection from construction-related risk.
1.15 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (not used)
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 1 of 16
SECTION 01 40 00
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Inspection and testing laboratory qualifications, duties and responsibilities.
1. Contractor’s Quality Control Plan and Site Quality Control Plan conforming to ANSI/ASQ E1 for design, procurement, manufacturing, construction, installation and testing activities, ANSI/ASQ E2 for inspection activities related to Work, and ISO 9001 or Cityaccepted substitute for manufacturing facilities.
2. City's inspection and testing.
3. General quality requirements.
4. Contractor’s Quality Control Plan and Site Quality Control Plan shall remain in effect for duration of Work.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements shown.
1. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other qualityassurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by City, City’s Representative, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.
C. Refer to General Conditions §12 “Workers” and §13 “Subcontractors” for additional Corona requirements for submittals.
D. Refer to Section 31 23 00 / 31 23 33 for soil compaction testing requirements.
1.2 Definitions
A. The following definitions apply:
1. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate proposed construction will comply with requirements.
2. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of Work to ensure actual products incorporated into Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by City’s Representative.
3. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.
4. Product Testing: Tests and inspections performed by NRTL, NVLAP, or testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.
5. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections performed at material source, plant, mill, factory, or shop.
6. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.
7. Testing Agency: Entity engaged to perform tests, inspections, or both. a. Testing laboratory shall mean same as testing agency.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 2 of 16
8. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. a. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to trade or entity does not require certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).
9. Experienced: When used with entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed ≥5 previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
10. Qualified: when used with entity or individual, “qualified” means “experienced” plus being in possession of requisite permits, licenses, and certificates documenting qualifications required in Contract Documents, except where City elects to waive a particular requirement.
1.3 Conflicting Requirements
A. Referenced Standards: If specified standards establish conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, refer conflicting requirements to City’s Representative for resolution before proceeding.
B. Where conflict arises between standards and/or between Technical Specifications and Design Drawings, more stringent standard or requirement shall govern at discretion of City’s Representative.
C. Quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be minimum provided or performed.
1. Actual installation may comply exactly with minimum quantity or quality specified or may exceed minimum within reasonable limits.
2. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for context of requirements.
3. Refer uncertainties to City’s Representative for decision before proceeding.
1.4 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
D. Section 31 23 00: Excavation and Fill
E. Section 31 23 33: Trenching and Backfilling
1.5 Reference Standards
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ANSI/ASQ E1 Quality Program Guidelines for Project Phase of Nonnuclear Power Generation Facilities
2. ANSI/ASQ E2 Guide to Inspection Planning
3. ASTM C1077 Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for use in Construction and Criteria for Lab Evaluation
4. ASTM E329 Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection B. Where reference is made to 3rd-party standards such as ANSI, AWWA or ASTM specifications, or standards or codes adopted or promulgated by public agency, it shall mean latest edition thereof formally adopted and published at time of advertisement for bids.
1.6 Quality Assurance
A. Work shall conform to Federal, State and local building codes, electrical codes, fire codes, mechanical codes, energy codes, green building codes, plumbing codes, and to Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) Regulations.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 3 of 16
1. Nothing in Contract Documents shall be interpreted as permission or direction to violate any governing code or ordinance.
B. Qualifications paragraphs below establish minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
1. Manufacturer Qualifications: Use firms experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those shown and with record of trouble-free and reliable in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
2. Fabricator Qualifications: Use firms experienced in producing products similar to those shown and with a record of trouble-free and reliable in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
3. Installer Qualifications: Use firms or individuals experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling Work similar in material, design, and extent to that shown, whose work has resulted in construction with record of trouble-free and reliable in-service performance.
4. Professional Engineer Qualifications: Use professional engineers legally qualified to practice in California jurisdiction where Work is located having experience in providing engineering services of kind shown.
a. Engineering services are defined as professional services performed for installations of system, assembly, or product similar in material, design, and extent to those shown.
5. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require specific construction activities be performed by recognized experts in those operations.
a. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements shown and be engaged for activities shown.
b. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.
6. Testing Agency Qualifications: Use NRTL, NVLAP, or independent agencies having experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting shown, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications shown in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.
a. Testing laboratories shall conform to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329. b. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. c. NVLAP: Testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.
d. Testing laboratories shall not be affiliated with Contractor or officers of Contractor’s organization.
e. Testing agencies shall have ≥5 years’ experience in appropriate area of specialty, and shall be listed on “Roster of Approved Testing Agencies” for either City of Los Angeles, or City of San Diego, or shall be accepted by City. f. Where required by these specifications, or where tests occur >50 miles from Work, hire City-accepted independent laboratory to perform testing and certify results.
7. Deputy Inspectors Qualifications: Deputy inspectors shall meet requirements of ASTM E329, have ≥5 years’ experience in appropriate area of specialty and shall be listed on “Roster of Approved Testing Agencies” for either City of Los Angeles, or City of San Diego, or shall be accepted by City.
8. Manufacturer's Representative Qualifications: Use factory-authorized representative of Manufacturer who is trained and approved by Manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of Manufacturer's products similar in material, design, and extent to those shown.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 4 of 16
C. “Tying” or “Bundling” of manufactured equipment into packages to thwart competition shall be considered in non-conformance to intent of Contract Documents.
1. City is under no obligation to accept any Manufacturer based on such “bundling” arrangements and may elect to reject bundled Manufacturers solely because such bundling, in City’s opinion, represents unfair business practice.
D. Manufacturer’s production facilities shall be open for inspection by City or City’s Representative throughout production and testing of products furnished under this Contract.
1. Notify City’s Representative in writing in advance of manufacture of materials as required to facilitate specified City-provided testing or inspection at source of supply. a. City may elect to witness, at their expense, factory tests and certifications required by Contract Documents by reporting intent to do so to Contractor.
2. Notify City’s Representative in writing of time and place of specified factory tests ≥14 Calendar Days before they begin.
a. Complete manufacturing operations, checks, adjustments and tests before City’s factory inspection.
b. Perform factory testing and inspections during normal working hours.
3. Notify City’s Representative promptly if scheduled test or inspection is cancelled or rescheduled.
a. If City has given notice of intent to witness testing, City will back-charge Contractor for costs incurred by City due to Contractor’s failure to provide 72-hour notice to City’s Representative of rescheduling or cancellation of tests and inspections.
4. Unless otherwise specified, testing equipment shall be calibrated by testing agency acceptable to City at intervals ≤12 months or following repair or relocating of test equipment.
E. Tests of items at place of manufacture during and/or upon completion of manufacture, shall include applicable material tests, hydraulic pressure tests, electric and instrumentation subsystem tests, performance and operating tests and inspections in conformance with relevant industry standards and as detailed in these Specifications.
1. Tests shall satisfy City’s Representative that items tested and inspected comply with Contract requirements.
F. Furnish samples required for testing.
1. Pay cost of material samples to be tested.
2. Cost of testing, sampling and laboratory services shall be paid for by City or Contractor as shown.
3. Samples for testing shall be representative of final Work product. a. Samples to be tested or inspected shall be selected by Testing agency, laboratory or City and not by Contractor.
b. Samples treated differently from final Work product will not yield valid test results.
G. Testing by independent testing agencies shall proceed as follows:
1. Provide labor, products, tools, instruments, water, and power as directed for sampling for required tests.
2. Tests of products shall follow recognized standards of national technical organizations, and specified sampling and testing methods.
3. Contractor shall pay for quality assurance testing unless otherwise shown.
4. Retest costs or other testing costs invoiced to City and specified to be paid by Contractor may be deducted from Contractor’s next progress payment in lieu of Contractor’s direct payment of invoice.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 5 of 16
5. City may test representative samples of each type and size of product furnished using independent testing agency.
a. Failure of samples to pass tests will be deemed sufficient cause to reject entire lot delivered.
b. Do not delivery materials to Work site which have not satisfactorily passed specified testing and inspection.
H. Testing by City shall proceed as follows:
1. Notify City’s Representative in writing ≥14 Calendar Days before City testing of materials is required.
2. Written notice shall include name of supplier along with contact information, address and telephone number for material source or Manufacturer.
I. Test equipment (meters, gauges, torque wrenches, sensors, etc.) supplied or used for taking or recording of qualitative data shall:
1. Have accuracy equal to or exceeding stated acceptance criteria tolerances for test or Work performed.
2. Have current calibration with traceability to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).
a. Supply calibration records.
3. Have traceability to national standards in country of use, subject to acceptance by City’s Representative, where such equipment is supplied and used in facilities outside United States.
J. Compute moving averages as follows per SSPWC (Greenbook) §211-5.:
1. Round moving averages to same number of significant figures as reported for individual test results.
2. When figure to be dropped ≤5, round down.
a. If >5, round up.
3. Moving average shall be continuous for individual material plant or batch plant.
4. In determining moving average for material properties, use all test results representing material used in Work in calculation.
5. Enter test results into calculation sequence in chronological order that Work is performed.
6. First individual test result shall start moving average and shall meet moving average requirements.
a. Until >4 test results are available, moving average shall be numerical average of test results.
7. When > 4 test results are available, determine moving average by multiplying previous moving average by 4, adding new result to this product, and then dividing sum by 5.
8. In computing moving average, whenever upper calculation limit-values for individual tests are stated, use upper calculation limit value in calculations in lieu of test results exceeding upper calculation value.
K. Employ only competent workers on Work.
1. Employed persons found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable or who fail to perform Work properly, acceptably and in accordance with Manufacturers’ installation and warranty requirements, shall be immediately removed from Work by Contractor and not reemployed on Work.
2. Welders shall be AWS certified for type of work they are performing.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 6 of 16
a. Welders on steel pressure piping or tank work shall be AWS certified as boiler and pressure vessel welders per §IX Part A of AWS B2.1 as required by AWWA C200 §3.3.3.1.
3. Steel fabricators shall be certified under AISC Quality Certification Program.
4. Other fabricators shall have ≥5 years’ experience in appropriate area of specialty and shall be listed on “Roster of Licensed Fabricators” for either City of Los Angeles, or City of San Diego, or shall be accepted by City.
L. Make reasonable efforts to prevent unauthorized personnel or domestic animals from entering Work site.
1. When directed by City, remove unauthorized personnel and domestic animals from City’s property.
M. Upon completion of Contract, Work shall be finished, tested and ready for operation.
1. Work shall fulfill its intended purpose as described in Contract Documents, in submittals, and in Manufacturer's literature.
N. Form of evidence of satisfactory fulfillment of installed test and inspection requirements shall be, at City’s Representative’s discretion, either tests or inspections carried out in City’s Representative's presence, or by certificates and reports of tests and inspections carried out by accepted persons or organizations.
1.7 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals.
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
MOBILIZATION SUBMITTALS
Quality Control Plan Submit Quality Control Plan for planned and systematic activities to cover Work specified under this Contract.
Quality Control Plan shall cover:
1. Quality control team organization chart
2. Procedures for preventing nonconforming Work
3. Contractor’s qualifications.
4. Subcontractor qualifications.
5. Material Procurement Control, including sources of materials and procedures regarding traceability of materials.
6. Material testing.
7. Manufacturing schedule.
8. Welding procedures.
9. Individual welder qualification certificates for shop and field welding.
10. Plant QA/QC recordkeeping and means of transmitting records to City.
11. NDE personnel qualifications.
12. NDE Procedures Quality Control record keeping and sign-off forms.
13. Nondestructive Testing.
14. Control and Inspections of fabrication and manufacturing.
15. Shop test and inspection requirements.
16. Packaging and shipping procedures.
17. Storage, handling, erecting and installing instructions.
18. Hold Points (Tests, inspections, and operations requiring City to witness and accept manufacturing operations before further Work may proceed.)
19. Records and Documentation.
20. Material certifications
21. Shop test, NDT, and inspection records. Show accepted test procedure, latest revision, results, date, and name of inspector or tester of examined Work.
22. Engineering calculations
23. Design drawings
24. Warranties
25. Other details regarding adherence to Contract Documents.
Site Quality Control
Plan
Also submit Site Quality Control Plan defining field inspections and tests to ensure work performed on site conforms to Contract Documents and Manufacturers’ DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 7 of 16
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
Installation Instructions.
Site Quality Control Plan shall cover:
1. Quality control team organizational chart
2. Procedures for preventing nonconforming Work
3. Work instructions and procedures for in-process inspections and testing
4. List of inspections and tests to be performed (photocopies of Contract Documents are acceptable)
5. Data sheets for inspection and testing
6. Testing laboratory qualifications.
7. Deputy Inspector qualifications.
8. Field Test and Inspection Requirements
9. Paving quality.
10. Concrete quality.
11. Welding quality
• Welding operator qualifications.
• Welding Personnel Qualification Records.
• Welding Inspector qualifications.
• Welding rod control procedures.
• Weld Procedure Specifications.
• Weld Procedure Qualifications Records.
12. Painting and Coating System quality
13. Mechanical, Plumbing, and HVAC System quality
14. Electrical and Instrumentation System quality
15. Hold Points (Tests, inspections, and operations requiring City to witness and accept manufacturing operations before further Work may proceed.)
16. Records and Documentation
• Testing laboratory reports
• Contractor’s field inspection reports
• Data sheets
• System demonstration logs
• Warranties
17. Record Drawing procedures
18. Final Inspections and Testing
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Test and Inspection
Log
Prepare record of tests and inspections. Include:
1. Date test or inspection was conducted.
2. Description of Work tested or inspected.
3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to City’s Representative.
4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
Maintain log at Work site.
Post changes and revisions as they occur.
Provide access to test and inspection log for City’s Representative's reference during normal working hours.
Certificates of
Compliance
Where specified in Contract Documents or on City’s Request submit certificates of compliance prior to shipment or use of products.
Certificate shall be signed by Manufacturer certifying Work provided conforms to or exceeds requirements of Contract Documents.
Attach supporting reference data, affidavits and certifications as appropriate Submit certification letters on Manufacturer’s letterhead for powered equipment >5 horsepower.
Transcripts of Factory
Acceptance Test
Results
Submit on City’s Request as needed to verify quality of manufactured products.
Report shall be in English language and describe:
1. Date and time of test
2. Project title and number
3. Identification of product and Specification Section
4. Description of Work and test and inspection method
5. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 8 of 16
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
6. Names of individuals making tests and inspections
7. Test instrumentation
8. Calibrations of measuring equipment
9. Test procedure
10. Pass/Fail criteria
11. Tabulations of measurements taken
12. Sample calculations
13. Test results
14. Final adjustments and settings
15. Guaranteed performance data.
Submit transcripts of chemical resistance tests on City’s request.
Field Quality Control
Test and Inspection
Data Sheets
Submit completed test and inspection data sheets for inspections and tests performed on site to City’s Representative no later than start of next-day shift.
Data sheets shall show:
1. Date and time of test.
2. Project title and number.
3. Identification of product and Specification Section.
4. Description of Work and test and inspection method
5. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
6. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
7. Locations of samples and tests or inspections.
8. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking, testing and inspecting.
9. Test procedure
10. Pass/Fail criteria
11. Tabulations of results or measurements taken.
12. Interpretation of test results.
13. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with Contract Document requirements.
14. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
15. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting.
Manufacturer’s Field
Reports
Prepare written documentation of tests and inspections specified in other Sections.
Include the following as applicable:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of representative making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
4. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.
5. Other required items shown in individual Specification Sections Permits, Licenses and
Certificates
For City's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of Work.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
Certificates of Proper
Installation
Where specified in Contract Documents, where warranties >1 year are specified, for powered equipment >2 horsepower, or drawing >5 amps at 480VAC, or on City’s Request, submit Manufacturer’s certificates of proper installation after installation of products.
For powered equipment >2 horsepower, or drawing >5 amps at 480VAC, submit Manufacturer’s certificate of proper installation stating:
1. Equipment has been factory-checked or field-checked as necessary and is approved for operation.
2. Equipment operates within allowable limits for vibration.
3. Controls, protective devices, instrumentation, and control panels furnished as part of equipment package are properly installed, calibrated, and functioning.
4. Control logic for start-up, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks, and emergency shutdown have been tested and are properly functioning.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 9 of 16
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
5. Equipment has been installed and adjusted in accordance with Manufacturer's requirements and is properly aligned and ready for operation.
6. Equipment has been serviced, lubricated and properly prepared to perform in accordance with intent of Contract Documents.
7. Equipment is ready for operation, and City’s Staff is suitably instructed in operation and maintenance of equipment.
8. Specified Manufacturer's warranty will commence, and be in full force from date of final acceptance of project or applicable portion of project by City.
9. Signer has visited site, inspected equipment and installation, and certifies equipment is ready and suitable for full time operation under full-load conditions.
Certificate shall be signed by Manufacturer and Contractor, certifying material or equipment specified and installed conforms to or exceeds requirements of Specifications and has been inspected by authorized field representative.
Attach supporting reference data, affidavits and certifications as appropriate Reports of Installed
Test and Inspection
Results
Provide and use forms acceptable to City’s Representative which show test information, including specified operational parameters.
Manufacturer’s
Statement of
Responsibility
Furnish where required in Contract Documents.
1.8 Contractor’s Quality Control
A. Develop Quality Control and Quality Assurance Program for all phases of Work in accordance with ANSI/ASQC E1.
1. Quality control requirements apply to Contractor and subcontractors.
2. To extent possible in Quality Assurance Plan, brevity, lists, and tables are encouraged in lieu of narratives.
a. Program documents shall be available for review by City’s Representative.
3. Quality Control Plans shall establish authority and responsibility of those responsible for quality program administration, inspections, tests and plan of execution. a. Include organizational charts showing relationship(s) among Contractor’s, subcontractors, management, engineering, purchasing and quality assurance/quality control.
b. Maintain Quality Control Plan organizational chart to reflect current organization and lines of authority throughout Contract duration.
c. Persons performing quality functions shall be qualified by training, education, or experience and have sufficient and defined authority to enforce quality requirements, to identify, initiate, recommend and provide solutions to quality problems and to verify effectiveness of solutions.
4. Monitor quality control of suppliers, Manufacturers, material, equipment, services, site conditions and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality. a. Conform to specified standards as minimum quality for Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.
b. Perform Work using qualified personnel to produce workmanship of specified quality. c. Conform to applicable Manufacturer’s instructions and procedures.
5. City’s Representative reserves right to audit Contractor facilities for purpose of verifying compliance with accepted Quality Control Plan.
a. Quality program records shall be controlled by Contractor to provide easy access for record retrieval and maintenance.
b. Make records available to City’s Representative upon request for inspection or City’s Representative’s use.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 10 of 16
c. City’s Representative has right to observe Contractor’s Work including design, manufacture, installation, shop or field inspections and tests. d. Coordinate quality activities with City’s Representative. e. City’s Representative may perform or have performed on its behalf factory inspections during manufacture and testing.
f. Provide City’s Representative unrestricted access to Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s shops for such inspections.
g. City’s exercise of or failure to exercise their right to inspect, witness, test, or audit and subsequent acceptance of Work by City’s Representative shall not relieve Contractor of their obligation to comply with terms and conditions of Contract.
B. Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to City are Contractor's responsibility.
1. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not.
2. Where test services are shown as Contractor's responsibility, engage qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services.
3. Do not employ same entity engaged by City, unless agreed to in writing by City.
4. Notify testing agencies ≥24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed.
5. Where quality-control services are shown as Contractor's responsibility, submit certified written report of each quality-control service.
6. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
7. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.
C. Where shown, engage Manufacturer's representative to observe and inspect Work.
1. Manufacturer's representative's services may include examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, inspection of completed portions of Work, and submittal of written reports.
D. Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with Contract Documents.
E. Notify City’s Representative promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in Work during performance of its services.
F. Subject products, material, and equipment furnished to testing programs at place of manufacture and in field.
1. Products, materials, and equipment will be subject to inspection by City’s Representative.
2. Complete shop and field inspections and tests in accordance with its “accepted” Quality Control Plan, and requirements herein.
a. Record and have involved parties sign off on tests, inspections, and examinations, as well as established results.
3. Provide labor, equipment, calibrated instruments, instrumentation, and other test equipment for testing and commissioning.
a. Labor for testing shall include preparation of procedures, wiring and connecting test equipment and instrumentation, test equipment, instrumentation, materials and consumables, supervision of tests, collection and analysis of data and reports and other work necessary for testing.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 11 of 16
4. Materials, elements, and devices related to or contemplated for incorporation in equipment during process of manufacture shall be subjected to tests and inspection deemed necessary in City’s Representative’s opinion to demonstrate compliance with Contract Documents.
5. Submit test results to City’s Representative for acceptance.
6. Acceptance of assemblies, tests and test procedures and acceptance of pertinent test certificates, inspection or waiving of inspections and tests shall in no way relieve Contractor of their contractual obligations for furnishing Work conforming to Contract Documents.
a. Compliance is duty of Contractor, and said duty shall not be avoided by acts or omissions of City’s Representative.
7. Perform checks and tests in accordance with:
a. Individual Specification sections.
b. Manufacturer’s and/or Contractor’s standard practices and recommendations. c. Reference and applicable testing standards.
d. Mutual agreement of Contractor and City’s Representative based on conditions arising in shop or in field.
8. Evaluate test results and advise City’s Representative immediately of discrepancies between test results and test limits or failure of device or system under test. a. Include test limits for acceptability applicable to each test on certified test records.
9. Furnish, set up, and operate test equipment and facilities. a. If factory testing facilities are unavailable to Manufacturer or Contractor, conduct tests elsewhere or have them performed by independent facility accepted by City’s Representative.
10. Protect material and equipment after testing so subsequent testing of other equipment or systems does not disturb, damage, or interfere with function of previously tested items.
11. If test results do not fulfill requirements specified or if defects attributable to Contractor are found in test results, repair, adjust or replace, and retest failing Work to satisfaction of City’s Representative.
a. Repairs shall be subject to acceptance by City’s Representative.
G. Contractor’s failure to stop at hold point may be cause for rejection of those items for which notification was not provided, or Contractor may be requested to repeat operation at their expense.
1. Hold Points require written notification in advance of scheduled time of performance as follows:
a. 10 working days for domestic Work
b. 15 working days for overseas Work.
2. City’s Representative may require activities performed without proper notification to be repeated for City’s Representative’s observation at Contractor’s expense.
H. Additional specifications and standards for special processes (such as welding, nondestructive testing, etc.) are specified in other sections of Contract Documents.
1. Specifications for special processes located in other sections of Contract Documents are “in addition to” those specified in this section and do not relieve Contractor from compliance with this section.
2. Should conflicts arise between different or overlapping standards and technical specifications, City’s Representative reserves right to determine applicable standard.
I. Arrange work to be readily accessible and easy to operate and maintain where detail drawings are not included in Contract Documents, supplementary drawings or Shop Drawings and submittals.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 12 of 16
J. Design products for service intended.
1. Provide rugged construction, of ample strength for stresses which may occur during fabrication, transportation, erection and during continuous or intermittent operation, and transient conditions.
K. Products shall be adequately stayed, braced and anchored and installed in neat and workmanlike manner.
L. Combinations of manufactured equipment shall be fully compatible and work safely and successfully as a unit.
1. Furnish necessary mountings, couplings and appurtenances with each unit.
M. Relocations or adjustment of existing facilities noted in Contract Documents shall be done as needed.
1. If existing items are lost or damaged during construction, replace with new items of equal or better quality.
N. Make field measurements needed to fabricate and install Work before ordering or beginning Work.
1. Make minor changes in alignments and dimensions as needed to remedy or avoid utilities and structural conflicts.
O. If furnished products differ from those shown and which require changes to enclosures, mounting and support structures, power and control circuitry or other work to accommodate furnished product, provide changes required at no additional cost to City and of same quality as shown.
P. Nonconforming materials and equipment not meeting Contract standards, criteria, or specifications inadvertently used for this project shall be resolved through price deduction, repair, return to source, scrap, or rework at discretion of City’s Representative.
1. Requests for acceptance for deviations or nonconformance to Quality Control Plan shall be made to City’s Representative in writing.
1.9 Quality Control Performed by City
A. Where quality-control services are shown as City's responsibility, City will engage qualified testing agency to perform these services.
1. City will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.
2. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities by such agencies.
3. Cooperate with parties performing tests, inspections, and quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested.
a. Notify City sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel.
4. Provide access to Work and incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
5. Provide adequate quantities of representative samples of materials requiring testing and inspecting.
6. Provide preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency.
7. Assist test agency in obtaining samples, provide facilities for storage and field curing of test samples, and delivery samples to testing agencies as required.
8. Provide Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 13 of 16
9. Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and - control services with minimum delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
10. Costs for retesting and re-inspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by Work that failed to comply with Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.
1.10 Special Tests and Deputy Inspections
A. Special Tests and Inspections shall be conducted by qualified deputy inspector as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as shown in individual Specification Sections and Statement of Special Inspections in Contract Documents, and as follows:
1. Verify Manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform Work.
2. Notify City’s Representative, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in Work during performance of its services.
3. Submit written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to City’s Representative and to authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Submit final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes list of unresolved deficiencies.
5. Interpret tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from Contract Documents.
6. Retest and re-inspect corrected work.
1.11 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Inspection
A. Products and Work shall be subject to field and factory inspection and testing in accordance with standards required and defined in Contract Documents.
1. Waiver by City of their right to inspect shall not relieve Contractor of duties to comply with Contract Documents.
B. Provide and pay for independent inspection, including CBC-required deputy inspection, and testing services required by Contract Documents.
C. Additional day-to-day inspection will be provided by City's Representative.
1. Provide ≥2 Working Days’ notice to City’s Representative in advance of required observations or inspections by City’s personnel.
a. For inspections by public authorities other than City, promptly inform City of scheduled dates for such inspections.
b. Before backfilling or covering Work, request inspection by City’s Representative to verify proper installation of buried or covered Work.
c. Before finishing, request inspection by City’s Representative to verify no surfaces to receive product have defects or errors which could result in poor or potentially defective application or cause latent defects in workmanship.
2. Inspection shall not be considered as direct control of individual workers and their Work.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 14 of 16
a. Inspections, tests, acceptances, or approvals by City's Representative or others shall not relieve Contractor from their duty to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents.
3. City’s Representative will inspect products after delivery and throughout construction process.
a. Products will be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet Contract Documents even though samples may have been accepted as satisfactory at place of manufacture.
4. Provide City’s personnel with safe and proper facilities to access and observe Work and to inspect or perform tests.
5. Procure and submit required certificates of inspection, testing or approval to City's Representative.
6. If Work is covered contrary to written instructions or work is covered before Contractor requests and receives inspection, uncover it at Contractor's expense, if requested by City's Representative.
a. Replace at Contractor's expense.
7. If City's Representative considers it advisable covered Work be re-inspected or tested by others, at City's Representative's written request, uncover Work in question, furnishing necessary labor, products, and tools.
a. If re-inspected Work is found defective, pay for uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction. b. If, re-inspected Work is not found defective, Contractor will be allowed increase in Contract Price, extension of Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction, and a Change Order will be issued.
8. Where shown, City will pay for performance of tests, Contractor shall pay cost of failing tests.
D. If Contract Documents, permits, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction require Work to be inspected, tested, or accepted by someone other than Contractor, give City's Representative timely notice of readiness.
1. Inspection and testing fees imposed by public agencies other than City shall be paid for by Contractor.
2. Procure and submit required certificates of inspection, testing or approval to City's Representative.
E. Permit authorized representatives and agents of Federal or State agencies to inspect work, products, and other relevant data and records.
3.2 Installation/Application/Erection
A. Materials and equipment shall be installed by specialists properly skilled in trades and professions required to assure 1st-class workmanship.
1. Where required by Contract Documents, Contractor shall cause installation of specific equipment items to be accomplished under supervision of factory-trained installation specialists furnished by Manufacturers.
B. Be prepared to document skills and training of workmen engaged in installation of equipment furnished either by Contractor or City.
C. Coordinate with Manufacturer when Manufacturer's field services are required.
1. Provide City ≥30 Calendar Days’ written notice prior to need for Manufacturer's field services furnished by Contractor.
D. Install products according to Manufacturer's Installation and Warranty requirements.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 15 of 16
E. Install products according to and at location shown in Plans, Shop Drawings, and submittals.
F. Unless otherwise shown, install equipment true, plumb, and level using precision gauges and levels.
1. Do not shim between machined surfaces.
2. Install products to tolerances recommended by Manufacturer.
G. Refer variances between Manufacturer's installation instructions and Contract Documents to City’s Representative.
H. Upon completion of Contract, Work shall be finished, tested and ready for operation.
1. Work shall fulfill its intended purpose as described in Contract Documents, in submittals, and in Manufacturer's literature.
3.3 Field Quality Control
A. Frequency of sampling and testing shall be as shown, and shall be performed at such other times as necessary to document contract compliance.
1. Inform City’s Representative of installation and testing schedules ≥7 Calendar Days in advance of field tests.
2. Perform field tests in presence of City’s Representative in accordance with accepted Field Test Plan.
B. Work done beyond lines and grades shown on Plans, or extra Work done without written authority of City’s Representative will be considered as unauthorized and no compensation will be made therefor.
C. Defective Work or unsuitable materials and/or equipment may be rejected, even though such defective items may have been previously overlooked by City’s Representative.
D. Give full cooperation to City’s Representative's inspection at Site during installation.
1. During assembly and installation, request City’s Representative's observation of inprogress tests, which will be impossible to check if installation proceeds further.
E. Within 24 hours of completing each in-progress field test, submit test results to City’s Representative.
F. Refer to Section 01 61 00 for field testing requirements for common products.
G. Repair, correct or replace Work failing tests or inspection.
1. Repeat tests at Contractor’s expense, until results satisfy specifications.
2. Repair damage to Work that is not cause for rejection.
H. Remove rejected work from jobsite.
1. Unless repairs have been made to City's satisfaction, remove Work rejected by City's Representative for failure to comply with Contract Documents within 14 Calendar Days after Written Notice of rejection, whether incorporated in Work or not.
I. Promptly replace and re-execute removed Work in accordance with Contract Documents and without expense to City.
1. Contractor shall bear cost of making good work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement.
J. If Contractor fails to remedy, remove, replace, or correct Work under provisions of this section within 14 Calendar Days after receipt of Written Notice, City may remove such Work and store products at Contractor's expense.
1. City shall have authority to cause defective Work to be remedied, or removed and replaced, and unauthorized work to be removed by City forces, or otherwise.
2. City shall have authority to deduct costs thereof from monies due or to become due to Contractor, or to bring suit against Contractor and Contractor’s sureties for money DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements - 16 of 16
damages sustained by City or for specific performance of contractual obligations of Contractor.
K. On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes.
a. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.
2. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
3. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 1 of 11 SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Mobilization, storage yard, temporary utilities, construction aids, barriers and enclosures, security, fire protection, access roads and parking areas, discharge of waters, and temporary controls.
B. Refer to General Conditions §20 “Sanitary Facilities”, §21 “Air Pollution Control” §23 “Excessive Noise”, and §29 “Inspector’s Field Office” for additional Corona requirements for temporary facilities and controls.
C. Refer to the following sections for Work not covered herein.
1. Section 01 32 23 for construction survey staking.
2. Section 01 35 26 for governmental safety requirements.
3. Section 31 05 50 for requirements to protect existing utilities D. Provide necessary temporary facilities and controls required for execution of Work, including, but not limited to:
1. Storage yard,
2. Signs,
3. Sheds,
4. Temporary utilities,
5. Temporary controls,
6. Waste disposal,
7. Construction aids,
8. Barriers and enclosures,
9. Security,
10. Fire protection,
11. Parking areas,
12. Traffic regulation,
E. A field office for City’s use is not required for this project.
F. Coordinate location of Contractor’s temporary facilities with City to ensure access critical to plant operations is maintained.
G. No attempt is made to set out in detail means or methods necessary to satisfy requirements.
1. Recognition of requirements is made to assist Contractor in identifying necessary costs.
H. Maintain support facilities until City’s Representative schedules Substantial Completion inspection.
1. Remove before Substantial Completion.
2. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, with prior consent from City and under conditions acceptable to City
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 32 23: Construction Survey Staking
C. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
D. Section 01 35 26: Governmental Safety Requirements
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 2 of 11 E. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements F. Section 31 05 50: Protecting Existing Utilities
1.3 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines California Administrative Code, Title 8, Subchapter 4 Cal OSHA
2. ASTM E136 Assessing Combustibility of Materials Using Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C
3. “Construction Safety Orders”
4. California Administrative Code, Title 8, “General Industry and Electrical Safety Orders”
5. California Administrative Code, Title 8, “Tunnel Safety Orders”
6. ICC/ANSI A117.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities
7. National Safety Council Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations,
8. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
9. NFPA 70E Electrical Safety in the Workplace
10. NFPA 241 Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations
11. OSHA Regulations
1.4 Quality Assurance
A. Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use.
1. Obtain required certifications and permits.
B. Comply with applicable provisions in U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1.
C. Provide noncombustible construction per ASTM E 136 for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30’ of building lines.
1. Comply with NFPA 241
1.5 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals:
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
MOBILIZATION SUBMITTALS
Storage Yard
Description
Submit property owner's written acceptance for use of property used as storage yard for project.
Submit description of Contractor’s proposed methods for dust and noise control in storage areas
Construction Facilities
and Site Plan
Submit layout, equipment, materials and procedures proposed for construction of temporary power, telephone, lighting, heating, water, sanitation, field offices and sheds, storm water management, security, dewatering, etc.
California Division of
Industrial Safety
Excavation Permit
Submit copy of excavation permit from State Division of Industrial Safety prior to start of excavation.
1.6 Project Information Signs
A. Provide 2 project information signs beginning 2 weeks before start of construction.
1. City’s Representative will determine exact location of project information signs.
2. Provide adequate sturdy supports for signs as site conditions require.
B. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
1. Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform individuals seeking entrance to Project.
C. Maintain and touchup signs so they remain legible.
1. Relocate signs as requested by City.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 3 of 11
2. Remove signs once construction is complete.
1.7 Temporary Dry Utilities
A. Purchase or generate on-site power for Work where existing outlets are not available.
1. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
2. Conform to NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service.
a. Install service to conform to NFPA 70
3. Generators are subject to noise restrictions detailed in this section.
B. Electric power from City's existing system is available (with prior written Acceptance from City) with payment of use charges.
1. Coordinate use of power from City’s existing system with City.
2. Power use shall be associated with construction-related activities.
C. Provide temporary lighting with local switching when Work is performed at night or under deficient daylight conditions to ensure correct performance, to facilitate inspection, and to meet or exceed OSHA and Cal OSHA mandated lighting levels.
1. Install temporary lighting fulfilling security and protection requirements without operating entire system.
D. Construction telephone while Work is in progress shall be available at site.
1. Cellular phones are acceptable.
2. Do not use City’s telephone system for Contractor’s work force
3. Post list of important telephone numbers in project field office. a. Police and fire departments.
b. Ambulance service.
c. Contractor's home office.
d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Engineers' offices.
f. City's office.
g. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
E. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone for use when away from field office.
F. Allow other entities to use temporary dry utility services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, City's Representative and agents, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction
1.8 Temporary Wet Utilities
A. Use of water utility will be under control of City.
1. Follow requirements and provisions set forth by City regarding use of water.
B. Do not draw water from fire hydrants, except to extinguish fire, without obtaining written permission from City and abiding by conditions set forth by City.
C. Connect to potable water utilities using meters and Division of Drinking Water (DDW) - accepted backflow preventers furnished by or acceptable to City.
1. Obtain City-furnished construction water meters and backflow preventers for use of potable water.
2. Water meter and backflow preventer deposit will be waived for City capital improvement projects.
3. Loss or damage to water meter and backflow preventer will be paid by Contractor from project retention up to amounts shown below.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 4 of 11
SIZE MAXIMUM CHARGE
FOR METER REPAIR
OR LOSS
MAXIMUM CHARGE FOR
BACKFLOW PREVENTER
REPAIR OR LOSS
3” $800 $2,950
4” $2,053 $3,720
6” $3,388 $5,380
8” $5,173 $9,459
4. Pay for potable water used in prosecution of Work at current Business Construction Water use rate per unit (100 cubic feet or 748 gallons). a. Current potable water rates can be found on City website at https://www.coronaca.gov/government/departments-divisions/department-of-waterand-power/customer-care/services/business-water-rates.
5. Pay monthly potable water readiness to serve fee used in prosecution of Work at current Business Water rates.
a. Current readiness to serve water rates can be found on City website at https://www.coronaca.gov/government/departments-divisions/department-of-waterand-power/customer-care/services/business-water-rates.
6. Pay monthly potable water supply backflow program fee used in prosecution of Work at current Water rate of $6.70.
a. Current backflow program fee can be found in Detailed Water Rate Sheet found on City website at https://www.coronaca.gov/government/departmentsdivisions/department-of-water-and-power/customer-care/services/business-waterrates.
D. Use potable water for moisture conditioning of backfill in potable water pipeline trenches, and testing, flushing, and commissioning of potable waterlines and untreated water pipelines.
E. Pay non-refundable installation fee for processing and installation of construction water meters as follows:
SIZE Non-Refundable Installation Fee
3” $100
4” $262
6” $386
8” $631
F. If permission is granted to take water through fire hydrants, use one 2½-inch connection for construction water.
1. Reserve remaining outlets for use by fire department.
2. For construction water meters larger than 3”, remove fire hydrant head, install tee on top of fire hydrant riser, and reinstall fire hydrant to maintain hydrant in service for emergencies while using hydrant for construction water.
G. Contractor shall, at their expense, arrange to develop water sources, and construct temporary piping, valves and appurtenances needed to connect to water utility, and collect, load, transport, and apply water for compaction, testing, concrete work, dust control, and other construction use.
H. Construction water shall be clean and free from objectionable deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, salts, or organic materials.
I. Arrange to develop water sources, construct temporary piping, valves and appurtenances needed to connect to water utility, and collect, load, transport, and apply water as needed for compaction, testing, concrete work, dust control, flushing, chlorination, and other construction use.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 5 of 11
1. Construction water shall be clean and free from objectionable deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, salts, or organic materials.
2. Provide abundant supply of safe drinking water on jobsite. a. Safe drinking water on site during construction shall be bottled water or water furnished in approved metal dispensers.
3. Post notices conspicuously throughout site warning Contractor's personnel that piped water may be contaminated.
4. Post orders against drinking, washing, or bathing in water in vicinity of Work known to be unsafe.
5. Before final acceptance of Work remove temporary water connections and piping installed by Contractor.
a. Restore affected improvements to their original condition, or better, to satisfaction of City’s Representative.
J. Provide suitable and conveniently located toilets, sanitation, and hand washing facilities for workers, and comply with rules and regulations of State Board of Health and/or other bodies having jurisdiction.
1. Toilets at construction job sites shall conform to Subpart D, Section 1926.51 of OSHA Standards for Construction
2. Leave Contractor-provided toilets and sanitation facilities at site until final inspection has been completed.
3. Do not use public sanitation facilities without written permission.
4. Clean toilets at least once per week until project completion. a. Establish adequate and regular collection of sanitary and organic wastes. b. Dispose of wastes and refuse from sanitary facilities provided by Contractor or organic material wastes from other sources related to Contractor's operations in manner satisfactory to City’s Representative and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
K. Allow other entities to use temporary wet utility services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, City's Representative and agents, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
L. Do not interrupt water service or wastewater conveyance and disposal without prior written permission from City.
M. Following final inspection remove temporary sanitation facilities and leave site in neat and sanitary condition.
1.9 Access Roads, Parking Areas, and Materials/Equipment Storage Areas A. City will provide access to site.
1. Do not construct staging areas, haul roads, and access roads without acceptance from City.
B. When entering or leaving roadways carrying public traffic, Contractor’s equipment, whether empty or loaded, shall yield to public traffic.
C. Do not block access roads or entrances unless otherwise accepted by City’s Representative.
1. Maintain at least 1-way traffic.
2. Provide signs, traffic cones and other barriers for traffic detours.
D. Maintain plant emergency access routes shown on Contract Documents.
1. Do not excavate, store equipment, or otherwise restrict access for emergency vehicles on emergency routes.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 6 of 11
2. When Work is required in emergency routes, provide necessary traffic control, including flagmen, to provide emergency access.
3. Submit plan to City’s Representative for review within 14 Calendar Days of Notice to Proceed to maintain emergency access and operator access to operating facilities during construction.
4. As circumstances and conditions change, submit revised access plans to City’s Representative.
5. Immediately restore and pave emergency routes when Work is finished.
E. At discretion of Contractor, contact and negotiate agreement(s) directly with private property owner(s) for use of property for materials and equipment storage areas.
1. Park personal vehicles in materials and equipment storage areas and in City-designated parking areas to reduce congestion and traffic impacts on public streets.
2. Supplemental storing and staging areas (if any) are shown on Plans.
F. Repair damage to off-site and on-site roads in-kind at no cost to City or property owners.
G. Immediately remove spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across public rightof-way.
1. Sweep or wash streets along haul routes daily during hauling operations.
1.10 Dust Control
A. Dust control operations shall be nonpolluting, non-tracking, and prevent construction dust from harming or annoying persons living in or occupying buildings near Work.
1. Use water or dust preventative to control dust.
2. Cover or wet loads of excavated material, rubbish leaving site, or material being imported to prevent blowing dust.
3. Employ dust control measures to City’s satisfaction throughout project duration.
1.11 Noise Control
A. Noise Limits are described in County of Riverside Ordinance 847 as amended through 847.1.
1. Capital improvement projects of governmental agencies are exempt from provisions of ordinance.
1.12 Lifts and Hoists
A. Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
B. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.
1.13 Stairs
A. Provide temporary stairs where permanent stairs are shown on Plans and temporary ladders are not adequate.
B. Use of City's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs are cleaned and maintained in condition acceptable to City.
1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs and maintain means of egress.
2. If stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work.
3. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.
4. Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 7 of 11
1.14 Odor Control
A. Furnish labor, materials, and equipment required to prevent discharge of nuisance odors from Contractor’s operation into atmosphere in such quantity as will violate regulations of legally constituted authorities.
B. Notify City’s Representative ≥72 hours in advance of potential odor-causing activities scheduled for construction.
1.15 Site Access
A. Prior to commencing Work, City will supply Contractor with access key or security code for facility front gate.
1. Contractor shall limit number of keys and restrict distribution of keys or security codes to Superintendent and City-authorized personnel employed by Contractor.
2. Contractor in possession of access keys or security code shall be responsible for site security during non-working hours of facility personnel.
1.16 Existing Conditions
A. Nothing in this section shall relieve Contractor of responsibility to:
1. Fully examine Contract Documents and site where Work is to be performed in accordance with General Conditions
2. Be familiar with local conditions and federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations that may affect performance of Work
3. Study available surveys and investigative reports about subsurface and latent physical conditions pertaining to worksite
4. Perform such additional surveys and investigations as Contractor deems necessary to complete Work at bid price; and
5. Correlate results of such data with requirements of Contract Documents.
B. If dispute arises between City and Contractor involving hazardous waste and whether site conditions differ materially from those Contractor could or should have discovered by investigations required by these Contract Documents, Contractor shall not be excused from scheduled completion date provided in Contract Documents and shall proceed with Work in manner and in time required by Contract Documents.
1.17 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Protection
A. Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities.
1. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
C. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
D. Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 8 of 11
3.02 Protection from Weather
B. Protect site and construction from water accumulation.
C. Keep excavated areas dry.
1. Protect excavated, backfilled, and compacted surfaces from flooding, standing water, or loss of compaction due to water infiltration into soil.
2. If possible, schedule excavation to avoid precipitation.
3. If exposing excavated, backfilled or compacted surfaces to precipitation is unavoidable, provide sandbags, sheeting and other temporary surface measures to minimize impact of runoff on soils.
3.03 Temporary Enclosures, Heating, Ventilation, Cooling, and Humidity Control D. Heat and ventilate Work areas to protect Work from damage by freezing, high temperatures, weather, and to provide safe environment for workers.
E. Provide temporary enclosures as needed to protect construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, weather, construction operations, and similar activities.
1. Provide temporary weather tight enclosure for building and vault exteriors.
3.04 Protection of Personnel and Existing Improvements
F. Refer to Section 01 35 26 for procedures for compliance with governmental safety requirements.
G. In emergency affecting safety of life or of Work or of adjoining property, Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from City’s Representative, is authorized to act to prevent such threatened loss or injury.
1. Contractor shall so act, without appeal, if directed by City or City’s Representative.
2. Compensation claimed by Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined by and agreed upon by City and Contractor.
H. Manage and arrange operations to minimize public inconvenience and danger.
1. Deliver materials to Project site over route designated by City’s Representative.
2. Confine Contractor’s equipment, materials, and operations to limits required by law, ordinances, permits, or directions of City’s Representative. a. Do not unreasonably encumber Work site with Contractor’s equipment or materials.
3. Repair damage to existing improvements caused by Contractor’s operations. a. At completion of work each day, leave Work site in clean, safe condition. b. Upon completion of Work, restore damaged facilities to condition acceptable to City.
I. Should damage to persons or property occur due to Work, Contractor shall be responsible for proper investigation, documentation, including video or photography, to memorialize and document what transpired.
1. City shall be entitled to inspect and copy such documentation, video, or photographs.
J. Prevent damage to property resulting from Contractor’s operations.
1. Care for and protect materials delivered and Work performed until Final Acceptance by City.
2. All Work shall be solely at Contractor’s risk.
3. Protect adjacent property from settlement or loss of lateral support.
4. Erect and maintain, as required by field conditions and progress of Work, all necessary safeguards, signs, barriers, lights, and watchmen for protection of workers and public. a. Post danger signs warning against hazards created in course of construction.
K. Prevent injury or damage to existing improvements and property, including:
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 9 of 11
1. Sidewalks, curbs, gutters, pavements,
2. Landscaping and groundcovers
3. Structures, vaults, enclosures, buildings,
4. Fences, signage, traffic signals, utility poles
5. Monuments, property corners, benchmarks
6. Underground pipe and conduit
7. Precautionary measures shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
8. If such objects, or improvements, are injured or damaged by Contractor's operations, they shall be replaced or restored, at Contractor's expense, to condition at least equal to that prior to mobilization.
L. Protect landscaping, vegetation, and irrigation facilities as follows:
1. Do not pile excavated material, equipment, construction materials, or anything else on top of branches or against tree trunks.
2. Protect, or replace in kind, at no additional cost to City, existing irrigation and landscape facilities affected by Work.
a. Irrigation system record drawing information is typically missing or incomplete. b. Therefore, Contract Documents do not show details of existing irrigation system. c. Locate irrigation piping, spray heads, control wiring, and controllers and modify components of irrigation system during progress of Work to continue irrigating existing landscaping and vegetation as necessary to maintain health of existing plants, trees, and vegetation.
M. Refer to Section 31 05 50 for procedures to protect existing utilities.
N. Refer to Section 01 32 23 for procedures to protect monuments, survey markers, and benchmarks:
3.05 Site Security
O. Safely guard Work, materials, equipment, vegetation, utilities, and property from loss, theft, damage and vandalism.
1. Contractor's duty to safely guard property shall include protecting City's property and other private property from injury or loss in connection with performance of Contract.
2. Repair damage to existing facilities not scheduled for demolition.
3. Provide temporary fencing around construction staging area and partially completed areas of construction.
a. Provide 2” grid, 0.148”-thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; ≥6’ high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; ≥2⅜”-OD line posts and ≥2⅞” OD corner and pull posts. b. Provide 1⅝” OD top and bottom rails.
c. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts. d. Wood enclosure fencing, if used, shall be plywood, 6’ high, framed with four 2x4 rails, with preservative-treated wood posts spaced ≤8’ apart e. Fence temporary openings when openings are no longer necessary. f. During night hours, weekends, holidays, and other times when no Work is performed at site, provide temporary closures or enlist services of security guards to protect temporary openings.
g. Bear responsibility for protecting plant and material on site of Work when openings are not closed.
h. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 10 of 11 i. Lock entrances at end of each workday.
4. Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
a. Upon completion of each day’s work, leave Work area secure and free of hazards.
5. Provide necessary temporary signs, warning devices, chain link fences, and barricades.
P. Employ security staff as needed to provide required security and prevent unauthorized entry.
1. Contractor shall compensate damage to property of City and others arising from failure to provide adequate security.
Q. Make no claim against City for damage resulting from trespass.
1. City is not responsible for items lost, damaged, or stolen from construction or storage areas due to unsafe conditions.
2. Party responsible for security shall make good all damage to property of City and others arising from failure to provide adequate security.
R. Furnish 1 set of keys to City for gates, enclosures or fenced areas constructed by Contractor.
S. Install and maintain for duration of construction remotely monitored site surveillance system to include video cameras mounted on temporary poles.
1. Install surveillance system to provide full video surveillance of site with connection to monitoring station where police can be notified when unauthorized activity occurs.
2. Remove surveillance system following notice of substantial completion.
T. Maintain security program throughout construction until City's acceptance and occupancy precludes need for Contractor's security program.
U. Costs for security as specified in this Section shall be borne by Contractor.
3.06 Vector Control
A. Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of construction or storage areas.
1. Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues.
2. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials which will not adversely affect conditions at site or on adjoining properties.
3.07 Fire Protection
A. Minimize fire danger at and near construction site.
1. Employ every reasonable means to prevent hazard of fire.
2. Develop and supervise fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Work site.
a. Fire protection program shall conform to OSHA Standards for Construction. b. Comply with NFPA 241.
3. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. a. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures.
b. Post warnings and information.
4. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
5. Prohibit smoking in construction areas where combustibles are present.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 50 00 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls - 11 of 11 B. Provide and maintain fire extinguishers and/or temporary hose connections and hose, water casks, chemical equipment or other sufficient means for fighting fires to protect new and existing facilities and temporary facilities against fire damage.
1. Provide portable, UL rated; fire extinguisher(s) with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.
a. Hang hoses with warning sign stating hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and not to be removed.
b. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
2. Designate responsible persons and instruct them in operation of such fire apparatus to prevent or minimize fire hazards.
C. Protect surrounding private property from fire damage resulting from construction operations.
3.08 Waterway Protection
V. Enforce strict on-site handling rules to keep construction and maintenance materials out of receiving waters, including, but not limited to:
1. Store reserve fuel supplies only within confines of designated construction staging area.
2. Refuel equipment only within designated construction staging area.
3. Regularly inspect construction vehicles for leaks.
W. Clearly mark and stake on ground construction and staging areas shown on Plans.
1. Heavy equipment use outside this area shall be prohibited.
2. Design construction staging areas to contain contaminants such as oil, grease, and fuel products, so they do not drain toward receiving waters or storm drain inlets.
3. If heavy-duty construction equipment is stored overnight adjacent to potential receiving waters, place drip pans beneath machinery engine block and hydraulic systems.
X. Construct silt fence around disturbed soil areas and take measures necessary to prevent erosion and transport of sediment into waterway.
Y. Stockpile excavated material within construction staging area.
1. Cover stockpiles with plastic sheets to prevent erosion.
3.09 Project Closeout
A. Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.
1. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility.
2. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
B. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.
1. City reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
C. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01 77 00.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 1 of 14 SECTION 01 61 00
COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Basic requirements for products used in Work.
B. Refer to the following sections for Work not covered herein.
1. Section 05 05 19 for anchor bolts.
2. Section 05 05 23 for metal fastenings and welds.
3. Section 33 05 31 for pipeline joint materials.
4. Section 33 05 38 for hangers and supports.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
E. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements F. Section 01 73 00: Execution
G. Section 01 73 24: Seismic Restraint
H. Section 01 73 33: Mechanical Identification
I. Section 05 14 00: Structural Aluminum Framing
J. Section 05 05 19: Post-Installed Concrete Anchors
K. Section 05 05 23: Metal Fastenings and Welds
L. Section 09 90 00: Painting and Coating
M. Section 09 92 00: Galvanizing
N. Section 26 05 10: Common Work Results for Electrical O. Section 33 05 31: Pipeline Joint Materials
P. Section 33 05 38: Hangers and Supports
1.3 Definitions
A. The following definitions apply:
1. Accepted Equal: Comparable product demonstrated and accepted through submittal process to have reputation for trouble-free and reliable service and to possess indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, materials, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
a. Refer to Section 01 63 00 for Product Substitution Procedures
2. Equipment: Mechanical, electrical, or instrumentation products with 1 or more moving parts, whether motorized, electronically, pneumatically, hydraulically, or manually operated, and products with service connections (wiring, piping, and ductwork).
3. Materials: Products which must be cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined, fabricated, processed, installed, or applied to form Work.
4. Named Products: Items identified by Manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown in Manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
5. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 2 of 14 a. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.
6. Products: Items for incorporation into Work, whether purchased for project, taken from Contractor's stock of previously purchased products, or replaced or recycled into Work from found materials on site.
B. Products, materials, and equipment do not include Contractor-furnished machinery and equipment used to prepare, fabricate, convey, and erect Work.
C. Definitions above shall not negate meanings of other terms used in Contract Documents, including "specialties," "systems," "structures," "finishes," "accessories," "furnishings," special construction," and similar terms, which are self-explanatory and have recognized meanings in construction industry.
1.4 Quality Assurance
A. Products shall conform to the following:
1. Products shall be new products of current standard design from Manufacturer regularly engaged in producing type of equipment and materials specified.
2. Products shall conform to governing codes, ordinances, and best current practices.
3. Products shall fit within and through spaces provided.
4. Products or Work for which no technical specifications are set forth shall be of best commercial grade in quality and workmanship obtainable in market from Manufacturers of established good reputation, or, if not ordinarily stocked, shall be 1st-class products of type required for intended use.
5. Products shall be undamaged and free from defects and imperfections that might impede serviceability of products for their intended purpose.
6. Products for each item of Work shall be provided from one source where possible.
7. Similar products shall be products of One Manufacturer.
8. Products and workmanship shall match Contractor's submittals as accepted by City's Representative.
9. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and items needed for complete installation and indicated use and effect.
10. Protect existing products required for reuse and restore to service in condition equal to that existing at start of Contract unless otherwise specified.
11. Work shall conform to best standard of products and construction.
B. Piping systems and elements shall conform to ASME Codes, and appropriate ASTM, API, AWWA, or NFPA standards.
C. Equipment with electrical components shall bear Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) label whenever published standards exist.
1. Otherwise obtain certification from Manufacturer equipment conforms to UL standards D. Wiring terminations shall match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials shown.
1. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal boxes sized to NFPA 70.
E. Parts and coatings contacting potable water shall be NSF-listed.
1. NSF-listed coatings shall provide protection for 1 year after final acceptance.
F. Select options compatible with other products or materials where multiple choices are available for Contractor's selection of products or materials.
G. Where system of parts, pieces, sub-assemblies, devices, or supporting equipment is necessary for complete and operational system, provide operational system, whether or not DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 3 of 14 Contract Documents expressly state need for each part, piece, sub-assembly, device, or supporting equipment.
H. Test products used in conformity with applicable methods prescribed by ASTM, or such other organization as may be specified, and in accordance with best commercial methods.
I. Perform Work in thorough workmanlike manner, following best practices in design and manufacture.
J. Perform Work using personnel and operators skilled in related professions.
K. Stocked material may be used provided evidence is furnished showing such material conforms to specified requirements, in which case tests on stocked material may be waived.
L. Submit certified material test reports to City’s Representative as soon as possible after completing tests.
1. Test certificates shall identify component for which material is used and contain information needed to verify compliance with Contract Documents.
M. Factory testing shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Plate Steel Charpy Impact
Test
≥25 ft-lb at 30°F per ASTM A370
Where plate material used for principal
parts is of type for which experience has
shown it consistently meets impact-nil
ductility requirements specified herein,
impact testing of such plates may be
eliminated, subject to Contractor supplying
data demonstrating satisfactory evidence
thereof.
Longitudinal
and
transverse
impact tests
on each heat
of steel
Contractor Contractor
Bend Test Conform to specification requirements
when tested per ASTM A370
Nil ductility transition temperature shall be
temperature at which impact resistance is
25 ft-lb under Charpy impact test
Specimens of
major steel
castings and
forging as
directed
Contractor Contractor
Tension and
Hardness
Conform to specification requirements
when tested per ASTM A370
Contractor Contractor
Welds Nondestructive
Examination
Refer to Section 05 05 23 Contractor Contractor
Castings
and
Forgings
Pressure or
Load-Bearing
Items
Visual Inspection (VT) 100% Contractor Contractor
UT after rough machining
PT or MT after final machining
Other applicable NDTs to extent
necessary to determine soundness
100% Contractor Contractor
Other Items Visual Inspection (VT) and as required by
accepted good practice to ensure
soundness
100% Contractor Contractor
Equipment Welds VT, UT or RT Spot-check as
requested by
City
Contractor Contractor
Vibration Factory test and limit vibration to conform
to field tests specified in Part 3
As required Contractor Contractor
Noise Factory test and limit noise to conform to
field noise limits specified in Part 3
As required Contractor Contractor
Operation Demonstrate compliance to Contract
Documents and Manufacturer’s printed
literature
1 test each
unit
Contractor Contractor
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 4 of 14 N. Allowable stresses shall be as follows:
1. Where specified allowable stresses conflict with Code requirements, the more conservative condition shall govern.
2. Contractor shall be responsible for adequate design based on factors proven in practice and shall use lower working stresses where deemed necessary.
3. Calculated design stresses of new, modified, and rehabilitated pressurized components shall not exceed worst case of seismic or wind criteria, plus maximum stresses resulting from internal hydraulic forces.
4. Compute valve stresses with valves and gates operating at worst-case point from closed to 100% open.
5. Calculated tensile or compressive material stresses in mechanical components shall not exceed lesser of ⅓ yield strength or 20% of ultimate strength.
6. Resultant shear stress due to either direct or combined loadings in mechanical components shall be ≤60% of allowable tensile stress.
7. Under temporary emergency loadings, stresses in mechanical components shall be ≤⅔ yield strength and ≤40% of ultimate strength.
1.5 References
A. Reference publications listed below and in various sections form part of specification to extent referenced. These are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ASME/ANSI B1.20.1 (ANSI B2.1) Pipe Threads – NPT National Pipe Thread Taper
2. ANSI B46.1 Surface Texture
3. ANSI S1.4 General Purpose Sound Level Meters
4. ANSI/NSF 60 Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals – Health Effects
5. ANSI/NSF 61 Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects
6. ASTM A27 Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application
7. ASTM A36 Carbon Structural Steel
8. ASTM A47 Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings
9. ASTM A48 Gray Iron Castings
10. ASTM A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless
11. ASTM A105 Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications
12. ASTM A106 Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service
13. ASTM A108 Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished, Standard Quality
14. ASTM A148 Steel Castings, High-Strength, for Structural Purposes
15. ASTM A216 Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High- Temperature Service
16. ASTM A217 Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure- Containing Parts, Suitable for HighTemperature Service
17. ASTM A234 Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service
18. ASTM A 240 Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications
19. ASTM A242 High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel
20. ASTM A264 Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel-Clad Plate, Sheet, and Strip
21. ASTM A269 Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service
22. ASTM A276 Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes
23. ASTM A285 Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength
24. ASTM A312 Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes
25. ASTM A370 Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products
26. ASTM A403 Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings
27. ASTM A473 Stainless Steel Forgings
28. ASTM A500 Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes
29. ASTM A537 Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated, Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel
30. ASTM A564 Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes
31. ASTM A572 High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel
32. ASTM A576 Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality
33. ASTM A668 Steel Forgings, Carbon and Alloy, for General Industrial Use
34. ASTM A743 Castings, Iron-Chromium, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for General Application DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 5 of 14
35. ASTM A747 Steel Castings, Stainless, Precipitation Hardening
36. ASTM A793 Rolled Floor Plate, Stainless Steel
37. ASTM B16 Free-Cutting Brass Rod, Bar and Shapes for Use in Screw Machines
38. ASTM B21 Naval Brass Rod, Bar, and Shapes
39. ASTM B26 Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings
40. ASTM B42 Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes
41. ASTM B88 Seamless Copper Water Tube
42. ASTM B100 Wrought Copper-Alloy Bearing and Expansion Plates and Sheets for Bridge and Other Structural Use
43. ASTM B127 Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip
44. ASTM B221 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes
45. ASTM B455 Copper-Zinc-Lead Alloy (Leaded Brass) Extruded Shapes
46. ASTM B584 Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications
47. ASTM B632 Aluminum Alloy Rolled Tread Plate
48. ASTM B766 Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium
49. ASTM C1107 Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink)
50. ASTM D3951 Commercial Packaging
51. ASTM E165 Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry
52. ASTM E433 Reference Photographs for Liquid Penetrant Inspection
53. ASTM E709 Magnetic Particle Testing
54. California Administrative Code, Title 8, “Construction Safety Orders”
55. California Administrative Code, Title 8, “General Industry and Electrical Safety Orders”
56. California Administrative Code, Title 8, “Tunnel Safety Orders”
57. California Building Code (CBC)
58. California Electrical Code (CEC)
59. California Energy Code (CEnC)
60. California Fire Code (CFC)
61. California Green Building Code (CALGreen Code)
62. California Mechanical Code (CMC)
63. California Plumbing Code (CPC)
64. MSS-58 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation
65. NEMA/ANSI 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
66. NFPA 70 National Electric Code (NEC)
B. Manufacturers of structural components and systems shall use standards, specifications, recommendations, findings and interpretations of professionally recognized groups such as AISC, AISI, AAMA, AWS, ASTM, MBMA, Federal Specifications, and unpublished research by MBMA as basis for establishing design, drafting, fabrication, and quality criteria, practices, and tolerances.
C. For convenience, 1 or more reference standards may be referenced in these specifications.
1. In addition, conform to Manufacturer's design, drafting, fabrication and quality criteria, practices, and tolerances, except where expressly countermanded by Contract Documents.
1.6 Delivery, Storage, and Handling
A. Refer to Sections 01 65 00 and 01 66 00 for delivery, storage, and handling requirements.
B. Strictly follow Manufacturer’s instructions and warranty requirements for delivery, storage, and handling of products.
C. Manufacturer shall repair or replace equipment or materials damaged in shipment where such damage, in opinion of City’s Representative, resulted from improper in-transit handling, packing, and/or crating.
D. If part of equipment is found to be defective through no fault of Contractor or Manufacturer, Contractor may be required to repair or correct defects.
1. If it is determined Contractor does not have adequate facilities and personnel for such repair work, City’s Representative will require defective equipment be repaired by Manufacturer.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 6 of 14 E. Damage to equipment caused by Contractor’s fault or negligence in handling, storage, erection, installation, checkout, startup, commissioning, or testing shall be repaired by equipment Manufacturer or Contractor, as determined by City’s Representative, at Contractor’s expense.
1.7 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Products of listed acceptable Manufacturers shall meet specifications notwithstanding the fact Manufacturer is "listed".
1. City reserves right to reject submittals and products from "acceptable Manufacturers" if they fail to demonstrate compliance with specifications.
B. Similar items on project shall be products of 1 Manufacturer.
1. Where 1 Manufacturer offers multiple brands, similar items shall be products of same brand heritage.
2. Where multiple units of same class of material or equipment are required, provide products of 1 generic kind from 1 Manufacturer or source.
3. Where multiple choices are available for Contractor’s selection of product, select option compatible with other products, materials, or equipment.
4. Coordinating items which function as interconnected parts of 1 system shall be products of 1 Manufacturer.
5. Where 1 Manufacturer offers multiple brands, similar items shall be products of same brand heritage.
6. Corresponding parts of identical products shall be interchangeable products of 1 Manufacturer.
7. Materials for complete paint or sealant system, including primer, finish coats, thinners, cleaners and drying agents, and other additives shall be end products of 1 Manufacturer to ensure product compatibility and unit responsibility.
C. Equipment furnished shall operate through its full operating range powered by amperages specified or shown on Plans.
1. Equipment requiring amperage greater than specified or shown is unacceptable absent written statement from City electrical infrastructure and switchgear can support increased amperage.
D. Provide and install products of recognized Manufacturers regularly engaged in production of latest and best standard design materials and equipment.
E. Where plans and specifications are silent regarding acceptable Manufacturers, acceptable Manufacturers shall meet requirements outlined in Section 01 63 00 for “accepted equals.” F. Furnish and install the following products manufactured in United States of America:
1. Ductile Iron Pipe
2. Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings
3. Pipe Restrained Joint Materials – gaskets and mechanical joint restraints
4. Flanged Coupling Adapters
5. Pipe Transition Couplings
6. Tapping Sleeves
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 7 of 14
7. Stainless Steel Pipe, Tubing, Connections, and Fittings
2.2 Materials
A. Materials and materials sources shall be accepted by City ≥3 days before use of materials in Work.
B. Machining of fits on renewable parts shall be accurate and dimensions specified so replacements made to size shown on Shop Drawings may be readily installed.
1. Manufacture individual parts to standard sizes and gauges so repair parts can be installed in field.
2. Like parts and spare parts shall be interchangeable.
C. Where not otherwise shown, use the following list of material specifications, which are acceptable for intended purposes, as referenced for selecting standard, types, and grades of materials used.
MATERIAL GROUP APPLICATION SPECIFICATION
CASTINGS
Carbon Steel General Purpose Conform to ASTM A27, Grade 65-35 or better Carbon Steel Pressure-Containing Parts
and for Welding Conform to ASTM A216, Grades WCB and WCC Low-Alloy Steel High-Strength, Structural
Purposes Conform to ASTM A148, Grade 80-50
Alloy Steel Pressure-Containing Parts Conform to ASTM A217, Grades WC4 and WC5 Corrosion-Resistant General Purpose Conform to ASTM A743, suitable grade Alloy Steel Precipitation Hardening
Material Conform to ASTM A747, Grade CB7-CU1
Aluminum Alloy General Purpose Conform to ASTM B26
Bronze “BRNZ”
General Purpose
(for Bearings, Wear Plates) Conform to ASTM B584, Alloy C932 and C937 General Purpose
(for Castings) Conform to ASTM B584, Alloy C903 or C923 Leaded Red Brass Conform to ASTM B584 Alloy 836
Leaded Semi-Red Brass Conform to ASTM B584 Alloy 844
Nickel Silver 20% Leaded
nickel Bronze Conform to ASTM B584 Alloy 976
Gray Iron General Purpose Conform to ASTM A48, suitable grade Malleable Iron General Purpose Conform to ASTM A47, suitable grade
SHAPES, PLATES, AND BARS
Slotted Channel Framing Refer to Section 33 05 38
PLATE
Abrasive-Surface Floor Plate Provide abrasive granules rolled into surface or abrasive granules metallically bonded to steel
Pressure-Containing Parts Conform to ASTM A516, Grade 60 or better, Impact tested Carbon-Manganese
Silicon Steel Pressure-Containing parts Conform to ASTM A537, Class 1, Impact tested Stainless Clad Carbon
Steel
Sealing Surfaces Not
Machined
Conform to ASTM A264; with A285, Grade C base material
and A240, Type 304L cladding for ≥20% of thickness
Stainless Steel Rolled Floor Plate Conform to ASTM A793
PLATE, SHEET, AND STRIP
Corrosion-Resistant
Steel “GP-CRES” General Purpose Conform to ASTM B766 and ASTM A240 Corrosion-Resistant
Steel
Fusion-Welded PressureContaining Parts Conform to ASTM A240, Type 304L Aluminum Alloy Rolled Tread Plate Conform to ASTM B632 Alloy 6061-T6 Phosphor Bronze Bearing Plates Conform to ASTM B100, Alloy C51100 Nickel-Copper Alloy Monel Conform to ASTM B127
BAR
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 8 of 14
MATERIAL GROUP APPLICATION SPECIFICATION
Carbon Steel Pins and Shafts ≤4” diameter Conform to ASTM A576, Grade 1020 or 1030 Carbon Steel General Purpose Conform to ASTM A108
Corrosion-Resistant
Steel “GP-CRES”
General Purpose Conform to ASTM A276, Series 300 or ASTM A240, Series 300 (Type 316 except where otherwise shown)
Hardened CorrosionResistant Steel “MachCRES”
Shafts and Pins Wheel Axles Conform to ASTM A564, Type 630
ROD, BAR, AND SHAPES
Aluminum Extruded Aluminum Refer to Section 05 14 00
Brass General Purpose Free
Machining Conform to ASTM B16
Bronze Extruded Architectural Bronze ASTM B455 Alloy UNS C385
FORGINGS
Carbon and Alloy Steel General Purpose Conform to ASTM A668 Corrosion-Resistant
Steel General Purpose Conform to ASTM A473
PIPE
Carbon Steel
General Service Handrails,
Special Sizes / Superior
Grades / Pressure Vessels
Conform to ASTM A53, Grade A or B, or ASTM A106
Schedule 40 unless otherwise shown.
Austenitic Stainless Steel Corrosion-Resistant Conform to ASTM A312 Copper General Plumbing Water Conform to ASTM B42
PIPE FITTINGS
Forged Carbon Steel Flanges, Fittings, and Valves Conform to ASTM A105 Wrought Carbon Steel Elbows, Tees, and Caps Conform to ASTM A234 Stainless Steel Elbows, Tees, and Caps Conform to ASTM A403 TUBE
Austenitic Stainless Steel Machinery Component
Interconnections Conform to ASTM A269
Copper
Subject to Cleanliness or
Corrosion-Resistant
Requirements
Conform to ASTM B88, Type K
BOLTING AND WELDING Refer to Section 05 05 23
CORROSION PROTECTION
Fabricated Steel
Corrosive Environments Refer to Section 09 90 00
Submerged Environments Refer to Section 09 90 00
Other Environments Galvanized- Refer to Section 09 92 00 D. Provide materials with smooth, flat, surfaces unless otherwise shown.
1. For metal and other fabrications exposed to view in completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
E. Dissimilar metals, when used in conjunction with each other shall have insulation provided between adjoining surfaces to eliminate direct contact and resultant current.
1. Materials of construction shall be cathodically compatible to preclude galvanic action.
2. Where dissimilar metals may contact, provide insulation between adjoining surfaces to eliminate direct contact and galvanic action.
3. Electrolytic insulation shall be bituminous impregnated felt, heavy bituminous coatings, nonmetallic separators, bushings, washers, or other accepted materials.
F. Pipe, pipe materials and valves shall conform to US standards and the following:
1. Refer to Section 33 05 31 for pipeline joint materials.
2. Do not use all-thread or close nipples.
3. Mating ends of pipe shall match.
a. Mating ends of valves, meters and couplings shall match ends of adjacent pipe.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 9 of 14
4. Working pressure of valves, couplings and fittings shall equal or exceed class of pipe to which they are attached or 150 psi, whichever is higher.
5. Mark valves to show name of Manufacturer, year of manufacture, size of valve, maximum working pressure, and arrow to show direction of flow. a. Valves shall close drip tight at rated pressures.
b. Valves shall be satisfactory for applications involving valve operation after long periods of inactivity.
G. Conform to federal, state and local regulations governing VOC content, lead content, percentage solids by volume, and other paint and solvent properties.
H. Design and fabrication of products shall ensure products withstand stresses and loads occurring during testing, installation, start-up, and normal operation.
I. Electrical equipment shall be built to NEMA and UL standards for NEC §505 Classifications specified.
2.3 Equipment
A. Sizes, ratings, capacities, and dimensions of standard equipment items shown, are based on currently available standard products.
1. Deviations may be allowed to permit supply of standard equipment.
2. In no case shall capacity furnished be less than specified, unless accepted.
B. Anti-friction ball and roller bearings and gears shall conform to US standards.
C. Ensure equipment is complete with fittings, trimmings, and parts necessary for complete operating installations.
D. Cover and protect installed equipment from damage or contamination by ongoing construction Work and elements.
E. Stainless steel inscribed nameplates shall be securely fastened in conspicuous locations for equipment.
1. Show Manufacturer's name, address, year of manufacture, serial number, principal rating data, motor speed in rpm, motor electrical data, and equipment item catalog number.
2. Nameplates shall be in English and use American measuring units.
3. Furnish each piece of equipment with 2 identification nameplates.
4. Nameplates of distributing agents alone will not be accepted.
5. Mount 1 nameplate at appropriate, prominent location on equipment itself. a. Mount 2nd nameplate at electrical service disconnect for equipment.
6. For equipment not having separate disconnect, omit 2nd nameplate.
7. Label pipe and equipment to designate service, direction of flow, pipe size, operating pressures and setpoints, and gate number.
8. Label hydraulic oil piping HO.
9. Locate labels near equipment and valves.
10. Paint valve handwheels and operating levels according to following color schedule to show normal operating position:
a. Closed: Red.
b. Open: Green.
c. Open or Closed: Yellow.
F. Provide lifting lugs for equipment weighing ≥50 lbm.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 10 of 14 G. Motors shall meet, as minimum requirements, published standards, rules and regulations of NEMA, ANSI and IEEE as to application, manufacture and tests.
1. Motor windings shall be insulated and braced for full voltage operation.
2. Motors shall develop sufficient torque for required service throughout acceleration range at voltage 10% less than motor nameplate rating.
3. Motors shall develop sufficient torque when started using reduced voltage starters.
4. Provide grounding lugs inside conduit boxes for motor frame grounding.
H. Provide safety devices for equipment as follows:
1. Furnish equipment with guards and safety devices designed to protect personnel against contact with moving parts and hazardous surfaces.
2. Safety devices shall meet or exceed requirements of federal, state, OSHA, Cal-OSHA, and municipal safety laws.
3. Fabricate guards of 14-gage (minimum) steel, ½” opening in expanded metal screen to facilitate visual inspection of moving parts without removal of guard.
4. Galvanize or epoxy-coat guards after fabrication.
5. Design guards to be readily removable to facilitate maintenance of moving parts.
6. Provide reinforced holes.
7. Make provisions to extend lube fittings through guards.
I. Provide equipment access as follows:
1. Locate motors, valves, control devices, and specialties to provide easy access for operation, repair and maintenance.
2. Provide concealed access doors.
J. Grease fittings shall be standard button-head type.
1. Grease fittings shall be serviceable by 1 type of grease gun.
2. Extend fittings as necessary to provide easy access, or as directed by City's Representative.
3. Unless otherwise noted, grease lubrication fittings shall be of accepted standard hydraulic type.
4. Locate oil lubrication fittings within reach from operating surface.
K. Machine work shall conform to the following:
1. Tolerances, allowances, and gages for metal fits between plain (nonthreaded) cylindrical parts shall conform to ANSI B46.1 for class of fit shown or required.
2. Provide sufficient machining stock on machined parts to ensure true surfaces of solid material.
3. Finished contact or bearing surfaces shall be true and exact to secure full contact.
4. Journal and sliding surfaces shall be polished, and surfaces shall be finished with sufficient smoothness and accuracy to ensure proper operations when assembled.
5. Use templates to accurately locate drilled holes for bolts intended to match other drilled holes.
6. No machining shall be done on working surfaces of self-lubricating bronze bushings or washers.
7. Finished surfaces shall conform to the following:
a. Surface finish of machined parts shall be suitable to meet functional requirements. b. Surface finish qualities shall be adequate for intended use, shall be shown on Contractor’s Shop Drawings, and shall conform to ANSI B46.1.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 11 of 14 c. Compliance with specified surface will be determined by visual inspection of Work compared to standard roughness specimens, conforming to ANSI B46.1. d. Except as otherwise specified or approved, surface roughness shall be ≤32 microinches for surfaces in sliding contact; ≤125 microinches for surfaces in permanent contact where tight joint is required; ≤250 microinches for surfaces in contact where tight joint is not required; and ≤500 microinches for other machined surfaces.
e. Contact surfaces of shafts or shaft sleeves, which pass through packing boxes and bearings, and bearings, shall be finished to surface roughness ≤32 microinches.
8. Unfinished surfaces shall conform to the following:
a. So far as practicable, lay out Work out to secure proper matching of adjoining unfinished surfaces.
b. Where discrepancies exist between adjoining unfinished surfaces they shall be chipped and ground smooth or machined to secure proper alignment. c. Unfinished surfaces shall be true to lines and dimensions shown and shall be chipped or ground free of projections and rough spots.
d. Fill depressions in manner accepted by City.
9. Holes for pins and dowels shall conform to the following:
a. Perform boring after member is securely fastened in position. b. Bore holes true to gauges, smooth and straight, at right angles to axis of member.
10. Protect machined surfaces as follows:
a. Thoroughly clean foreign matter from machine-finished surfaces. b. Protect finished surfaces of large parts and other delicate surfaces using wooden pads or other suitable means.
c. Oil and wrap unassembled pins and bolts with moisture-resistant paper, or protect by other approved means.
d. Wash finished surfaces of ferrous metals to be in bolted contact using rust inhibitor, and provide thin coat of lubricant.
e. Do not grease self-lubricating bronze bearings.
f. Assemble these bearings dry, according to Manufacturer’s instructions.
11. Tolerances shall be selected by Contractor to meet precision required for proper operation of equipment, considering nature and function of part. a. Show tolerances on Shop or Working Drawings and submit for review. b. Establish finer shop tolerances, if necessary, to meet specified design or operational requirements or for interchangeability of spare parts.
c. Select tolerances with due considerations to nature and function of parts and to corresponding accuracy required to secure proper operation, but do not exceed tolerances specified.
L. Lubricants shall be of types recommended by applicable equipment Manufacturer.
1. Contractor, subject to acceptance from equipment Manufacturer, shall limit lubricants to least number or types required for normal maintenance of equipment.
2. Confer with City to limit number and type of lubricants, to extent practicable, to those presently in use at Project.
3. City shall have final say regarding selection of grease and lubricants.
M. Factory-paint or coat manufactured equipment as follows:
1. Protect steel and iron surfaces by suitable shop-applied coatings.
2. Protect for life of equipment surfaces to be inaccessible after assembly.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 12 of 14
3. Finish, smooth, clean, and fill exposed surfaces, as necessary, to provide smooth uniform base for coating.
4. Coat surfaces to be painted after installation with 1 or more coats primer to protect equipment until finish coats are applied.
5. Shop-finish electric motors, speed reducers, starters, and other self-contained or enclosed components with oil-resistant epoxy or enamel.
6. Apply rust preventive compound to machined, polished and nonferrous surfaces not to be painted.
N. Furnish special tools, wrenches and appliances needed to adjust, lubricate, operate, maintain or repair mechanical equipment supplied.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Drill holes for equipment mounts as follows:
1. Skilled workmen shall drill holes for mounting devices.
2. Make holes with rotary drill, or rotary/percussion type drill so no damage or spalling is caused to concrete and/or masonry being drilled.
3. Do not drill or mount devices to asbestos surfaces or siding.
4. Do not drill structural steel, reinforcement, or timber work without prior acceptance from City’s Representative.
5. Repair damage to surfaces caused by Contractor during erection without additional payment and subject to City’s Representative’s acceptance.
B. Provide equipment bases as follows:
1. Provide foundations, where required by Contract Documents, by Manufacturer’s requirements, or by Contractor's design.
2. Provide concrete equipment base extending 4” above floor unless otherwise required.
3. Base plan dimension shall be ≥2” larger in each dimension than steel or cast iron equipment base to be installed.
4. Allow ≥1.0” for grout under equipment bases.
5. Prepare floors and plinths to accept anchor bolts or mounting channels as accepted by City’s Representative.
6. Supply hold-down, alignment and leveling bolts complete with anchor bolts, nuts, washers and packing required to attach items of equipment to new or existing foundations, and bed-plates, frames and other structural parts necessary to transfer loads transmitted by equipment to concrete structures without exceeding design stresses.
7. Anchor bed plates and machinery to concrete so vertical and horizontal loads are transmitted into foundations by means of direct compressive stress.
8. Remove shims before grouting.
9. Unless otherwise accepted, use non-shrinking grout.
10. Where practicable, place grout through grout holes in base and work outward and under edges of base and across rough top of concrete foundation to peripheral form so constructed to provide suitable chamber around top edge of finished foundation.
C. Where specified, or recommended by Manufacturer, mount or suspend equipment, including base, using vibration isolators to prevent transmission of vibration and sound to supporting structure.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 13 of 14
3.2 Installation
A. Strictly follow Manufacturer's instructions and warranty requirements for installation, application, connection, erection, maintenance, operating, cleaning and conditioning of products.
B. Provide mounts, guides, bearing plates, flanges, anchor and attachment bolts and screws, saddles, supports, pads and skids necessary to securely mount products and equipment.
1. Tighten bolts to Manufacturers' specifications using torque wrenches.
2. Unless otherwise directed, use lubricant such as Copperkote or blue Teflon when making up bolts.
C. Provide shims, fasteners, grout, grease fittings, lubricants, and fluids necessary for installation and testing procedures.
D. Lubricate equipment as follows:
1. Not less than 60 days before date scheduled for field testing of equipment, submit listing of lubricants required for each mechanical equipment item.
2. Properly lubricate and protect mechanical equipment and appurtenances prior to operation.
3. Furnish and install oil, grease, and protective fluids required for initial operation.
4. Provide mechanical equipment with sufficient supply of correct lubricant for starting, testing, and initial 30-day operation period.
5. Do not grease self-lubricating bronze bearings.
a. Assemble dry per Manufacturer’s instructions.
6. Provide lubrication for operation of equipment for starting, testing and initial operation.
7. Submit chart listing for each piece of equipment, proper type of oil or grease required and recommended frequency of lubrication.
8. Run in bearings and, after they are run in, drain and flush bearings and refill with new filtered oil charge.
E. Label excess lubricants and deliver to City’s Representative upon completion of Work.
F. Repair or patch damage to existing walls, ceilings, or floors resulting from anchor installation, coring, or other Work.
3.3 Field Quality Control
A. Field testing shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
All Work Installation &
Leakage
Visual inspection of finished installation 1 inspection City City Concrete
Flatwork
Grade
Conformance
Vertical deviation from plan grades ≤ ¾” All Work City Contractor Rolling and
Surface
Unevenness
When 10’ straightedge is laid on
finished surface parallel to centerline,
surface shall vary <⅛” in 10’.
As directed City Contractor
Steel Work Welds Continuous, watertight, and conforming to Structural Welding Code of American
Welding Society.
Welds shall be free of sharp points or
edges
All Work City Contractor
Roofing
Systems
Leakage Leak-Free demonstrated by 1-hour
hose test
All Roofing Contractor Contractor
Exposed Finishing Finished in appearance. All Work City Contractor DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements - 14 of 14
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Surfaces Round or chamfer corners of exposed
structural shapes for personal
protection.
Pressure
Pipelines and
Appurtenances
Hydrostatic
Test
Refer to Section 33 08 11, AWWA C600
and AWWA M41
All new
pressure pipe
Contractor Contractor
Leakage No visible leaks
Joints watertight and airtight
All new piping City Contractor
Potable Water
Pipe
Disinfection Refer to Section 33 13 00 and AWWA
C651.
All new
potable water
pipe
Contractor Contractor
Gravity
Pipelines and
Electrical
Conduits
Horizontal
Alignment
Horizontal deviation from plan alignment
≤1”
Mirror each
straight
section of
pipe
Contractor Contractor
Vertical
Alignment
Vertical deviation from plan grades ≤¼” Mirror each
straight
section of
pipe
Contractor Contractor
Mandrel Test
for
Obstructions
and Pipe or
Conduit
Deflections
SSPWC §306-1.2.12
City’s Representative reserves right to
require mandrel testing to demonstrate
compliance before subsequent work
such as paving, before charging or
commissioning of piping, or before
installation of wire within conduit.
1 test per run
of pipe
Contractor Contractor
Video
Inspection
Video entire new alignment.
Submit copy of video to City
All new
gravity pipe
Contractor Contractor
Gravity
Pipelines
Pressure Test
for Leakage
and Infiltration
Refer to Section 33 08 31. 1 test per run
of pipe
Contractor Contractor
Motor-Driven
Equipment
Motor Current Record current in each phase of each
motor and include in O&M manual.
Repair or replace motor or motor-driven
equipment if current exceeds motor
nameplate FLC value.
Each phase
of each motor
Contractor Contractor
Vibration Refer to test procedures below 1 test each
equipment
item
Contractor Contractor
Noise Refer to test procedures below 1 test each
equipment
item
Contractor Contractor
All Work Field
Performance
Demonstrate Work conforms to
Contract Documents and
Manufacturer’s printed literature
1 test Contractor Contractor
11-month
Warranty
Inspection
Confirm Work conforms to Contract
Documents and Manufacturer’s printed
literature
1 test each
equipment
item
City Contractor
B. Remove rejected or damaged products from site.
C. Require Manufacturers to furnish factory-authorized technical representative to visit site as needed to provide technical support in resolving field problems associated with Manufacturer’s product.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 65 00 – Product Delivery Requirements - 1 of 4 SECTION 01 65 00
PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Transportation and delivery of products.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
E. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements
1.3 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ASTM D3951 Commercial Packaging
1.4 Delivery
A. Before shipping, verify field dimensions, utility locations and electrical compatibility for items of Work which may require relocation, refitting, or different electrical motors and wiring if field dimensions differ from those shown on Plans.
1. If Contractor discovers conflicts during surveying, staking, verification of field dimensions, verification of utility locations or verification of electrical compatibility, they shall bring this matter to City’s attention as soon as conflict is discovered and before materials or equipment are shipped.
2. City will adjust Contract requirements needed to accommodate field conditions, and will pay reasonable costs for upgrades or modifications required to be made at place of manufacture prior to shipping to accommodate conflicts discovered.
B. City will not pay costs of shipping and returning items to place of manufacture unless:
1. City has acted to prevent Contractor from completing surveys, staking, verification of field dimensions, verification of utility locations or verification of electrical compatibility, and Contractor has notified City of this fact in writing before shipping equipment, or
2. Changes required are direct result of buried utility conflicts where said utilities were neither shown on Plans in their approximate location, nor located by Underground Service Alert, nor evident from surface features.
C. Schedule deliveries and communicate with City as follows:
1. Arrange and pay for shipping and handling equipment from Contractor’s shop or factory to Project site, or from Project site to Contractor’s shop or factory, as may be required.
2. Do not ship, accept delivery of or store items on site for which applicable submittals have not been accepted.
3. At least 15 Calendar Days before shipping equipment, notify City’s Representative as to equipment to be shipped, method of transport, carriers and routing, shipping, delivery dates, and shipping weights.
4. If Contractor fails to provide forgoing information, Contractor shall reimburse City for expenses incurred by City that would not have otherwise occurred.
5. Amount of such expenses may be deducted by City from payments due or to become due Contractor.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 65 00 – Product Delivery Requirements - 2 of 4
6. Before shipping, operate valves, motors, pumps, actuators, and mechanical equipment at factory to ensure products are complete and in working condition.
7. When shipment is made, transmit shipping notices to City’s Representative on each shipment, including description of equipment being shipped.
8. Control delivery schedules to minimize long-term storage of products at Site and overcrowding of construction spaces.
9. Ensure coordination to minimize holding or storage times for flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive materials to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss.
D. Packaging shall conform to the following:
1. Standard commercial packaging in accordance with ASTM D3951 will be acceptable except where other method or standard of packaging is specified.
2. Do not prepare equipment for shipment until it has been inspected and accepted for shipment at origin by City’s Representative and/or representative of City, or inspection has been waived in writing.
3. Where necessary, mount heavy machinery parts on skids or in crates.
4. Package mechanical and electrical parts subject to moisture damage in hermetically sealed metal containers, in plastic envelopes or other accepted container within their respective packing cases.
5. Deliver parts of equipment in assembled or sub-assembled units where possible.
6. Deliver large multi-component assemblies in sections facilitating field handling and installation.
7. Use stiffeners where necessary to maintain shapes and provide rigidity.
8. Provide subassemblies with protective pads, supports, and blocking to restrain products and prevent distortion or damage in transit.
9. Prepare for shipment parts >200 lbs so slings for safe handling by crane may be attached to parts while on truck, rail car, or ship deck.
10. Provide desiccant in sealed containers.
11. Ship oil-lubricated gearing, bearings, and other lubricated components with oil-soluble protective coating as described in warranty requirements or recommended by Manufacturer.
12. Loss or damage during shipment, including damage to painted surfaces, shall be Contractor’s responsibility, and shall be replaced or repaired without cost to City.
E. Label shipments as follows:
1. Place packing list, listing contents of each container, in moisture-proof envelope and securely fasten to outside of container.
2. Affix to equipment items and valves label or tag in prominent location displaying assigned equipment number.
3. Equipment items and valves lacking numbers shall have similar tag providing unique description of item.
4. Tag or label cases, crates, bundles, packages, containers or single items as needed to identify contents and name of equipment of which contents form a part.
5. Mark cases, crates, bundles, packages, containers or single items with number unique to specification reference covering product.
6. Mark cases, crates, bundles, packages, containers or single items with name and address of installation for which intended.
7. Markers shall be of stainless steel or aluminum, affixed to items with stainless steel fasteners or as otherwise accepted by City.
a. Do not use plastic tape labels.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 65 00 – Product Delivery Requirements - 3 of 4
8. Packing lists of equipment shall indicate weights of items >30 lbs.
9. Show weights of components requiring use of cranes for safe handling.
10. Mark for identification articles or materials that might be otherwise lost. a. Box, bag, or steel band in bundles such articles or materials.
11. Accessories and spare parts shall be packed separately in containers marked "ACCESSORIES ONLY," or "SPARE PARTS ONLY."
F. Transport and handle material and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer’s instructions.
1. Deliver products in undamaged condition to jobsite in Manufacturer's original, unbroken, unopened, labeled packaging containers or bundles.
2. Protect equipment against damage from moisture, dust, handling, or other causes during transport from Manufacturer's premises to site.
3. Relieve load on motor bearing during transport using jacks or other methods to prevent Brinelling.
4. Damage to equipment during shipping and handling will be Contractor’s responsibility.
5. Repair or replace equipment or materials damaged in shipment.
G. Deliver and store Work in accordance with Manufacturer's written recommendations and by methods and means preventing damage, deterioration, and loss including theft.
1. Furnish equipment and personnel to handle material and equipment on site by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
2. Deliver, unload, handle, and store equipment at Project site in safe and protected manner.
3. Uncrate equipment and dispose of packing material properly.
H. Inspect products delivered to jobsite as follows:
1. Deliver or store only products of accepted Manufacturers at site.
2. Promptly inspect shipments to assure material and equipment conform to requirements, quantities are correct, and material and equipment are undamaged.
3. Coordinate with City and equipment supplier/Manufacturer, as necessary, and perform inventory and inspection to include necessary unpacking and repacking operations to examine items delivered.
4. Record in writing apparent defects, damage, or missing portions and provide copy to City.
5. Pipes and fittings without openings covered will not be accepted for delivery.
I. Assist City in inspecting products delivered to jobsite as follows:
1. Remove coverings, containers or crates as directed to permit City’s Representative to inspect delivered items.
2. Should City’s Representative find evidence of damage or deficient workmanship, provide necessary documentation or conduct such tests deemed necessary by City’s Representative to demonstrate compliance.
J. For City-furnished products and equipment, City will make good deficiencies noted in inventory and inspection at no cost to Contractor.
1. Once received, Contractor shall be responsible for City-furnished items the same as for Work under the Contract, including insurance coverage, except City will correct subsequently discovered latent or hidden damage or defects in City-furnished items that could not be ascertained at time of delivery and were not caused by Contractor.
K. Notify City’s Representative in writing upon acceptance of shipment.
L. City’s Representatives or personnel will not accept product deliveries for Contractor.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 65 00 – Product Delivery Requirements - 4 of 4
1.4 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Warranty Requirements
A. Conform to Manufacturer’s instructions and warranty requirements for delivery of products.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 66 00 – Product Storage and Handling Requirements - 1 of 4 SECTION 01 66 00
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Handling, storage and protection of products.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
E. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
1.3 Storage and Handling
A. Store products at jobsite as follows:
1. Store and protect products in accordance with Manufacturer’s instructions. a. Store products to preserve their quality and fitness for Work. b. Protect products against moisture, weather, temperature extremes, dust, debris, tampering, theft, vandalism, ultraviolet radiation, or damage from improper handling, storage, or exposure.
c. Protect exposed metals from moisture, rust and corrosion, even for items which may be sandblasted or cleaned before painting.
d. Keep openings in boxes or equipment closed during construction. e. Store products intended for indoor use in clean, dry, indoor locations. f. Store items subject to corrosion under damp conditions in clean, dry, indoor heated locations,
2. After receipt of material and equipment until Final Acceptance, assume responsibility for loss, damage, breakage, corrosion, soiling, disfigurement, weather damage, and product distortion.
3. Provide handling provisions for components requiring special access and weight considerations.
4. Arrange storage of products to facilitate access for maintenance and inspection.
5. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection.
6. Store products with seals and labels intact and legible.
7. Store items not designed for outdoor exposure off-ground and under cover. a. Store items with coatings or factory-applied primers off-ground. b. For exterior storage of fabricated material and equipment, place on sloped supports, above ground.
8. Cover stored material and equipment subject to deterioration with impervious UVresistant tarpaulin or sheet covering to prevent soiling or exposure to weather. a. Cover plastic items to protect from sun exposure and temperature extremes. b. Fasten coverings to prevent removal by wind
9. Store aggregate in well-drained area to minimize change in moisture content. a. Prevent contamination by other materials.
10. Store cementitious materials in weather-tight spaces. a. Keep free from moisture.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 66 00 – Product Storage and Handling Requirements - 2 of 4 b. Comply with City, County, State and Federal pollution prevention laws and permits.
11. Store fasteners and connectors in original unopened containers until used.
12. Store flammable products to conform to City, County, State, and Federal safety codes for storage of flammable materials.
13. Notify City in writing if delivered or stored product is damaged. a. Exterior surfaces of delivered items shall be in perfect unblemished condition.
14. Do not repair damaged products without prior written acceptance.
15. Remove corrosion found prior to Final Acceptance or remove and replace product.
B. Store piping products as follows:
1. Cover, plug, or cap pipe ends, valve ends, and equipment openings with rubber, plastic, or canvas to prevent intrusion or contamination when installation is not in progress. a. These provisions shall apply during Work breaks >40 minutes as well as overnight. b. Covers shall be vermin-proof and constructed in manner to prevent entry by animals and children.
c. Plastic covers may be opened temporarily to spray water inside pipe for moisture control.
d. Do not permanently remove plastic covers until pipe is ready to be placed in trench. e. During pipe laying operations, do not place tools, clothing, rags, or other materials in pipe.
2. String pipe along right of way in manner not interfering with free passage of vehicles.
3. Do not store pipe on roadway or parkway of residential streets for ≥7 Calendar Days, or on business streets for ≥3 Calendar Days.
4. Do not use pipeline as drain for removing water that has infiltrated into trench. a. Maintain inside of pipe free from foreign materials and in clean and sanitary condition until final acceptance.
C. Store temperature- dust- and moisture-sensitive products at jobsite as follows:
1. Between delivery and installation, store equipment to be incorporated into Work in manner to prevent damage or deterioration.
a. Store sensitive products in weather-tight, climate-controlled enclosures. b. Provide environmental controls, such as heaters or protective encapsulation, to guard against condensation and moisture damage.
c. Store temperature-sensitive products in protected area at temperature between 35°F and 104°F except where Manufacturer’s requirements are stricter. d. Maintain temperature and humidity ranges within Manufacturer’s recommended tolerances.
e. Ventilate products subject to corrosion or moisture damage to prevent condensation. f. To ensure protection of electrical and instrumentation equipment and panels and electric motors, store such equipment in enclosure designed to protect equipment from dust, temperature, and moisture.
2. Maintain storage facilities and stored equipment, providing utilities required.
D. Inspect, maintain and service products during storage as follows:
1. Periodically inspect stored products on scheduled basis to assure material and equipment are undamaged and maintained in acceptable condition. a. Maintain log of inspections, and make log available on request.
2. Conform to Manufacturer's product storage requirements and recommendations. a. Maintain Manufacturer-required environmental conditions, temperatures and humidities continuously.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 66 00 – Product Storage and Handling Requirements - 3 of 4
3. Ensure surfaces of products exposed to elements are not adversely affected and that weathering of finishes does not occur.
4. For mechanical and electrical equipment, provide copy of Manufacturer's service instructions with each item.
a. Exterior of package shall contain notice instructions are included.
5. Service products on regularly scheduled basis.
6. Maintain log of services and submit as Record Document prior to final acceptance by City.
E. Handle products as follows:
1. Handle products with care, using proper equipment according to Manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products, materials, and equipment by methods to prevent soiling and damage.
3. Provide parts, components, and assemblies heavier than 50 lbm with provisions for handling, such as eyebolts, lugs, hooks, tapped holes for eyebolts, or holes with rounded corners for passing slings.
4. Lift large heavy items only at points designated by Manufacturer. a. Do not drop, drag, bump, bend or handle products in manner that causes abrasions, bruises, cracks, mars, scars, scratches, or other damage. b. Use padded slings and hooks for lifting as needed to prevent damage. c. Improper handling shall be cause to reject mishandled products.
5. Use rubber or canvas belt slings or pneumatic-tired cradles to lift or lower coated pipe, valves and other products.
a. Sling width shall equal or exceed pipe or product diameter. b. Do not handle coated products using ropes, hooks, chains, calipers or cables. c. Store coated products on padded skids.
6. Provide protection during handling to prevent marring and otherwise damaging products, packaging, and surrounding surfaces.
7. Inspect each product item for damage, defects, completeness and correct operation before installing.
a. Notify City in writing if delivered or stored product is damaged. b. Do not repair damaged products without prior written acceptance.
8. Before installation, swab joints and interiors of piping materials to remove foreign matter and contaminants.
9. Clean and protect machined surfaces and shafting from corrosion using proper type and amount of coating as described in Manufacturer’s warranty requirements to assure protection to 1 year after final acceptance.
10. Maintain records for City's review of deliveries to show Contractor's order number, purchase order number, and equipment number.
a. Include labeling or shipping tag in records.
1.4 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 66 00 – Product Storage and Handling Requirements - 4 of 4
3.1 Warranty Requirements
A. Strictly follow Manufacturer’s instructions and warranty requirements for storage and handling of products.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements - 1 of 4
SECTION 01 73 00
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Examination of site before bidding, preparation for construction, and execution of Work.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 32 33: Construction Photographic Documentation C. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
D. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
E. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
F. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
G. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements H. Section 31 05 50: Protecting Existing Utilities
I. Section 33 05 31: Pipeline Joint Materials
J. Section 26 05 10: Common Work Results for Electrical
1.1 Project Conditions
A. Ascertain suitability of native soil for backfill before submitting bid.
1. If native soil is found to be unsuitable, provide suitable material for meeting compaction requirements at no additional cost to City.
B. Items furnished shall be capable of fulfilling their intended purpose in environment in which they are installed.
1. Allow for local temperature extremes, climactic conditions and corrosive environments where necessary to ensure proper functioning of furnished products.
C. The action of beginning installation, application or erection of products shall be deemed sufficient evidence both Contractor and installer accept existing field conditions as acceptable for installation, application or erection of that product, except where written notice is given of Contractor or installer’s concerns before starting applicable Work.
1.3 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ASME/ANSI B31.3 Process Piping Design
2. AWWA C105 / ANSI A21.5 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems
1.4 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Equipment
A. Furnish special tools, wrenches and appliances needed to adjust, operate, maintain or repair mechanical equipment supplied.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements - 1 of 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Contractor represents they have carefully examined Contract Documents and site where Work is to be performed and they have familiarized themselves with local conditions and federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations that may affect performance of Work.
B. Refer to Section 01 32 33 for preconstruction and construction photographic and video documentation requirements.
C. Refer to Section 01 65 00 for requirements to verify field dimensions, utility locations, and electrical compatibility before shipping products.
D. Carefully lay out work in advance to minimize cutting, channeling, chasing or drilling of structural pads or elements.
1. Review in advance with City’s Representative cuts, channeling, drilling, or welding required to accommodate mechanical or electrical equipment.
2. Do not begin such work until notified by City’s Representative.
3. Repair damage to structures, piping equipment or finishes using skilled workers of appropriate trades.
E. Relocations or adjustment of existing facilities to facilitate construction must be accepted in writing by City’s Representative.
1. Existing facilities may subsequently be relocated or adjusted by Contractor as directed.
2. Fences, walls, sprinkler systems, substructures or other improvements removed or disturbed by Contractor during construction, and not shown for demolition, shall be replaced and/or repaired within 48 hours at Contractor's expense to satisfaction of City and/or property owner.
F. Make field measurements needed to fabricate and install Work before ordering or beginning Work.
1. Make minor changes in alignments and dimensions as needed to remedy or avoid utilities and structural conflicts.
G. Material safety data sheets (MSDS) shall be available and maintained at Project site.
3.2 Installation / Application / Erection
A. Maintain complete set of Contract Documents, including Shop Drawings and Manufacturer’s Installation or Application instructions at jobsite field office or superintendent's truck.
B. Refer conflicts between Manufacturer's installation instructions and Contract Documents to City's Representative.
1. Additional costs incurred by Contractor resulting from City’s Representative's direction in resolving installation instruction conflicts will be reimbursed as Extra Work.
2. Costs incurred by Contractor, through failure to timely notify City’s Representative of a conflict, shall be borne by Contractor.
C. Unless otherwise shown, install equipment on concrete bases ≥6” high.
1. Anchor baseplates to concrete base with required anchor bolts.
2. For equipment with grouted bases, fill space beneath with grout as specified.
3. Grout equipment base after initial fitting and alignment.
D. Before welding, abutting joints shall be free of strain. 2 DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements - 2 of 4
E. Prime and paint exposed surfaces of ferrous products, piping, and conduit except for stainless steel or galvanized or sherardized surfaces or unless otherwise shown.
1. Clean painted surfaces and touch up bare or marred spots with finish to match factory finish.
F. Paint and coat in workmanlike manner to produce even film of uniform thickness.
1. Pay attention to edges, angles, flanges, corners, crevices, and joints to insure they have been thoroughly cleaned and they receive specified thickness of paint or coating.
2. Finished surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, shiners, laps, brush marks, and variations in color, texture and finish.
3. Hiding shall be so complete that addition of another coat would not increase hiding.
4. Apply coats to produce film of uniform thickness.
G. Install pipe and conduit as follows:
1. Provide and use proper tools and equipment as recommended by Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions to handle, lower and move pipe.
2. Cut and machine pipe in accordance with Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions.
3. Do not drop pipe, fittings, or appurtenances into trenches or onto ground.
4. Do not force-fit or spring pipe, conduit or equipment into place.
5. Do not exceed Manufacturers' published tolerance limits for deflections at joints.
6. Prevent water from entering trenches and displacing pipe.
7. Corrective measures for cases of poor alignment shall be accepted in advance by City's Representative.
H. Install pipe and conduit bends as follows:
1. Pipe bends shall conform to ASME B31.3 and be free from wrinkles, creases or corrugations.
2. Pipe bends shall use accepted AWWA fittings, except API standard fittings may be used for above-ground steel pipe.
3. Mitered piping joints are not permitted.
4. Lower fittings into position using sling, rope, cable, chain, or other accepted means without damaging fitting.
a. Attach cable, rope, or other hoisting device around fitting exterior. b. Do not run cables, ropes, chains or other devices through fitting interiors.
5. Secure fittings to adjacent pipe or valves and verify joints are sound and proper.
I. Cut pipe threads with sharp dies.
1. Ream, deburr, and clean threads before making up joints.
2. Apply NSF 61-compliant thread lubricant to threaded pipe ends before installing fittings, couplings, unions, or joints.
3. Make up joints with accepted thread sealing compound.
4. Threads to be seal-welded shall be made up dry.
5. Do not use Teflon sealers.
J. Fabricate and install epoxy coated pipe, valves and fittings without cutting, notching or welding.
K. Install valves and equipment so as to be easy to operate and service.
1. Where geometry of manufactured valves and equipment and field conditions make it difficult or impossible for average worker to operate or service an installed item, notify City’s Representative of conflict before installing item.
L. Unless otherwise shown, encase buried valves and ductile iron pipe in 2 layers of 8-mil polyethylene wrap in accordance with ANSI A21.5/AWWA C105. 3 DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-23-dp 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements - 3 of 4
3.3 Field Quality Control
A. Refer to Section 01 40 00 for general field quality control requirements.
END OF SECTION
4 DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 73 24 – Seismic Restraint - 1 of 4
SECTION 01 73 24
SEISMIC RESTRAINT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Seismic restraint systems for mechanical and electrical equipment other than tanks, vessels, hoppers, freestanding signs, or storage racks.
1. For seismic restraint of the chlorine contact tank stairway, refer to specifications for those sections.
B. Refer to Section 05 05 23 for requirements for metal fastenings and welds.
C. Refer to Plans for project-specific seismic design criteria.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
B. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
C. Section 05 05 19: Post-Installed Concrete Anchors
D. Section 05 05 23: Metal Fastenings and Welds
E. Section 09 90 00: Painting and Coating
F. Section 33 05 38: Hangers and Supports
1.3 System Description
A. Furnish and install complete seismic restraint systems, including appurtenant structural, mechanical and/or electrical mountings or connections required for compliance with Manufacturer’s installation requirements and compliance with applicable building, mechanical, and electrical codes and standards.
B. Provide restraint systems, hangers, supports, bracing and anchorage in all directions for piping, ductwork, conduits, cable trays, panels, equipment and other items at risk of seismic damage.
1.4 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ASCE/SEI 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures Chapter 13 and Chapter 15
2. California Building Code (CBC) Chapter 16 “Structural Design”
3. MSS SP127 Bracing for Piping Systems Seismic-Wind-Dynamic Design, Selection, Application
4. SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems
1.5 Submittals
A. To avoid repetitive submittals, seismic restraint submittals will not be accepted for review until dimensional drawings for supported equipment have been accepted by City and returned to Contractor.
B. Furnish the following submittals.
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
DRAWINGS
Working Drawings Submit for seismic bracing systems per Working Drawing requirements.
Shop Drawings Submit per structural Shop Drawing requirements.
Show equipment dry weights and locations of centroids
Show wet weights using specific gravities of fluids proposed for use Provide loading diagram showing static loads and forces imparted to surrounding pipes and structures.
Show auxiliary equipment mounting slides and rails
Show snubbers and vibration isolators.
.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 73 24 – Seismic Restraint - 2 of 4
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
Show anchorage details and quantity, diameter, load rating, edge distances and penetration depths for anchors.
MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE
Product Data Submit for pre-manufactured systems per Product Data requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Engineering Calculations Submit Engineering Calculations for anchorage of the following Contractorfurnished equipment:
For City furnished equipment, submit Engineering Calculations for anchorage of:
1. Chlorine Contact Tank Stairway and landing
2. Static Mixer stairway
Submit for seismic anchorage systems and vibration isolators.
Refer to California Building Code §16 and ASCE 7 for seismic accelerations.
Use full equipment wet weight for calculations.
Submit for seismic bracing systems.
Compute shear and tension forces that must be developed by anchor bolts to resist calculated lateral forces and overturning moments.
Select anchors to resist computed shear and tension forces.
C. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for definition of requirements for Working Drawings, Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Engineering Calculations.
D. Under California Building Code and ASCE 7 §13.1.4, Engineering Calculations are not required for:
1. Seismic restraint of components weighing ≤20 pounds.
2. Seismic restraint of components mounted ≤4’ above floor level weighing ≤400 pounds.
3. Seismic restraint of piping, utility or distribution systems weighing ≤5 pounds per lineal foot.
E. For wall and slab-mounted equipment, requirement for engineering calculations will be waived if Contractor submits unsealed calculations demonstrating to City’s satisfaction that:
1. Bolting strength in shear for floor-mounted equipment > weight of equipment. a. For bolt strengths in shear, refer to CBC Table 1911.2 or ICC data for concrete anchors.
2. Bolting strength in tension for floor-mounted equipment > weight of equipment multiplied by height of equipment divided by twice the width between bolts in narrowest dimension. a. For bolt strengths in tension, refer to CBC Table 1911.2 or ICC data for concrete anchors
3. Bolting strength in shear for wall-mounted equipment > twice weight of equipment. a. For Bolt strengths in shear, refer to CBC Table 1911.2 or ICC data for concrete anchors
F. Calculations required for seismic restraint of nonstructural components shall be sealed by California-licensed civil or structural engineer and shall follow ASCE 7 §13.3 where:
1. SDS shall be as shown on Structural Plans or Geotechnical Report. a. If not shown, assume SDS=⅔SS
2. ap and Rp shall be as shown in ASCE 7 Table 13.5-1 or Table 13.6-1 as appropriate.
3. Under ASCE 7, §13.4.2, anchors in concrete and masonry shall be designed for 1.3 times calculated force Fp
4. Where earthquake lateral design loads for nonstructural components are shown on Plans for Contractor’s convenience, typically as multiple of wet weight (W) of furnished item shown on Sheet S1, either this conservative Plan value may be used, or more exact value based on exact elevation of furnished item may be used and substantiated by calculation.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 73 24 – Seismic Restraint - 3 of 4
G. When anchoring new structures into existing concrete foundations, seismic design of foundation anchors shall provide lugs for ≥2 redundant anchor bolts beyond those required by seismic Engineering Calculations.
1. Place these to accommodate unexpected field conditions, field interferences, pre-existing embedments, or concrete cracking, deterioration, spalling or honeycombing.
2. If field conditions render 1 or 2 anchor bolts ineffective, 1 or 2 redundant bolts may be omitted in field.
H. Site conditions and required equipment environmental ratings are:
VARIABLE RATED RANGE
SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA
Site Soils Class D
Seismic Importance
Factor
I 1.25
Ip 1.5
Mapped Spectral
Response Accelerations
SS 2.03g
S1 0.76g
Design Seismic Loads for
Equipment and
Nonstructural
Components Excluding
Tanks
Horizontal Loads – Floor Mount 1.0W
Horizontal Loads – Wall Mount 2.3W
Horizontal Loads – Ceiling or Roof
Mount
1.4W
Vertical Loads 1.0W
I. Less conservative values for items table above will be accepted if supported by sealed Engineering Calculations.
1.6 Unit Prices
A. Payment for Work in this section shall be included as part of lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials
A. Refer to Section 01 61 00 and Sections 05 05 19 and 05 05 23 for basic requirements for products and materials.
B. Pack gaps between seismic anchorage lugs and floors or foundations with grout to inhibit corrosion of bolts in space between lug and floor or foundation.
1. In areas subject to chemical exposure use appropriate chemical-resistant grout.
C. Provide vibration-isolated equipment with snubbers capable of retaining equipment in its designated location without failure or deformation of snubbers when exposed to vertical or horizontal forces at contact surfaces equal to 100% of operating weight of equipment.
1. Air gaps between snubber retainer and equipment base shall be ≤¼”.
D. Anchor piping with flexible connection and/or expansion joints so intended uses of these joints are maintained in piping system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Make field measurements needed to install seismic restraint systems before submitting Shop Drawings or ordering.
1. Make minor changes in dimensions and alignments as needed to avoid utilities or structural conflicts.
B. Design and build replacement retrofit bracing for seismic bracing removed.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 73 24 – Seismic Restraint - 4 of 4
1. California-licensed structural engineer shall prepare and seal design calculations and design Working Drawings for seismic bracing.
2. Submit Working Drawings and Engineering Calculations for seismic bracing design for City’s acceptance.
3. Seismic bracing design shall facilitate future recoating of tank roof with minimal removal of seismic bracing.
4. Seismic bracing design shall consider roof to be welded to girders.
5. Construct seismic retrofit Work of stainless steel.
6. Construct seismic retrofit system to conform to engineered design accepted by City.
3.2 Installation
A. Furnish and install seismic restraint systems as required by code and at locations shown on Plans and Submittals.
B. The following installation standards shall be followed:
1. Manufacturer’s installation and warranty requirements
2. Applicable OSHA and Cal OSHA regulations
3. Applicable building, fire, plumbing, mechanical and electrical code requirements C. Refer variances between above documents and Contract Documents to City’s Representative.
D. Refer to Section 05 05 19 for concrete anchor system requirements.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 73 33 – Mechanical Identification - 1 of 5
SECTION 01 73 33
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Materials, and installation of mechanical identification on above-ground pipes, ducts, valves and equipment, for hazardous materials warnings, and for miscellaneous services.
B. Refer to Section 09 90 00 for painting of valve covers.
C. Refer to Section 33 05 26 for marking and identification of buried pipes, tanks and equipment.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 22 00: Unit Prices
C. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
D. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
E. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
F. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
G. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements H. Section 03 30 00: Cast-in-Place Concrete
I. Section 09 90 00: Painting and Coating
J. Section 26 05 10: Common Work Results for Electrical K. Section 33 05 26: Utility Identification
1.3 System Description
A. Furnish and install mechanical identification on pipe including appurtenant structural and mechanical mountings or connections required for compliance with Manufacturer’s installation requirements and compliance with applicable building codes and standards.
1.4 Quality Assurance
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen trained and experienced in necessary trades and crafts and completely familiar with specified requirements and methods for proper performance of Work of this section.
1.5 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ASME/ANSI A13.1 Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems
2. ANSI Z535.1 Safety Color Code
1.6 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals.
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE
Product Data Submit per Product Data requirements.
Installation Instructions Submit per Installation Instruction requirements.
SAMPLES
Material Samples Submit, showing materials, colors and label sizes and letter sizes to be furnished
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
Warranty Furnish 1-year warranty from date of final acceptance DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 73 33 – Mechanical Identification - 2 of 5
B. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for definition of requirements for Product Data, Installation Instructions, and Material Samples.
1.7 Delivery, Storage, and Handling
A. Refer to Sections 01 65 00 and 01 66 00 for delivery, storage, and handling requirements.
B. Strictly follow Manufacturer’s instructions and warranty requirements for delivery, storage, and handling of mechanical identification on pipes.
1.8 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Acceptable Manufacturers include:
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
Labels for Exterior
Piping
Calpico, Inc Self-Adhesive Pipe Markers South San Francisco, CA (650) 588-2241 Seton Name Plate Corporation Pipe Markers Branford, CT (855) 772-4204 WH Brady B-946 Milwaukee, WI (800) 940-0615
Accepted equal
Labels for Piping Inside
Buildings or Vaults
Calpico, Inc Self-Adhesive Pipe Markers South San Francisco, CA (650) 588-2241 Marking Services, Inc. San Pedro, CA (800) 234-0135
Seton Name Plate Corporation Pipe Markers Branford, CT (855) 772-4204 WH Brady B-500 Vinyl Cloth Milwaukee, WI (800) 940-0615 Accepted equal
Snap-on Type Pipe
Markers
Seton Name Plate Corporation Set Mark Branford, CT (855) 772-4204 WH Brady B-500 Vinyl Cloth Milwaukee, WI (800) 940-0615 Accepted equal
Tracer Tape and
Warning Tap for Buried
Piping
Refer to Section 33 05 26
Labels for Valves Seton Name Plate Corp Series SVT Branford, CT (855) 772-4204 WH Brady B-60 Milwaukee, WI (800) 940-0615
Accepted equal
Labels for Mechanical
Equipment
Seton Name Plate Corp Style 2065 Branford, CT (855) 772-4204 WH Brady B-120 Fiber-Shield Milwaukee, WI (800) 940-0615 Accepted equal
Labels for Tanks Seton Name Plate Corp PSPL Branford, CT (855) 772-4204 WH Brady B-946 Milwaukee, WI (800) 940-0615
Accepted equal
2.2 Materials
A. Refer to Section 01 61 00 for basic requirements for products and materials.
B. Lettering shall conform to OSHA requirements on signage and labels.
C. Markings shall clearly indicate direction of flow with arrows.
D. Potable and non-potable water piping shall be identified in conformance with California Plumbing Code §6-1 and Table 6-1 when both are present in same building.
1. Mark non-potable water piping with lettering in black upper-case “CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINK.”
2. Message shall occur every 20’ and at least once per room.
3. Background color of piping (if not otherwise specified below for plant piping) shall be green with white lettering for potable water and yellow with black lettering for nonpotable water conforming to California Plumbing Code §601.2.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 73 33 – Mechanical Identification - 3 of 5
OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE OR
COVERING
MINIMUM LENGTH OF COLOR
FIELD
MINIMUM LETTER SIZE
½” 8” ½”
⅝” 8” ½”
¾” 8” ½”
1” 8” ½”
1¼” 8” ½”
1½” 8” ¾”
2” 8” ¾”
2½” 12” 1¼”
3” 12” 1¼”
4” 12” 1¼”
6” 12” 1¼”
8” 24” 2½”
10” 24” 2½”
12” and larger 32” 3½”
E. Mechanical identification on pipes shall be constructed of the following:
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Labels for Piping Exterior Weather and
Ultraviolet-Resistant
Acrylic Plastic
Labels for Piping Inside
Buildings or Vaults
Vinyl Cloth
Labels for Valves Aluminum or 1/16”
Fiberglass Tags
Aluminum tags shall have black-filled letters
Labels for Mechanical
Equipment
Aluminum, Brass, or ⅛”
-thick Fiberglass Tags
Aluminum tags shall have black-filled letters
F. The following product design criteria, options and accessories are required:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Labels for Piping Label Color Conform to ANSI A13.1 and Z553.1 See below
Text Show full piping system name with no
abbreviations
Text Size Conform to ANSI A13.1 and Z553.1
Flow Arrows Provide flow-directional arrows next to each label Design Pre-printed semi rigid, color-coded, snap-on type pipe markers may be provided.
Label shall cover 360º (minimum).
Labels for Valves Tag Requirement Tag each valve larger than 1” Tag Size 2”x2” square identification tag
Text Show valve tag number and full name or
designation shown on Plans
Labels for Mechanical
Equipment
Tag Requirement Show tag number and equipment name
Tag Size ½” by 4”
Labels for Instruments and
Gauges
Tag Requirement Show tag number and name of instrument
Tag Size 1½” by 4”
G. Except where otherwise directed by City, color scheme for piping shall follow 10-States standards and be as follows: (4000-series colors reference numbers are Sherwin-Williams color chips)
PIPING SERVICE PIPE COLOR BANDS LABEL
COLOR
LEGEND
WATER PLANT PIPING
WATER RECLAMATION PLANT PIPING
Sanitary Sewage 4025 Anchor Gray Gray White Text
Backwash Waste 4003 Pallet Tan Gray White Text
Sludge 4009 Walnut Brown Gray White Text
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 73 33 – Mechanical Identification - 4 of 5
PIPING SERVICE PIPE COLOR BANDS LABEL
COLOR
LEGEND
Secondary Effluent 4048 Mason Brick Gray White Text
Raw Sludge 4001 Bolt Brown 4032 Black Gray White Text
Sludge Recirculation 4001 Bolt Brown 4084 Safety Yellow Gray White Text Sludge Draw-Off 4001 Bolt Brown 4083 Safety Orange Gray White Text Sludge Recirculation
Discharge
4001 Bolt Brown Gray White Text
Sludge Gas 4084 International
Orange
Safety Yellow Black Text
Natural Gas 4084 International
Orange
4032 Black Safety Yellow Black Text
Non-Potable Water 4086 Safety Blue 4032 Black Safety Green White Text Non-Potable Heating
Water
4086 Safety Blue 4081 Safety Red Safety Green White Text Potable Water 4086 Safety Blue Safety Green White Text
Reclaimed Water 4080 Plumb Safety Green White Text
Fire Sprinklers 4081 Safety Red Safety Red White Text
Chlorine 4084 Safety Yellow Safety Orange Black Text
Sulfur Dioxide 4084 Safety Yellow 4081 Safety Red Safety Orange Black Text Sewage 4026 Slate Gray Gray White Text
Compressed Air 4071 Rain Forest Safety Blue White Text
CHEMICAL PIPING
Alum or Primary
Coagulant
4083 Safety Orange Safety Orange Black Text
Ammonia White Safety Orange Black Text
Brine 4019 Flint Gray Gray White Text
Carbon Slurry Black Safety Orange Black Text
Caustic 4084 Safety Yellow 4085 Safety Green Safety Orange Black Text Lime Slurry 4069 Emerald Ice Safety Orange Black Text
Ozone 4084 Safety Yellow 4083 Safety Orange Safety Orange Black Text Phosphate Compounds 4069 Emerald Ice 4081 Safety Red Safety Orange Black Text Polymers or Coagulant
Aids
4083 Safety Orange 4085 Safety Green Safety Orange Black Text Potassium
Permanganate
4080 Plumb Safety Orange Black Text
Soda Ash 4069 Emerald Ice 4083 Safety Orange Safety Orange Black Text Sodium Bisulfite 4083 Safety Orange 4084 Safety Yellow Safety Orange Black Text Sodium Hypochlorite 4084 Safety Yellow Safety Orange Black Text Sulfuric Acid 4084 Safety Yellow 4081 Safety Red Safety Orange Black Text Sulfur Dioxide 4069 Emerald Ice 4084 Safety Yellow Safety Orange Black Text
OTHER PIPING
Compressed Air 4071 Rain Forest Safety Blue White Text
Vacuum 4069 Emerald Ice Safety Blue White Text
Gas 4040 Deck Red Safety Yellow Black Text
Other Pipelines 4019 Flint Gray Conform to ANSI A13.1 and Z553.1 Hoists, Trolleys 4084 Safety Yellow
Fire Protection 4081 Safety Red Safety Red White Text
Steam 4083 Safety Orange Flint Gray Black Text
Oil 4036 Mill Ivory Safety Yellow Black Text
BURIED UTILITIES (IDENTIFICATION TAPE COLOR)
Potable Water Light Blue Refer to Section 33 05 26
Reclaimled Water Purple
Non-potable Water Yellow
Industrial Water Yellow with
Direction of Flow
shown
Sewage Light Green
Natural Gas Yellow
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 01 73 33 – Mechanical Identification - 5 of 5
PIPING SERVICE PIPE COLOR BANDS LABEL
COLOR
LEGEND
Oil
Steam
Cable TV and other
Communications
Telephone
Electrical Encase in Red
Concrete
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Make field measurements needed to install mechanical identification on pipes before submitting shop drawings or ordering.
1. Make minor changes in dimensions and alignments as needed to avoid utilities or structural conflicts.
3.2 Installation
A. Furnish and install mechanical identification at locations shown on Plans and Submittals.
B. The following installation standards shall be followed:
1. Manufacturer’s installation and warranty requirements
2. Applicable OSHA and Cal OSHA regulations
3. Applicable building, fire, plumbing, mechanical and electrical code requirements C. Refer variances between above documents and Contract Documents to City’s Representative.
D. In addition to locations shown on Plans and Submittals, provide label and flow arrow at each connection to pumps or other mechanical equipment, at wall boundaries, at tees and crosses, and at 20’ centers on straight piping runs.
1. Provide full-band pipe markers, extending 360° around pipe at each location.
E. Attach labels to valve or piece of equipment with Type 304 or 316 stainless-steel chains or wires.
1. Attach label to valve by tying tag wire or chain around operating shaft or nut.
F. Attach signs directly to equipment or on adjacent wall as directed by City’s Representative.
G. Install mechanical identification on pipes and equipment true, plumb, and level using precision gauges and levels.
3.3 Field Quality Control
A. Field testing shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Mechanical
Identification
Installation
and Level
Visual inspection of finished installation 1 inspection City City 11-month
Warranty
Inspection
Demonstrate compliance to Contract
Documents and Manufacturer’s printed
literature
1 test City Contractor
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 6-22-dp 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition - 1 of 8
SECTION 02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Site, mechanical and electrical demolition outside building envelopes, including:
1. Site improvements
2. Below-Ground Construction
3. Above-ground exterior mechanical piping and equipment:
a. Flash Mixer Assembly
b. CCT Chemical Feed Piping and electrical panel
4. Above-ground exterior electrical equipment:
a. Conduit and wiring
b. Transformers
c. Switchgear
d. Metering equipment and instruments
e. Standby power equipment
B. Facilities may be occupied or operational.
1. Completing Work will require Contractor to plan activities to work around unavoidable obstacles and maintain stability of structures and structural elements.
C. Work will require restoring existing facilities, utilities, and structures to remain in place if damaged by demolition or removal operations.
D. Refer to the following sections for Work not covered herein.
1. Section 01 35 44 for procedures for disposing of hazardous materials. a. Concrete structures and foundations
b. Masonry structures
c. Metal structures
d. Wood structures
e. Mechanical, plumbing, and HVAC equipment contained within structures and vaults. f. Electrical and instrumentation equipment contained within structures.
2. Section 31 05 50 for protecting existing utilities.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 50 00: Temporary Facilities and Controls
E. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
F. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements G. Section 01 73 00: Execution
H. Section 01 74 00: Cleaning and Waste Management
I. Section 26 05 10: Common Work Results for Electrical J. Section 31 05 50: Protecting Existing Utilities
K. Section 31 23 00: Excavation and Fill
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 6-22-dp 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition - 2 of 8
1.3 System Description
A. The following facilities must remain in operation while demolition is in progress:
1. Secondary equalization basin pump station
2. Influent filters
3. UV channel
4. Chlorine Contact Tank
B. Facility operators will be working at site during demolition and will require access throughout plant throughout construction.
C. Remove the following items.
1. Mechanical items including:
a. Flash mixer and appurtenances to be replaced
b. CCT chemical feed
c. Flash Mixer chemical pipe and sample line
d. Instrumentation to be replaced
2. Electrical items including:
a. CCT Rapid Mixer panel Rapid Mix Panel for chlorine contact tank
3. Electrical conduits and wiring to flash mixer.
D. Abandon the following items in place:
1. Chemical feed as shown on plans for rerouting.
2. Sample water lines shown on plans for rerouting.
E. The following items to be removed shall be replaced with new Work in locations shown:
1. Flash Mixer Assembly and chemical feed
F. Salvage the following items to City.
1. Flash Mixer Pump and motor
G. Legally dispose of Items not designated for salvage.
1.4 Quality Assurance
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen trained and experienced in necessary trades and crafts and completely familiar with specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of Work of this section.
1.5 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ANSI/ASSE A10.6 Safety and Health Program Requirements for Demolition Operations
2. California Building Code (CBC)
3. California Fire Code (CFC)
4. California Green Building Code (CGBC)
5. California Mechanical Code (CMC)
6. California Plumbing Code (CPC)
7. ICRI 310.2R Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Concrete Coatings, Polymer Overlays, and Concrete Repair
8. ICRI 310.3R Preparation of Concrete Surfaces for Repair Using Hydrodemolition Methods
9. NFPA 70 National Electric Code (NEC)
10. NFPA 241 Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations A. Hire remediation firm separate from hazardous materials consulting firm to perform appropriate remediation measures.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 6-22-dp 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition - 3 of 8
1.6 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals.
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
MOBILIZATION SUBMITTALS
Report on Preexisting
Damage
Submit inspection report of facility and site itemizing defects and damage or deterioration in place before start of demolition.
Permits Submit copies of permits and notices authorizing demolition Submit copies of permits for transport and disposal of debris
DRAWINGS
Working Drawings Submit Working Drawing detailing removal operations and showing methods and sequence of removal and equipment to be used.
Include inventory of items to be removed and salvaged.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Receipt for Legal Disposal of
Regulated Materials
Submit receipt for acceptable disposal of legally regulated waste materials.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
Certificates of Severance of
Utility Services
Submit as required by City’s Representative for utilities being disturbed or abandoned.
Include drawings documenting locations of service lines and capped utilities B. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for definition of requirements for Working Drawings.
1.7 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
1.8 Unit Prices
A. Where no bid item is set forth for hazardous materials, the following Work shall be completed under other appropriate bid items:
1. Preparation and submittals of hazardous materials surveys, reports, and environmental documentation as required by law.
2. Remediation and legal disposal of first 50 lbm of asbestos containing construction materials, including gaskets, grout, and other incidental ACCM’s.
3. Remediation and legal disposal of first 50 lbm of lead-based paint (LBP) and/or lead containing paint (LCP).
4. Remediation and legal disposal of first 50 lbm of other collective hazardous materials including cadmium-plated bolts, chromium containing paint, mercury switches, mercury ballasts, and PCB’s.
B. For quantities of ACCM’s, LBP/LCP’s, or other hazardous materials >50 lbm, a change order will be negotiated with Contractor for removal and remediation or encapsulation.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 Acceptable Consulting and Remediation Firms
A. Acceptable hazardous material consulting firms include:
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
HazardousMaterials
Consulting Firms
A-Tech Consulting, Inc. Orange, CA (714) 434-6360
Ambient Environmental, Inc. Norco, CA (951) 272-4730
Citadel Environmental Services, Inc. Glendale, CA (818) 246-2707 Pacific Environmental Company Laguna Niguel, CA (800) 303-6484 Patriot Environmental Services, Inc. Wilmington, CA (800) 624-9136 Accepted equal with ≥5 years experience
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 6-22-dp 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition - 4 of 8
B. Acceptable remediation firms include:
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
Hazardous Materials
Removal and Disposal
Advanced Cleanup Technologies, Inc. Carson, CA (800) 334-2284 Ocean Blue Environmental Long Beach, CA (562) 624-4120
Patriot Environmental Services, Inc. Wilmington, CA (800) 624-9136 PSC Industrial Outsourcing Long Beach, CA (562) 997-6000 Specialized Environmental Anaheim, CA (562) 698 9222
Accepted equal with ≥5 years experience
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Survey and field-identify structures, improvements, systems and equipment to be demolished before beginning demolition Work.
1. Field-identify conduit, piping, ductwork, equipment, pads, and improvements to be removed with tags or paint.
2. Schedule walkthrough with City’s Representative to confirm items to be demolished and items to be protected in place are properly identified
3. Notify utility companies in advance and obtain approval before starting demolition.
B. Do not begin demolition until after Work to be demolished is tagged.
C. Arrange and pay for disconnecting, capping and plugging of utility services.
1. Place markers to show location of disconnected services.
2. Ascertain utilities servicing occupied or active portions of surrounding facilities will not be disturbed unless otherwise indicated.
D. Shut off or disconnect utilities affecting demolition Work.
1. Coordinate and schedule shutdowns with City.
2. Notify City 3 Calendar Days in advance of shutdowns required to perform Work. a. City will open/close valves on piping and electrical disconnects required for shutdowns.
3. Where City cannot facilitate proposed duration of outage (8 hour maximum), phase demolition and retrofit Work to allow system or equipment to be reconnected within Cityallotted timeframe or provide temporary power and utility connections as required to maintain service to systems or equipment.
4. Contractor may provide temporary power by portable generator.
E. Coordinate Work with operation and maintenance of existing facilities.
1. If existing facilities cannot be removed from service, perform demolition Work while facility is in operation, using procedures and equipment that do not jeopardize operation or materially reduce efficiency of that facility.
2. Do not begin Work until permission for activities in each area has been granted by City in writing.
3. Complete Work with minimum delay as quickly as possible.
4. When necessary for proper operation or maintenance of portions of facility, reschedule operations so Work will not conflict with required operations or maintenance.
5. Do not interfere with use of adjacent facilities not subject to Work. a. Maintain free and safe passage to and from such facilities. b. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions where needed to limit dust, noise and dirt migration to neighboring properties and occupied portions of adjacent improvements. c. Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 6-22-dp 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition - 5 of 8
6. Provide, erect, and maintain barricades, lighting, guardrails, and protective devices as required to protect adjoining property, occupants, workers, and public safety.
7. Do not store on-site or sell on-site removed items or materials.
8. Do not close or obstruct roadways without permits.
a. Conduct operations to minimize interference to public or private roadways.
F. Where use of cutting torches is anticipated, clear Work area of flammable materials.
1. Maintain portable fire suppression devices nearby throughout flame-cutting.
2. Maintain adequate ventilation throughout flame-cutting G. Prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structures, facilities, utilities, services, sidewalks, driveways, roadways, and trees.
1. Provide and place shoring and bracing.
2. Cease operations and notify City’s Representative immediately when safety of structures appears to be endangered.
a. Take precautions to properly support structure.
b. Do not resume operations until safety is restored.
3. Erect temporary protection including walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways needed to ensure safety of personnel and equipment in proximity to demolition.
4. Assume liability for movement, settlement, or collapse. a. Promptly repair damage.
H. Prior to beginning selective demolition, perform thorough inspection of facility and site.
1. Report to City’s Representative defects and structural damage to or deterioration of existing construction to remain.
I. Protect existing improvements, improvements, and landscaping to remain.
1. Erect visible fencing around drip line of trees or groups of trees to remain.
J. City assumes no responsibility for items scheduled for demolition.
3.2 Demolition
A. Refer to Section 01 73 00 for basic execution requirements.
B. Demolish items as shown on Plans.
1. When a piece of equipment is to be permanently demolished, also remove all ancillary components including wiring, cables, boxes, conduit, solenoids, valves, switches, and instruments.
2. When a piece of equipment is to be modified or replaced, seal or cap existing conduit, piping, or duct penetrations that will not be reused after existing conduit, piping, or ductwork has been removed.
3. Remove unused exposed conduit, piping, ductwork and support systems back to point of concealment including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes.
4. Remove unused wiring back to source or nearest point of usage.
5. Seal electrical equipment and enclosures in manner preserving NEMA rating of equipment and enclosures.
6. Use chutes, hoists, or other devices to convey debris to ground level in controlled descent.
7. Minimize accumulation of debris in adjacent roadways, walkways, work areas, or Owner-occupied areas except where permission from Owner is obtained.
8. Do not use explosives for demolition.
9. Repair adjacent collateral damage to construction and finishes caused by demolition Work.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 6-22-dp 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition - 6 of 8
C. Protect in place electrical and piping systems passing through demolition areas to serve other portions of premises.
D. Demolish foundation walls and below-grade construction extending within 5’ outside footprint of new Work.
1. Fill voids in soil resulting from demolition with suitable soil materials as specified in Section 31 23 00.
2. Repair damage to adjacent improvements caused by demolition.
E. Nonstructural items not shown on Plans for demolition but interfering with (or damaged by) installation of new items, may, at Contractor’s option, and pending acceptance by City’s Representative, be temporarily demolished and replaced following installation of new items subject to the following:
1. Items to be demolished shall not be on a structural load path.
2. Items to be demolished shall not include roofing, decking, trusses, beams, columns, bearing walls, shear diaphragms, connections, or foundations.
3. Non-structural and non-essential items including railings, ladders, supports, piping, conduit, wiring, boxes, lighting fixtures, and other interferences may be removed and shall be replaced with new and similar material pending written permission in advance from City.
F. The following demolition standards shall be followed:
1. Applicable EPA, OSHA, Cal OSHA, and SCAQMD regulations
2. ANSI/ASSE A10.6 Safety and Health Program Requirements for Demolition Operations
3. NFPA 241 Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations
4. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction §300-1 “Clearing and Grubbing”
5. Other applicable building, fire, plumbing, mechanical and electrical code requirements G. Refer variances between above documents and Contract Documents to City’s Representative.
H. Demolished items shown to be removed and disposed of by Contractor shall, upon removal become Contractor’s property and shall be disposed of legally.
1. Adhere to CCR Title 8, §1529, including construction safety orders regulating dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, and gases associated with asbestos.
2. Asbestos removal shall be performed by trained and registered personnel.
3. Control measures may include wet methods, encapsulation, or removal with HEPA-filterequipped vacuums into labeled polyethylene bags.
I. Remediate lead-based paint (LBP) or lead-containing paint (LCP) according to guidelines set up by EPA, OSHA, CalOSHA, South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), and other regulatory agencies. Procedures shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. Lead-based paint removal shall be performed by trained and registered personnel.
2. Notification to California Department of Public Health (CDPH) shall be completed through filing of an Abatement of Lead Hazards Notification CDPH Form 8551.
3. Removal of LBP’s or LBP’s shall be completed by Certified Lead Supervisor or Certified Lead Works as defined by §35008 and §35009 of LBP Regulations respectively.
4. Work shall conform to procedures specified In Chapter 12 Abatement in “Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing” published by United States Department of Housing and Urban Development in June 1995.
5. Encapsulate deteriorating lead paint prior to removal.
6. Lead paint that is intact and not delaminating may be disposed of as construction material as long as it is attached to its original substrate.
7. Non-encapsulated paint chips and debris shall be wet-sanded or scraped, collected and disposed of in accordance with local, state and federal regulations.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 6-22-dp 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition - 7 of 8
8. If paints containing Lead or Chromium must be disturbed or made airborne during Work by activities such as abrasive blasting, welding, cutting or torch burning, provide worker protection in accordance with OSHA Lead in Construction Standard and other applicable regulations.
9. Containment of LBP or LCP shall prevent contamination of non-Work areas with leadcontaminated dust, lead-contaminated soil, or lead-based paint debris.
10. Removal of LBP or LCP materials shall be conducted in accordance with an Abatement Plan prepared by a Certified Lead Supervisor, Certified Lead Project Monitor, or Certified Lead Project Designer.
a. Abatement plan shall encompass requirements specified in §35100(4)(A) of LBP Regulations.
11. Throughout Work, Certified Lead Supervisor shall maintain records of compliance with LBP regulations for City inspection upon request, including:
a. Evidence of notification of CDPH,
b. Maintenance of Abatement Plan shall be retained on-site throughout demolition activities for City review upon request,
12. Demolition activities shall be subject to inspection by CDPH or City to verify compliance with requirements of LBP regulations and Abatement Plan.
13. Following completion of abatement activities, retain services of a Certified Lead Inspector/Assessor or Certified Lead Project Monitor to conduct clearance inspection in accordance with CCR Title 17 Division 1 Chapter 8 §35000a and §36000(c)(3).
14. Submit copy of results of clearance inspection to City and to City Planning Division upon completion of abatement and inspection activities.
15. Legally dispose of paint removed during progress of demolition and Work. a. When paint debris is found to contain >5 ppm lead or hexavalent chromium when tested in accordance with Waste Extraction Test (WET) method of CCR Title 22, it shall be disposed of as hazardous waste.
J. Following remediation, demolition shall occur as follows:
1. Facilities scheduled for demolition shall be removed, salvaged and disposed of as shown in Contract Documents.
a. Remove and dispose of portions of items scheduled for demolition which interfere with project construction.
2. Backfill and compact site areas disturbed by demolition Work with earth or gravel backfill in accordance with Section 31 23 00.
3. Protect work not intended to be removed or salvaged. a. If in opinion of City’s Representative demolition method used may endanger or damage parts of structure or affect satisfactory operation of facilities, promptly change method upon receipt of notification from City’s Representative.
4. No blasting will be permitted.
5. Equipment, material and piping, scheduled for demolition and not required to be salvaged to City shall become Contractor’s property and shall be removed from project site and disposed of legally.
6. Do not reuse material salvaged from demolition Work on this project except where permitted by Contract Documents.
K. Patching and repair shall occur as follows:
1. Patching shall include restoration of surface or item to condition as near as practicable to match existing adjoining surfaces unless otherwise directed.
2. Where patching involves cleaning, painting, special coating, wall covering or other applied finish, clean and refinish entire surface plane, wall or ceiling unless complete refinishing of entire space is required elsewhere.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 6-22-dp 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition - 8 of 8
3. Repair and restore existing improvements to pre-demolition condition.
L. Dispose of removed materials legally and off-site in licensed and City-accepted landfill.
M. Each load for landfill disposal shall be accompanied by manifest verifying hazardous materials were legally disposed of to absolve City of responsibility.
1. Return completed copy of manifest to City after disposal.
3.3 Salvage and Removal of Existing Equipment
A. Refer to Paragraph 1.3 above for list of items to be salvaged, B. Existing equipment, materials, and appurtenances designated to be demolished or removed, and not to be salvaged, shall become property of Contractor, shall be removed from site, and shall be legally disposed of at Contractor’s expense.
C. Clean and relocate salvaged items to plant area designated by City’s Representative.
1. During construction City’s Representative may designate more items to be salvaged whether Contract Documents indicate items are to be salvaged or not.
D. Furnish tools, equipment, material, and supplies, and perform labor required to remove from service, prepare for storage, inventory, package, mark, and deliver to City equipment and/or materials designated as salvage in Contract Documents.
1. Prepare and submit listing of equipment identified for salvage.
2. After equipment is removed, revise and resubmit list to include removal dates, estimated weight, description, and condition of each item.
E. Disassemble and remove equipment carefully to prevent damage.
1. Empty fluids from equipment, and plug openings.
2. Bubble wrap or double box delicate equipment.
3. Box sizes shall be suitable for item to be packed with cushioning material, but without bulge, and shall be minimum 200-lb. test weight, taped on unmade seams using 2" minimum clear 2-mil minimum industrial tape.
4. Provide 48” x 48” pallets with minimum 2”x4” main rails and 1” thick (nominal) cross stiles nailed on both sides of main rails.
5. Bolt larger equipment to wooden pallets.
6. Wrap equipment with waterproof plastic.
7. Prepare individual manifests for each equipment container. a. Insert manifest into clear cover envelope and tape to side of container.
F. Use care in loading and delivering material to prevent damage, splitting and breakage of material. City’s Representative will designate receiving party for salvage material at 1 of following locations:
1. Water Reclamation Facility No. 1
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 1 of 13
SECTION 03 10 00
CONCRETE FORMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Materials, testing, erection and removal of concrete formwork including formwork, bracing, shoring, supports, falsework, and appurtenant Work.
B. Setting of embedded bolts, anchors, pipe sleeves, conduit sleeves, conduit and similar work under direction of respective trades.
C. Design forms and falsework to resist displacement or damage from internal or external vibration.
D. Where not otherwise shown, provide construction joints in concrete at ≤25’ spacing and ≤20’ spacing on average.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
E. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
F. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements G. Section 01 73 00: Execution
H. Section 31 23 00: Excavation and Fill
I. Section 03 15 00: Concrete Accessories
J. Section 03 20 00: Concrete Reinforcing
K. Section 03 30 00: Cast-in-Place Concrete
L. Section 03 39 00: Concrete Curing
M. Section 05 05 19: Post-Installed Concrete Anchors
N. Section 09 90 00: Painting and Coating
1.3 Definitions
A. The following definitions apply:
1. Construction Joints: Joints where fresh concrete is placed against a hardened concrete surface.
2. Contraction Joints: Joints similar to construction joints except hardened surface of 1st placement is coated with bond-breaker to prevent bonding with fresh concrete.
3. Expansion Joints: Joints allowing concrete to expand freely by providing gaps between adjacent placements, obtained by placing filler joint material against 1st placement, which acts as form for 2nd placement.
4. Control Joints (Weakened Plane Joints): Joints providing reduced thickness through form inserts or sawcuts at strategic locations to encourage shrinkage and temperature cracks to occur in a planned and orderly fashion.
1.4 System Description
A. Furnish and install concrete formwork including appurtenant structural, or mechanical mountings or connections required for compliance with applicable building codes and standards.
B. Design, construct and maintain safe forms, shoring and falsework in accordance with OSHA regulations.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 2 of 13
C. Forms, shoring and falsework shall:
1. Confine concrete ingredients including water, sand and cement while placing concrete,
2. Confine concrete to required lines, grades and construction tolerances.
3. Provide safe working environment in accordance with OSHA regulations.
4. Support dead loads and live loads plus superimposed construction loads including equipment, stored materials, personnel, impact loads form falling concrete or other materials, foundation pressures repetitive stress loads from vibrating concrete, and other vertical and lateral loads during construction.
5. Be of sufficient number and area to allow construction to proceed on schedule.
6. Upon removal, leave concrete with nontoxic, clean, dry surface, free from ridges, fins, offsets, deflection marks, or similar defects.
a. Surface shall be in condition that can be finished by Contractor as required by Contract Documents.
D. If adequate foundation for shores cannot be secured, provide truss supports.
E. Forms, shoring and falsework failing to provide above functions shall be removed from jobsite immediately at no additional cost to City.
F. Cap protruding reinforcement bars for worker protection in accordance with applicable safety codes.
1.5 Quality Assurance
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen trained and experienced in necessary trades and crafts and completely familiar with specified requirements and methods for proper performance of Work of this section.
B. Design of structures shown on drawings includes no allowance for imposed construction loads.
C. Provide forms, shoring and falsework of suitable material and of type, size, shape, quality, and strength to withstand dead loads and live loads plus imposed loads during construction.
D. Formwork shall conform to CCR Title 8 §1717 and ACI 347R, except as exceeded by requirements of other regulatory agencies or as otherwise shown.
E. Tolerances of formwork shall conform to ACI 117.
1. Failure of finished concrete work to meet tolerances shall be remedied at Contractor’s expense.
F. Form surfaces shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, and holes that might deface finished surfaces.
G. Forms shall be mortar-tight, and sufficiently rigid to resist deflection during concrete placement.
H. Thoroughly clean previously used forms of dirt, mortar, and foreign matter before reuse.
1. Remove dirt, chips, sawdust, nails, laitance, and foreign matter from forms before placing concrete.
1.6 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ACI 117 Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials
2. ACI 301 Structural Concrete
3. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
4. ACI 347R Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork
5. APA H330G APA Source List
6. ASTM A36 Structural Steel
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 3 of 13
7. ASTM C470 Molds for Forming Concrete Test Cylinders Vertically
8. California Building Code (CBC)
9. California Division of Occupational Health and Safety Construction Safety Orders
10. NLMA Design Specifications for Stress-Grade Lumber and its Fastenings
11. U.S. Product Standard PS1 Construction and Industrial Plywood Concrete Forms, Class 1
12. U.S. Product Standard PS20 American Softwood Lumber Standard
13. SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §303-1 Concrete Structures”
14. WCLIB Standard Grading and Dressing Rules No 16 of West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
15. WWPA Standard Grading Rules for Western Lumber
1.7 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals.
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
DRAWINGS
Working Drawings -
Falsework
At least 30 days before form fabrication, submit Working Drawings bearing stamp of registered professional civil or structural engineer for falsework, formwork, and vertical shoring per Working Drawing requirements.
Show size, number, and locations of cleanouts at form bottoms.
Show panel sizes and panel joint locations in Class A and Class B forms.
Working Drawings for falsework shall coordinate with drawings required by Section 03 30 00.
Minimum Design Criteria shall conform to design criteria shown below, taken from SSPWC §303-1.6
DESIGN LOADS
Tunnel Centering 100% of concrete load where concrete is placed by pneumatic process
Live Load – Other Structures 30 psf per ft2 horizontal area Transverse Loading for Longitudinal
Bracing
2% of vertical load
MINIMUM UNIT STRESSES FOR FALSEWORK (USED MATERIAL)
Axial Tension and Bending 1,400 psi
Compression Perpendicular to Grain 350 psi
End Grain Bearing 1,300 psi
Shear Parallel to Grain 125 psi
Timber Columns S(psi) =1300 (1-L/60d)
Where d= least dimension of column in
inches and
d= least dimension of column in inches
L = Unbraced length of column
L/d ≤ 50 for bracing
L/d ≤ 30 for main members
If Contractor furnishes new grade-marked material for falsework, allowable unit stresses shall be those recommended in WWPA Standard Grading Rules increased 25% for short-term loading.
Falsework may be bolted or spiked at Contractor’s option but use of bolts or spikes shall not be combined in same connection.
Refer to NLMA Design Specifications for Stress-Grade Lumber and its Fastenings (increased 25% for short-term loading) for connection strengths of bolts or spikes.
Tie ends of columns bearing on wedges in both directions by girts.
Show construction and expansion joints placement and for sequence of forming and concrete placing operations per structural Shop Drawing requirements. .
Show conduit, piping and other wall penetrations per structural Shop Drawing requirements.
MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE
Product Data Submit for form ties, taper tie plugs (if used), spreaders, corner formers, form coatings, form gaskets related work per Product Data requirements.
Submit for traveler forms used for cast-in-place reinforced concrete box (RCB).
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 4 of 13
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
Submit for form liners.
Include dimensional data and photograph of finished appearance
SAMPLES
Material Samples Submit for textured formliners
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Engineering
Calculations
Submit for falsework, formwork and vertical shoring per Engineering Calculations requirements.
Calculations shall include statement from preparing engineer certifying falsework, formwork and vertical shoring design meets or exceeds design requirements of Cal OSHA Construction Safety Orders including Subchapter 4 Article 29 §1717, “Falsework and Vertical Shoring” and design criteria above taken from SSPWC §303-1.6 B. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for definition of requirements for Working Drawings, Product Data, and Engineering Calculations.
C. Maintain copy of accepted Shop Drawings on site throughout concrete placing operations.
1.8 Delivery, Storage, and Handling
A. Refer to Sections 01 65 00 and 01 66 00 for delivery, storage, and handling requirements.
B. Strictly follow Manufacturer’s instructions and warranty requirements for delivery, storage, and handling of concrete formwork.
A. Cover and protect forms to prevent surface damage or deterioration which might cause unsatisfactory appearance or condition in finished concrete.
1.9 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Acceptable Manufacturers include:
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
FORM MATERIALS
Plywood Use BB-Plyform, Medium Density Overlay(MDO), or High-Density Overlay (HDO) products from APA
member-mill Manufacturers listed in APA Source List.
Reusable and Washoff Forms for Site
Concrete
Labrado – wash off Dana Point, CA (949) 830-9464
L M Scofield Company “Lascolite” - reusable Los Angeles, CA (800) 800-9900 Accepted equal
FORM TIE SYSTEMS
Form Ties Burke / Edoco (Penta-Tie System) Long Beach, CA (310) 834-3401 Dayton Superior Richmond Screw Anchor Company
(Snap Tys)
Miamisburg, OH (888) 977-9600
Dywidag Systems International Long Beach, CA (562) 529-2109 Simpson Strong Tie Company Riverside, CA (714) 871-8373 Accepted equal
Tie Hole Filler Select Products Select Bond GP3000
Accepted equal
Taper Tie Hole Plugs Dayton Superior A58 “Sure-Plug” Miamisburg, OH (888) 977-9600 Sika Concrete Restoration Systems Sika XPlug Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 933-7452 Accepted equal
Plug Adhesive Sika Concrete Restoration Systems SikaDur 35, Hi-Mod LV
Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 933-7452
Accepted equal
MATERIALS PLACED AGAINST FORMS
Form Liners Fitzgerald Formliners Santa Ana, CA (714) 547-6710 DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 5 of 13
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
U S Formliner / Reckli Bogart, GA (706) 549-6787
Accepted equal
Bond Breakers Dayton Superior “Sure-Lift” Miamisburg, OH (888) 977-9600 Silcoseal NoxCrete Products Omaha, NE (402) 341-2080
Accepted equal
Concrete Form
Release Agents
GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied Technologies
“Pieri®”
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
W R Meadows Sealtight Duogard® Hampshire, IL (800) 342-5976 Accepted equal
Form Coatings GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied Technologies “Formfilm”
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
Sika Chemical Corporation “Antisot” Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 325-9504 Sonneborn / BASF “Form-Saver” Shakopee, MN (800) 433-9517 Accepted equal
2.2 Materials
A. Unless expressly accepted by City’s Representative, lumber brought used for forms, shoring, or bracing shall be new surfaced material of grade shown on accepted Shop Drawings.
1. Forms shall have sufficient rigidity to maintain concrete dimensions within permissible tolerances.
2. Form surfaces, other than formliners, shall be smooth, and provide surface at least equal to plywood.
3. Form surfaces shall be non-porous.
4. Do not use badly checked or warped lumber.
B. City’s Representative may permit rejected lumber or plywood to be used on formwork for concrete surfaces to be completely enclosed or buried.
C. Remove concrete formwork containing arsenic or other toxic materials from jobsite and dispose of off-site.
D. Materials for formwork shall be:
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Forms for Curbs and Coping Wood Thickness ≥1½”
Width ≥ full depth of curb or coping
Class II Forms for Work ≥1’
Below Grade
Metal Oiled forms.
Plywood Oiled forms, free from large or loose knots
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 6 of 13
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Smooth-Planed
Boards
Oiled forms, free from large or loose knots
Tongue-and-Groove or Ship-lap joints
All Other Forms Steel Panels or
Tongue-and-Groove
Lumber
Design per ACI 347R
Provide rubber grommets where ties pass through steel
forms to prevent loss of cement paste.
Plywood Conform to PS1 Class 1 Exterior B-B Plyform or better Edge-sealed but not mill-oiled
Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine plywood manufactured especially for formwork.
Thickness ≥ ⅝” with stud spacing ≤12” center-to-center and close enough to prevent deflection marks.
Thickness ≤ ⅝” may only be used with continuous backing of ¾” sheeting.
Use new forms at start of Work for concrete exposed to view, and replace as directed.
Refer to Paragraph 3.3 herein for finish requirements.
Coat or treat sheathing to prevent chemical deterioration or discoloring of formed concrete surfaces
Form Ties, Clamps or Bolts Metal Rods or Bolts Of sufficient strength and quantity to prevent spreading or sagging of forms.
Terminate embedded rods ≥1” inside formed concrete face.
Ties for walls in contact with backfill or water shall have waterstop shields ≥3” diameter
Do not use snap ties which cause spalling of concrete upon form stripping or tie removal.
Do not use twisted-wire loop ties to hold forms in position.
Do not use wooden spreaders
Form Ties with Removable
Cones
Metal Rods or Bolts
Plastic Cones
Plastic removable-cone-type.
Do not use snap ties which cause spalling of concrete upon form stripping or tie removal.
Ties for walls in contact with backfill or water shall have integral waterstop shields ≥3” diameter
Cone diameter ≤1”
Temporary Anchors Epoxy-AdhesiveType
Refer to Section 05 05 19
Do not use powder-actuated fasteners, expansion bolt
anchors, bolts or nails driven into drilled holes, or lead anchors.
E. The following product design criteria, options and accessories are required:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Tolerances Allowable Deviations Refer to Paragraph 3.3 Field Quality Control
Chamfers and Fillets Chamfers Provide ¾” chamfer on exterior corners except where otherwise shown.
Fillets Do not provide fillets on reentrant corners except where shown.
Form Ties Holes Form ties shall leave holes of regular shape for reaming.
Design Provide with plastic cone or other means of forming conical hole to ensure form tie may be broken off back of concrete face.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 7 of 13
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Removable Taper
Ties
May be used if accepted by City’s Representative.
Insert preformed neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug
(sized to seat at wall center) in hole left by taper tie removal.
Form Liners Simulated CMU
Design
Modular Size, Finish
and Color
Split-face unless otherwise shown on plans.
Color = dark earth tone / sand.
Submit sample to City’s Representative for confirmation Form Coating Acceptable Materials Non-grainraising, non-staining resin or polymer type coating Unacceptable
Materials
Coatings leaving residual matter on concrete surface.
Coatings adversely affecting concrete bonding to paint, plaster, mortar, protective coatings, waterproofing or other applied materials.
Coatings containing mineral oils, paraffins, waxes, or other nondrying ingredients.
Unacceptable
Materials against
Surfaces Contacting
Potable Water
Any toxic or partially toxic materials
Form Joint Sealers Design Resilient foam rubber strips, non-hardening plastic type caulking compound free of oil.
Alternate Design Waterproof pressure sensitive plastic tape of minimum 8-mil thickness and 2” width.
Form Tie Hole Filling Use rubber plugs, plastic caulking compound or equal F. Unit stresses for falsework design shall be:
PARAMETER VALUE
Axial Tension and Bending 1400 psi
Compression Perpendicular to Grain 350 psi
End Grain Bearing 1300 psi
Shear Parallel to Grain 125 psi
Timber Columns
(L= unbraced column length, d= least-side column dimension,) Spsi=1300 (1-L/60d)
L/d ≤30 for main members
L/d ≤50 for bracing
Allowable spacings and construction values of bolts or spikes shall conform to NLMA recommendations except additional 25% allowance for temporary use may be added to design values.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Make field measurements needed to install concrete formwork before submitting shop drawings or ordering.
1. Make minor changes in dimensions and alignments as needed to avoid utilities or structural conflicts.
B. Install plumb and string lines before placing concrete and maintain throughout concrete placement.
C. Set pipe stubs, wall sleeves, anchor bolts and other embedded Work in forms where required before placing concrete.
1. Use templates to maintain anchor bolts in position during concrete placing.
D. Place embedded items as follows:
1. Locate embedded items so as not to reduce strength of construction.
2. Provide inserts and hangers for piping and electrical Work.
3. Provide sleeves and openings through floors and walls to accommodate piping and conduits.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 8 of 13
a. Sleeves shall be rigidly supported and packed and sealed to prevent ingress of wet concrete.
b. Provide spacers to prevent movement of embedded sleeves, piping, or conduit. c. If inserts, sleeves, hangers or supports are improperly placed or installed, Contractor shall do necessary Work at their expense to rectify misplacement.
4. No embedded item (parallel to surface) shall have outside diameter >⅓ of slab or wall thickness.
5. Place embedded items parallel to surface in middle ⅓ of slab or wall between top or interior reinforcing steel and bottom or exterior reinforcing steel.
6. Embedded items shall not be spaced closer than 3 diameters on center. a. Diameter shall be taken as largest outside diameter of embedded item.
7. Embedded items shall be supported independently from reinforcing steel in manner preventing metallic contact and electrolytic deterioration.
8. Walls or slabs ≤4½” thick shall have no embedded items (parallel to surface) other than conduit.
9. For corrosion protection, place embedded metallic items to provide ≥2” clearance between embedded metallic items and concrete reinforcement. a. Do not secure embedded items in place by wiring or welding to reinforcement.
10. Place supplemental reinforcing around openings as required.
E. Affix wood grade strips, or V-grooves to forms where shown, to define limits between successive concrete placements.
F. Do not construct forms continuously, except for battered or sloped surfaces.
1. Remove and reset forms for each lift.
2. Sheathing of reset forms shall not overlap previously placed concrete by >1”.
3. Tighten forms against hardened concrete so forms will not spread and permit loss of concrete or cause abrupt irregularities.
4. Use supplementary bolts and form ties as needed to secure reset forms against hardened concrete.
G. Build forms for sloped or battered concrete surfaces so sheathing can be placed board-byboard or panel-by-panel immediately ahead of concrete placement to facilitate access for concrete placement, vibration and inspection.
1. Construct sheathing so sheathing can be removed, board-by-board, from bottom up.
2. Form surfaces of construction joints and finished surfaces with slopes >5 horizontal to 1 vertical as required herein.
H. Clean forms and embedments before placing concrete.
1. Remove encrusted dirt, concrete, mortar or grout from forms or embedments.
2. Treat form surfaces with release agents acceptable to City’s Representative before using forms.
3. Remove excess lubricant before placing concrete.
4. Keep lubricant off surfaces of steel reinforcement and embedded items.
I. Verify proper placement of forms before and during concrete placement.
1. Use plumb-bobs, known offsets, and other measurements as needed to detect formwork movement and verify specified tolerances are attained.
3.2 Installation
A. Refer to Section 01 73 00 for basic execution and installation requirements.
B. Furnish and install concrete formwork at locations shown on Plans and Submittals.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 9 of 13
C. The following installation standards shall be followed:
1. Applicable OSHA and Cal OSHA regulations
2. Applicable building code requirements
3. Manufacturer’s installation and warranty requirements D. Refer variances between above documents and Contract Documents to City’s Representative.
E. Install concrete formwork to tolerances recommended by Manufacturer and as described below to meet tolerances shown under Paragraph 3.3 “Field Quality Control.”
1. Unless otherwise shown, install concrete formwork true, plumb and level using precision gauges and levels.
F. Construct formwork as follows:
1. Place plywood with grain of outer plies in direction of span.
2. Construct forms so form marks conform to general lines of structure.
3. Place panels in neat, symmetrical pattern with horizontal joints level and continuous.
4. Construct forms so portions may be removed for finishing without disturbing portions of forms to remain in place.
5. Form around construction joints as follows:
a. Where construction joints are required, provide pre-molded expansion joint material with edge at appropriate set-back from adjacent finished concrete surface and with lightly tapered, dressed, and oiled wood strip secured or placed at edge during concrete placement.
b. Wood strip shall subsequently be removed to form space for joint sealant. c. Fill joints with accepted quick-setting compound and finish flush with form interior d. Where feasible, provide sleeve-type dowels to maintain alignment of adjacent slab or wall elements.
e. Refer to Section 03 15 00 for water-stop requirements.
6. Place chamfer strips with ¾” leg dimensions in form corners for exposed exterior corners to produce beveled edges.
7. Do not bevel interior corners and edges at formed joints unless otherwise shown.
8. Forms and form joints shall be tight and shall not leak mortar or paste. a. Use closed-cell rubber or synthetic polymer foam strips under base plates of wall forms.
b. Foam strips shall butt against adjacent strips to prevent loss of mortar or paste. c. Foam strips shall be ≥4” wide and ≥¾” thick.
9. Do not fasten form ties to reinforcing steel or embedded parts.
10. Form coatings shall not contact reinforcing steel or concrete surfaces on which additional concrete or bonded coatings will be placed.
11. Form vertical surfaces except where concrete placement against earth is shown.
12. For members of limited height, where character of ground is such it can be trimmed to required lines and stand securely without caving or sloughing throughout concrete placement, City’s Representative may permit placing concrete against earth at Contractor’s risk.
a. Should ground fail during concrete placement for reasons including weather or natural or manmade causes, remove concrete in areas of earth failure and reconstruct with forms and new concrete.
13. Where concrete is permitted to be placed against trimmed ground in lieu of forms, add ≥1” thickness of additional concrete to face of concrete being formed against earth.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 10 of 13
14. Where taper ties are accepted for use, larger end of taper tie shall be on wet side of walls in structures retaining water or groundwater
15. Secure gaskets at bottom of wall forms before placing concrete.
16. Provide adequate cleanout holes at bottom of each lift of forms.
17. Provide form windows where concrete cannot be placed from top of wall in manner that meets contract document requirements.
18. Quantity and dimensions of cleanout holes and form windows shall be subject to acceptance by City’s Representative.
G. Make Concrete construction joints only where shown on Contract Documents and accepted Shop Drawings or accepted in writing by City’s Representative.
1. When 2nd lift is placed on hardened concrete, ensure quantities, locations, and tightness of form ties prevents unsatisfactory effects on finished concrete.
H. Before placing concrete, treat inside surfaces of forms with accepted form-release agent.
1. Form release agent shall be non-staining and leave no objectionable film on form surface that can be absorbed by concrete.
2. For steel forms, form release agent shall prevent concrete discoloration due to rust.
3. Form release agent shall be nontoxic after 30 days.
4. Do not deposit form-release agent on previously placed concrete.
I. Contractor shall assume risks involved in form removal.
1. Minimum times shown herein are based on optimum field conditions, temperatures and concrete mixtures.
2. In no case shall forms be removed on load-bearing members until cylinder tests demonstrate to Contractor’s satisfaction concrete has reached sufficient strength to withstand expected dead loads and field loads during construction.
J. Where admixtures, fly ash, supplementary cementitious materials, or other cement types are used, do not remove forms until concrete cylinder strengths are >3000 psi, or specified values, whichever is less.
K. Minimum elapsed times prior to formwork and falsework removal shall be:
APPLICATION LOCATION CEMENT TYPE MINIMUM TIME BEFORE
FORM REMOVAL
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES
Miscellaneous Structures Forms Supporting Direct Loads or Resisting Bending Stress
Type II, II/V, or V 7 days
Curb Forms Type II, II/V, or V Remove in time to permit finishing after concrete has
set sufficiently to keep its
shape
Stairway Forms Type II, II/V, or V Remove and complete
finish on day concrete is
placed.
Install stairway treads
immediately after placing
steps
STANDARD STRUCTURES
Catch Basins Outside Forms and Inside Wall
Forms not Supporting Top Slab
Type II, II/V, III, or V 16 hours
Top Slab Forms Type II, II/V, or V 48 hours
Type III 24 hours
Transition Structures Outside Forms and Inside Wall
Forms not Supporting Top Slab
Type II, II/V, III, or V 16 hours
Top Slab Forms Remove when f’c>20x(span
length in feet)+1000
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 11 of 13
L. Arrange to cure and protect concrete immediately following form removal.
M. Remove forms not permitted to remain in place and clean concrete surfaces of loose material.
3.3 Field Quality Control
A. Allow City’s Representative and special inspectors to inspect formwork before and during concrete placement.
B. Obtain City’s Representative’s acceptance of formwork before placing concrete.
C. Monitor plumb and string line positions continually throughout concrete placement and correct deficiencies immediately.
D. Special inspection and field testing required by Chapter 17 of CBC (Table 1705.3) shall be completed by ICC-certified special inspector selected by City and shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST TEST
PAID FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR BY
Concrete
Formwork
Shape, Location
and Dimensions
of Item Being
Formed
ACI 318 6.1.1, and
paragraph F below
Periodic per CBC
Table 1705.3
City Contractor to
reimburse City
for costs of
first deputy
inspector if reinspection is
required
E. Additional field testing shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST TEST
PAID FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR BY
Formwork
and
Finished
Concrete
Tolerance of
Finished
Concrete Work
As described below and
ACI 117
Take measurements before
formwork removal.
Manometer survey may be
required for horizontal slabs
to demonstrate compliance
Inspection at City’s
discretion (may
occur after
concrete is in
place except shall
occur before
removing forms for
beams and slabs.)
Contractor City
F. Tolerances of finished concrete shall be:
ITEM TOLERANCE
FOOTINGS
Variation in Footing Width at Base +2”, - ½” for formed footings +3”, - ½” for footings ≤2’-wide cast against soil
+6”, - ½” for footings >2’ and ≤6’-wide cast against soil +12”, - ½” for footings >6’-wide cast against soil
Variation in Footing Depth at Base -5% of specified depth No upper limit
Variation in Top of Footing Supporting Masonry ±½”
Variation in Top of Footing Not Supporting Masonry +½” -2” Variation in Relative Alignment of Footing Top or Sides ±1” from level or string line Variation in Position of Center of Gravity ≤0.02 x width and ≤2” SLABS
Variation in Slab Horizontal Dimensions ±1”
Variation in Slab Locations of Sawcuts, Joints, and Weakened Plane Embedments
±1”
±¾” relative to adjacent columns
Variation from Level or from Grades Shown ±¼” in 10’
±½” in 20’
≤¾” over entire slab
Variation in Thickness of Slabs -¼”
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 12 of 13
ITEM TOLERANCE
+½”
CAST WALLS
Variation from Plumb Exterior Walls, and Control Joints Exposed to View
±¼” in 10’
±½” in 20’
Variation from Plumb Interior Walls ±⅜” in 10’
±½” in 20’
Variation in Thickness of Walls -¼”
+¾”
STEPS
Variation in Concrete Step Dimensions Rise ±⅛”
Run ±¼”
Total Run (All Steps) ±¼”
OPENINGS
Variation in Locations of Other Slab and Wall Openings ±½” Variation in Sizes of Other Slab and Wall Openings ±¼”
OFFSETS FOR ADJACENT PIECES OF FORMWORK
Walls and Slabs Class B ±¼”
APPURTENANCES
Variation in Locations of Embedded Bolt Settings ±¼” or equipment Manufacturer’s tolerance, whichever is stricter
3.4 Adjusting and Cleaning
A. Remove forms taking care not to damage concrete.
1. Contractor shall remedy damage from improper or premature form removal at their sole expense.
2. Do not use stay-in-place formwork.
a. Remove forms.
3. No heavy loading on green concrete will be permitted.
4. Do not disturb formwork until concrete has hardened, and in no case <24 hours after concrete placement.
5. Forms supporting non-load-bearing vertical members, including walls and columns shall remain in place ≥2 days.
6. Forms supporting roof slabs and above-ground beams or floor slabs shall remain in place for ≥14 days and until test cylinders for supported concrete show tested concrete has attained 90% of specified 28-day compressive strength, and meets the other requirements of ACI 301.
7. In addition, forms supporting roof slabs and above-ground beams or floor slabs shall remain in place and until test cylinders for slabs, panels, walls, columns, and supporting members adjacent to that item show tested concrete has attained 90% of specified 28- day compressive strength.
8. Forms for items of Work not mentioned herein shall remain in place for time periods determined by City’s Representative.
9. Do not apply construction, equipment or permanent loads on columns, supported slabs or supported beams until concrete in load path to foundation has attained 28-day design compressive strength.
10. Time to reach 90% of specified 28-day compressive strength shall be established by City’s Representative based on test cylinders taken for this purpose.
11. Provide advance notice to City’s Representative of Contractor’s intent to remove forms.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming - 13 of 13
12. After City’s Representative accepts forms for removal, promptly remove them, taking care to prevent concrete damage.
13. Defective concrete revealed by form removal, or concrete damaged during form removal shall be immediately repaired while concrete is still green.
14. Refer to Section 03 30 00 for concrete repair procedures.
15. Immediately after removing forms, wet concrete surfaces and keep surface moist until curing procedures begin.
16. Refer to Section 03 39 00 for concrete curing requirements.
B. Remove form ties as follows:
1. No form-tying device or part thereof other than metal shall be left embedded in concrete.
2. Do not remove ties in such manner as to leave hole extending through interior of concrete members.
3. Where metal rods extend through concrete to support or strengthen forms, rods shall remain embedded and shall terminate ≥1” back from formed face or faces of concrete,
4. Where taper ties are removed, ream holes left by removal of form tie cones with suitably toothed reamers.
a. Finished surface of holes shall be clean and roughened for bond before being filled with mortar.
5. A precast neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug shall be placed at wall centerline. a. Hole shall then be completely filled with non-shrink or regular cement grout for above grade walls that are dry on both sides.
6. Exposed faces of walls and ceilings, and floors shall have outer 2” of exposed face filled with cement grout matching color and texture of surrounding wall surface.
C. Forms may be reused only if in good condition and if acceptable to City’s Representative.
1. Lightly sand form faces between uses to obtain uniform surface texture on exposed concrete surfaces.
2. Plug or fill residual tie rod holes with metal caps or other methods accepted by City’s Representative.
3. Thoroughly clean form before reuse.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 15 00 –Concrete Accessories - 1 of 8
SECTION 03 15 00
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Materials, testing, and installation of water-stops and construction joints for concrete and masonry work.
B. Refer to the following sections for Work not covered herein.
1. Section 03 10 00 for requirements for construction joint spacing requirements.
2. Section 03 30 00 for requirements for cold joints.
3. Section 05 05 19 for cast-in-concrete and retrofitted anchor bolts.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
E. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
F. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements G. Section 01 73 00: Execution
H. Section 03 10 00: Concrete Forming
I. Section 03 20 00: Concrete Reinforcing
J. Section 03 30 00: Cast-in-Place Concrete
K. Section 05 05 19: Post-Installed Concrete Anchors
L.
1.3 System Description
A. Furnish and install concrete accessories where shown, including water-stop and construction joint materials.
B. Refer to Section 03 10 00 for definitions of varieties of concrete joints.
1. Provide construction joints in water-bearing or chemical containment structures with water-stop and/or sealant groove of shape indicated.
2. Provide contraction joints in water-bearing or chemical containment structures with water-stop and/or sealant groove of shape indicated.
a. Stop slab reinforcement 4½” from contraction joints, which shall be provided with sleeve-type dowels, to allow shrinkage of newly-placed concrete.
3. Provide expansion joints in water bearing members with center-bulb type waterstops.
1.4 Quality Assurance
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen trained and experienced in necessary trades and crafts and completely familiar with specified requirements and methods for proper performance of Work of this section.
B. City testing of materials may include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Water-Stop Material
properties listed
below
See ASTM Standards listed below as directed City using
sample
submitted
Contractor
1.5 References
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 15 00 –Concrete Accessories - 2 of 8
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings Chapter 8.
2. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
3. ASTM D41 Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing, and Waterproofing
4. ASTM D43 Coal Tar Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing, and Waterproofing
5. ASTM D412 Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers—Tension
6. ASTM D624 Tear Testing for Rubber and Elastomers
7. ASTM D638 Tensile Properties of Plastics
8. ASTM D746 Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact
9. ASTM D747 Apparent Bending Modulus of Plastics by Means of a Cantilever Beam
10. ASTM D792 Density and Specific Gravity
11. ASTM D1149 Rubber Deterioration—Cracking in an Ozone Controlled Environment
12. ASTM D2240 Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness
13. California Building Code (CBC)
14. NSF/ANSI 61 Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects
15. US Army Corps of Engineers CRD-C572 Polyviny-lchloride Water-stop
1.6 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals:
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
DRAWINGS
Working Drawings Show locations of construction joints.
For water-bearing or chemical containment structures or on request, submit water-stop placement drawings.
Show location and type of joints for each structure.
MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE
Product Data Submit for water stops and other accessories per Product Data requirements.
Installation Instructions Submit for accessories per Installation Instructions requirements.
Show methods and equipment proposed for joint cleanup and waste disposal.
SAMPLES
Materials Samples Submit water-stop samples, including extruded or molded sections of each size or shape used.
Also submit samples of fabricated mitered cross and tee constructed of each size and shape of material to be fabricated into crosses or tees.
City’s Representative may randomly select fabricated joint samples for testing.
Prepare construction joint sealant adhesion and cohesion test specimens at intervals of 5 working days while sealants are being installed.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Certificate of Compliance At least 24 hours before placing concrete, submit certification from each trade having embedded items in concrete to be placed stating embedded items for each trade are properly located, placed and braced.
Submit current test reports and written certification material to be shipped to job meets physical requirements of CRD-C572 and other requirements listed herein.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
Warranty Furnish 1-year warranty from date of final acceptance B. In addition to requirements of ACI, refer to Section 01 33 00 for definition of requirements for Product Data, Installation Instructions, and Certificates of Compliance.
1.7 Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Refer to Sections 01 65 00 and 01 66 00 for delivery storage and handling requirements.
B. Strictly follow Manufacturer’s instruction and warranty requirements for delivery, storage and handling of concrete accessories.
C. Storage of materials shall conform to requirements of ACI 301.
D. Store materials to prevent damage by moisture or breakage.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 15 00 –Concrete Accessories - 3 of 8
1. Store water-stops to facilitate circulation of air around water-stop material.
E. Do not use aluminum embedments in concrete.
1.8 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
1.9 Unit Prices
A. Payment for Work in this section shall be included as part of lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Acceptable Manufacturers include:
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
CRACK CONTROL STRIPS
Plastic Crack-Control Strips BoMetals, Inc. Carrolton, GA (770) 832-2000 Accepted equal
WATERSTOPS
Hydrophilic (Swelling)
Water-Stops
CETCO Water-stop-RX® Hoffman Estates, IL (800) 527-9948 Durajoint Concrete Accessories Garrettsville, OH (888) 833-8308 Sika Greenstreak Swellstop Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 325-9504 Sika Greenstreak Hydrotite Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 325-9504 Accepted equal
Hydrophilic Water-Stop
Primer Adhesive
Use same Manufacturer as for Hydrophilic Waterstops
PVC Water-Stops (Flatstrip
and Centerbulb Styles)
BoMetals, Inc. Carrolton, GA (770) 832-2000
Durajoint Concrete Accessories Garrettsville, OH (888) 833-8308 J.P Specialties, Inc. Earth Shield® Murietta, CA (800) 821-3859 Kirkhill Rubber Company Brea, CA (714) 529-4901
Progress Unlimited, Inc. Lynbrook, NY (516) 593-4142
Sika Greenstreak Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 325-9504
Vinylex Corp. Knoxville, TN (800) 845-1417
W R Meadows Sealtight® Hampshire, IL (800) 342-5976
Accepted equal
PVC Water-Stops (MultiRib Styles)
J.P Specialties, Inc. Earth Shield® Murietta, CA (800) 821-3859 Progress Unlimited, Inc. Lynbrook, NY (516) 593-4142
Accepted equal
TPER Water-Stops for
Chemical Containment
Durajoint Concrete Accessories Garrettsville, OH (888) 833-8308 J.P Specialties, Inc. Murietta, CA (800) 821-3859
Sika Westec TPE-R® Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 325-9504
Accepted equal
Water-Stops for Retrofit CETCO Water-stop-RX® Hoffman Estates, IL (800) 527-9948 J.P Specialties, Inc. Murietta, CA (800) 821-3859
Sika Hydrotite Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 325-9504
Accepted equal
Water-Stops, Stainless
Steel
J.P Specialties, Inc. Murietta, CA (800) 821-3859
Accepted equal
2.2 Materials
A. Refer to Section 01 61 00 for basic requirements for products and materials.
B. Materials for concrete accessories for facilities not in contact with potable water shall be:
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
CRACK CONTROL STRIPS
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 15 00 –Concrete Accessories - 4 of 8
Plastic Crack-Control
Strips (Zip Strips)
Virgin Poly-VinylChloride Compound
JOINT SEALANTS
Asphalt Paint Asphalt Conform to ASTM D41 or ASTM D43
Pre-Molded Joint Filler,
Sub-Caulking, or Backing
Rod for Self-Leveling
Sealants
Extruded, Closed-Cell,
Polyethylene Foam
Refer to Section 07 92 00.
Preformed Expansion
Joint Filler for Concrete
(Bituminous)
Refer to Section 07 92 00.
Non-Extruding and
Resilient Filler
(Bituminous)
Refer to Section 07 92 00.
Pre-Molded Joint Filler –
Non-Water Holding
Structures
Neoprene Sponge or
Polyurethane
Refer to Section 07 92 00.
Joint Sealant Primer Conform to sealant Manufacturer’s recommendations.
Plane Horizontal Joints
Self-Leveling 2-
Component
Polyurethane
Refer to Section 07 92 00
Joint Sealant - Water-stop
Conform to ASTM C920 Class 25 Grade P
Vertical and Overhead
Surfaces
Non-Sag 2-Component
Polyurethane
Refer to Section 07 92 00
Joint Sealant - Water-stop
Conform to ASTM C920 Class 25 Grade NS
WATERSTOPS
PVC Water-Stops Virgin Poly-VinylChloride Sheet Material Uniform in dimensions, dense, homogeneous, free from porosity conforming to the following:
Tensile Strength (ASTM D412 or
D638 Type IV)
≥1,750 psi
Accelerated Extraction (CRD
C572) Tensile Strength (ASTM
D412 or D638 Type IV)
≥1,500 psi
Finish Water-stop Tensile Strength
(ASTM D412 or D638 Type IV)
≥1,400 psi
Ultimate Elongation (ASTM D412
or D638 Type IV)
≥300%
Accelerated Extraction (CRD
C572) Ultimate Elongation (ASTM
D412 or D638 Type IV)
≥300%
Finish Water-stop Ultimate
Elongation (ASTM D412 or D638
Type IV)
≥280%
Shore A Hardness (ASTM D2240) 75 ± 5
Specific Gravity (ASTM D792) ≥1.30
Stiffness in Flexure (ASTM D747) ≥600 psi
Tear Resistance (ASTM D624) ≥225 pli
Cold Brittleness (ASTM D746) ≤-35°F
Ozone Resistance (ASTM D1149) Pass
Water Adsorption – 48 hours
(ASTM D570)
≤0.150%
Effects of Alkalis – (CRD C572)
Change in Weight
+0.25 to -0.10 %
Effects of Alkalis – (CRD C572)
Change in Durometer Shore A
Hardness (ASTM D2240)
≤+5%
C. The following product design criteria, options and accessories are required:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
CRACK CONTROL STRIPS
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 15 00 –Concrete Accessories - 5 of 8
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Plastic Crack-Control
Strips (Zip Strips)
Design 2-part assembly designed to permit removal of top portion after concrete has hardened, creating clean, neatly defined joint groove for application of caulk or sealant as specified.
Width Provide 1", 1½” and 2" strips as applicable.
WATERSTOPS
PVC Water-Stops Design for Construction
or Contraction Joints
Ribbed without Centerbulb
Design for Expansion
Joints
Ribbed with Centerbulb
Flatstrip Thickness ≥⅜” throughout
Butt Splices Provide Teflon-coated thermostatically controlled water-stop splicing irons for field butt splices.
Corners, Intersections,
and Transitions
Provide shop-made corner fittings.
Do not splice corners in field.
Hydrophilic Water-stops Water-stops Swellable strip-applied PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Make field measurements needed to install concrete accessories before submitting shop drawings or ordering.
1. Make minor changes in dimensions and alignments as needed to avoid utilities or structural conflicts.
B. Before placing concrete within forms, each trade having embedded items, including waterstops within forms and affected by pour shall certify items are properly located, placed and braced.
1. Accuracy of placement of embedded items is Contractor’s responsibility.
C. Construction joints shown on Contract Documents and accepted shop drawings may be made as shown with provision of keys or other locking shapes to secure proper union with subsequent work.
3.2 Installation/Application
A. Refer to Section 01 73 00 for basic execution and installation requirements.
B. Furnish and install concrete accessories at locations shown on Plans and Submittals.
C. The following installation standards shall be followed:
1. Applicable OSHA and Cal OSHA regulations
2. California Building Code Chapter 19 “Concrete”
3. Other applicable building code requirements
4. ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings Chapter 8.
5. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
6. Manufacturer’s installation and warranty requirements D. Refer variances between above documents and Contract Documents to City’s Representative.
E. Prepare vertical surfaces of joints as follows:
1. Construction joints shall have keyed, stepped, or roughened surfaces.
F. Construction joints shown on Contract Documents and accepted Working Drawings may be made as shown using keys or other locking shapes to secure proper union with subsequent Work.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 15 00 –Concrete Accessories - 6 of 8
G. Locate construction joints as follows:
1. Construction joints are defined as planned joints where 2 placements of concrete meet, across which development and maintenance of bond and water tightness are required, and through which reinforcement is not interrupted.
2. Construction joints may be vertical or horizontal.
3. Locate construction joints as shown on Plans or Working Drawings, or as accepted by City’s Representative.
H. Prepare construction joints as follows:
1. Perform initial construction joint cleaning at latest practicable time and as last operation before setting forms and installing embedded items.
2. Clean concrete so clean, sound mortar and some coarse aggregate are exposed. a. Methods for cleaning concrete construction joint surfaces may include wet sandblasting, high-pressure water-blasting, or other methods that do not damage bond surface, cause excessive cutting of surface and undercutting of coarse aggregate particles, or poor uniformity of surface treatment as accepted by City’s Representative.
3. Perform high-pressure water-blasting with proper equipment that is operated at 6,000 psi or greater.
4. Green cutting, removal of unhardened concrete surfaces by water or air-water jet, will not be permitted.
5. Waste Disposal: Method used in disposing of waste water employed in cutting, washing and rinsing concrete surfaces shall ensure waste water does not stain, discolor, or affect exposed surfaces, or damage environment of project area. a. Disposal method shall be subject to City’s acceptance.
I. Prepare vertical surfaces of joints as follows:
1. Clean joint surface of laitance, loose or defective concrete, coatings, sand, curing compound, stains, and foreign matter that may reduce bond or water tightness of joint.
2. Wash, hydro-blast or sandblast surface with clean water.
3. Clean concrete such that clean, sound mortar and some coarse aggregate are exposed.
4. Method of disposing of sand and wastewater used to wash concrete surfaces shall cause no staining, discoloration, or deterioration of exposed surfaces of structures and improvements.
5. Coat joint surface with epoxy-bonding agent unless otherwise shown.
6. Wet joints not coated with bonding agent before placing concrete adjacent to joint.
J. Prepare horizontal surfaces of joints as follows:
1. Roughen horizontal surface with ≥¼” amplitude profile for good bond.
2. Clean tooled joint surface of laitance, loose or defective concrete, coatings, sand, curing compound, stains, and foreign matter that may reduce bond or water tightness of joint.
3. Wash, hydro-blast or sandblast surface with clean water.
4. Clean concrete such that clean, sound mortar and some coarse aggregate are exposed.
5. Remove ponded water from surface of joints.
6. Method of disposing of sand and wastewater used to wash concrete surfaces shall cause no staining, discoloration, or deterioration of exposed surfaces of structures and improvements.
7. Coat joint surface with epoxy-bonding agent unless otherwise shown.
8. Wet joints not coated with bonding agent before placing concrete adjacent to joint.
9. Cover horizontal joints, except expansion or contraction joints, with 1” layer of Class D mortar (1 part Portland cement – 2½ parts fine aggregate).
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 15 00 –Concrete Accessories - 7 of 8
a. Limit water in mortar to that required to produce consistency similar to fresh concrete.
K. Do not extend steel reinforcement through contraction or expansion joints except where shown on Plans.
L. Install water-stops as follows:
1. Install and splice water-stops to form continuous watertight diaphragms in each joint or as shown on Plans.
a. Water-stops shall be continuous for extent of joint. b. Center-bulb water-stops shall have bulb centered on joint.
2. Position water-stops so center of water-stop is centered on joint.
3. Properly butt-splice water-stops as required for continuity. a. Do not lap water-stops or use adhesives, or solvents. b. Qualified splicers shall make heat-fuse-welded field butt splices, using Manufacturerapproved, Teflon-coated, thermostatically controlled, water-stop splicing irons at approximately 380°F.
c. Maintain continuity of water-stop ribs, bulbs and tubular center axis. d. Butt joints of identical non-mitered ends of water-stop sections may be made while material is in forms.
e. Make other splices on portable bench provided on-site. f. Use miter guide and portable power saw to cut ends to be joined to ensure proper alignment and contact between joined surfaces.
g. Do not damage material during heat-fusing.
h. Check joints for strength and pinholes after splicing. i. Splices shall be watertight and strong enough to develop pulling force of 75% of water-stop.
4. Prefabricate joints requiring >2 ends to be jointed, and joints requiring angle cuts, alignment changes, or joining of 2 dissimilar water-stop sections, before placing waterstops in forms. a. Allow ≥24”-long strips of water-stop material beyond prefabricated joint. b. Following field-inspection of prefabricated joints, install prefabricated joint assemblies in forms and butt-weld ends of 24” strips to straight run portions of water-stops in place in forms.
c. Where center-bulb water-stops abut non-center-bulb water-stops, seal ends of center-bulbs using additional PVC material as required. d. Connect ends of radial water-stop in wall footing joints to circumferential water-stop in wall-to-wall-footing joint and to circumferential water-stops in floor to wall-footing joints if they exist.
5. Water-stop splices will be rejected if:
a. Tensile strength < 60% of parent section.
b. Water-stops are not symmetrically centered in joints. c. Misalignment of center-bulb, ribs, and end bulbs exceeds 1/16” and misalignment reduces water-stop cross section more than 15%, except these requirements may be altered at City’s direction for connecting existing water-stop to new water-stop that is not identical in profile.
d. Bond failure at joint creates opening deeper than 1/16” or reduces material thickness ≥15%.
e. Porosity or pinholes are visible in weld.
f. Bubbles or inadequate bonding are observed.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 15 00 –Concrete Accessories - 8 of 8
g. Visible signs of splice separation are found when cooled splice is bent by hand at sharp angle.
h. Charred or burnt material is observed.
6. Where preformed expansion joint material is used in conjunction with water-stop, allow for equal water-stop embedment on each side in concrete.
7. Support and protect water-stops throughout Work.
a. Secure water-stop in place in forms using split forms, hog rings at 12” on-center, end nails, or other accepted method to secure water-stop in correct position and alignment and facilitate placing and tying of water-stops to reinforcing steel forms or form ties.
b. Tie off horizontal and vertical water-stops not accessible during concrete placement in 2 directions using light wire ties every 12” to prevent bending or displacement. c. Secure water-stop wire ties to curtain of steel reinforcement. d. When placing flat-strip water-stops, provide means to prevent folding over of flat strip forms by concrete during placement.
e. Secure horizontal water-stops with their flat face in vertical plane by tacking top edge of water-stop to continuous supports until concrete is brought to level of water-stop. f. Then place additional concrete over water-stop after which concrete shall be vibrated.
g. In vertical wall joints, end water-stop 6” from tops of walls where water-stops will not connect with other water-stops or be connected to future concrete placements.
8. Work concrete near water-stops to maximize density and imperviousness of concrete. a. Work concrete below horizontal water-stops by hand to prevent formation of air and rock pockets.
9. Where installing water-stops on 1 side of joint while remaining portion of water-stop remains exposed to atmosphere for >2 days, shade and protect exposed portion of direct sunrays until exposed portion of water-stop is embedded in concrete.
10. Replace or repair, water-stops punctured or damaged before final acceptance of Work.
11. Seal bottom of each vertical water-stop to other cutoff systems.
12. Seal joints not requiring water-stop with mastic joint sealer. a. Apply sealant materials in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations.
13. Provide suitable guards to protect exposed projecting edges and ends of partially embedded water-stops from damage after concrete placement is complete.
3.3 Field Quality Control
A. Provide ≥24 hours’ notice to City’s Representative for scheduling inspections.
B. Remove and replace field joints exhibiting misalignment, bubbles, voids, inadequate bond, porosity, cracks, offsets and other defects which reduce resistance of Work to water penetration.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 1 of 11
SECTION 03 20 00
CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Materials, testing, and installation of steel reinforcement in concrete and masonry, including reinforcing bar, couplers, concrete inserts, wires, clips, supports, chairs, spacers, epoxy embedment, and other embedded accessories.
B. Conform to Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §201-2.2, §302, and §303, applicable permits, and requirements herein.
C. Refer to the following sections for Work not covered herein.
1. Section 03 60 00 for requirements for non-shrink grout.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
E. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
F. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements G. Section 01 73 00: Execution
H. Section 03 10 00: Concrete Forming
I. Section 03 30 00: Cast-in-Place Concrete
J. Section 09 90 00: Painting and Coating
1.3 System Description
A. Furnish and install steel reinforcement including appurtenant structural, mechanical and/or electrical mountings or connections required for compliance with Manufacturer’s installation requirements and compliance with applicable building codes and standards.
1.4 Quality Assurance
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen trained and experienced in necessary trades and crafts and completely familiar with specified requirements and methods for proper performance of Work of this section.
B. Factory testing shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Steel
Reinforcement
Material
Properties
ASTM A615 As required
by City
City Contractor
Steel
Reinforcement
Welding
Compliance
with AWS D1.4
AWS D1.4 As required
by City
City Contractor
Radiographic
Testing
AWS D1.4 As required
by City
City Contractor
1.5 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. AASHTO M32 Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
2. AASHTO M55 Test for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete
3. AASHTO M221 Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 2 of 11
4. ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction Materials
5. ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Structural Reinforcement
6. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
7. ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures
8. ASTM A497 Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete
9. ASTM A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
10. ASTM A706 Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
11. ASTM A767 Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
12. ASTM A775 Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars
13. ASTM A934 Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars
14. ASTM A1064 Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete
15. ASTM D3963 Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars.
16. AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code – Reinforcing Steel
17. AWS D12.1 Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts, and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction
18. California Building Code (CBC)
19. CRSI MSP1 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard Practice
20. SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §201-2 “Reinforcement for Concrete”
1.6 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals.
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
DRAWINGS
Working Drawings
Concrete Reinforcing
Submit per Working Drawing requirements. .
Show bending diagrams, assembly diagrams, placing lists and drawings of reinforcing steel required per structural Shop Drawing requirements.
Conform to ACI 315.
Placing diagrams shall show openings for architectural, mechanical, and electrical Work with appropriate reinforcing around openings.
Show actual bar lengths to nearest inch measured to intersection of tangent extensions of outside bar surface.
Bar placement diagrams shall clearly show dimensions of bar spliced or lapped.
Show location of couplers used with details of how they are installed in formwork.
Show locations of construction and expansion joints.
Show locations of embedded items including anchor bolts, wall sleeves, conduit and piping which may conflict with steel reinforcing After Shop Drawing acceptance, submit weight sheets, indicating pounds of reinforcing steel detailed and furnished with each bar cross-referenced to Working Drawings for payment purposes
MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE
Product Data Submit for mechanical couplers with ICBO test reports Installation Instructions Submit written welding procedure for each type of rebar weld for each size of bar intended to be spliced by welding. (A mere statement that AWS procedures will be followed is unacceptable.)
SAMPLES
Material Samples Steel
Reinforcing Bars
Submit from each heat of reinforcing steel 3’-long sample bars for #3-#5 bars and 5’-long sample bars for #6 bars and larger per the following schedule
#4 bars – 2 bars per 2 tons delivered
#5 bars – 2 bars per 3 tons delivered
#6 bars – 2 bars per 4 tons delivered
Sample quantities required if requested shall conform to SSPWC (Greenbook) §201-2.4
Submit for each type of welded splice upon City’s Representative’s request.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Engineering Calculations If Contractor-furnished steel area exceeds area shown on Plans by >25%, submit calculations verifying required ductile response is maintained.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 3 of 11
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
Test Record Transcripts For each load of steel reinforcement delivered, submit Manufacturer’s certified mill test report of chemical and physical properties of each melt of steel as needed to verify steel materials.
Also, submit information needed to determine carbon equivalent of steel to be welded in accordance with AWS D1.4 and per test record transcript requirements.
If mill test reports are unavailable and steel quantity exceeds 5 tons, provide laboratory test to prove conformance with specified standards.
For epoxy-coated steel reinforcing, submit evidence plant is certified under CRSI Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating Applicator Plant Certification Program.
CBC Chapter 17 Special
Inspection Required Contractor
Statement of Responsibility
Submit as required in CBC §1704
Welder Qualification
Certificates
Submit as specified in AWS D1.4 for welders performing welding of steel reinforcement.
Also submit certifications of procedure qualifications for each welding procedure used.
B. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for definition of requirements for Working Drawings, Product Data, Installation Instructions, Test Record Transcripts, and Material Samples.
1.7 Delivery, Storage, and Handling
A. Refer to Sections 01 65 00 and 01 66 00 for delivery, storage, and handling requirements.
B. Strictly follow CRSI recommendations included in Manual of Standard Practice for delivery, storage and handling of steel reinforcement.
C. Bundle reinforcement and tag with suitable identification of quantity, grade, and size to facilitate sorting, placing and transport.
1. Tagging and identification requirements shall be identical for both shop- and fieldfabricated reinforcing steel.
D. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on shop drawings shall be removed from site.
E. Bars with rust, scale, oil or other coatings that would reduce or destroy bond between concrete and steel shall be removed from site.
F. Store reinforcement on blocks above ground to allow drainage below.
1.8 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Acceptable Manufacturers include:
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
REINFORCING BARS
Steel Reinforcing Bars Bellis Steel Northridge, CA (818) 998-7865 Interstate Rebar, Inc (IRI) Ventura, CA (805) 643-6892
R. R. Leonard Company Santa Fe Springs, CA (562) 941-
2288
Accepted equal
REINFORCING BAR SUPPORT AND COUPLING SYSTEMS
Centralizers for Dowels
Drilled into Existing
Concrete
C&M Manufacturing Company “Duraflex” Santee, CA (800) 458-6191 Accepted equal
Sika - Greenstreak “Speed Dowel” Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 325-9504 DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 4 of 11
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
Dowel System (alternate
to slip dowels)
Accepted equal
Mechanical Bar Couplers Bar Splice Products, Inc. / FC Industries “Grip Twist” Dayton, OH (937) 275-8700 Dayton Superior “Dowel Bar Splicer System” Miamisburg, OH (888) 977-9600 Erico / Pentair “Lenton Form Saver A2” Solon, OH (440) 349-2630 Accepted equal
Rebar Supports Dayton Superior Miamisburg, OH (888) 977-9600 Durajoint Preco® Forming Accessories Garrettsville, OH (888) 833-8308 Accepted equal
EPOXY GEL AND GROUT SYSTEMS
Epoxy Adhesive Systems
for Anchoring Rebar
Dowels into Existing
Concrete
Burke / Edoco “BurkEpoxy NS” Long Beach, CA (310) 834-3401 Concresive® LPL / BASF Shakopee, MN (800) 433-9517
Euco Euclid Chemical Co / RPM Epoxy 452 Cleveland, OH (800) 321-7628 GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied Technologies
“Epoxtile 2391”
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
Hilti USA. “HIT-RE 5800V3 Tulsa, OK (800) 879-8000
Pecora Corporation “Dynapoxy EP430 Fast” Harleysville, PA (215) 723-6051 Powers Fasteners, Inc. “Powers Pure 110+” Brewster, NY (800) 524-3244 Sika Corporation “Armatek 110 EpoCem” Epoxy
Adhesive
Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 933-7452
Simpson Strong Tie Co. Set-XP Epoxy-Tie Anchoring
Adhesive
Pleasanton, CA (800) 535-5053
W R Meadows Sealtight Poly-Grip® Hampshire, IL (800) 342-5976 Accepted equal
REINFORCING BAR COATING SYSTEMS
Epoxy-Coated Rebars Obtain from plant certified under CRSI Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating Applicator Plant Certification Program.
Rebar Anti-Corrosion
Coating
Pecora Corporation Harleysville, PA (215) 723-6051
Accepted equal
2.2 Materials
A. Refer to Section 01 61 00 for basic requirements for products and materials.
B. Refer to Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §201-2.2 for materials requirements for steel reinforcing for concrete.
C. Furnish full-length reinforcement bars to extant practicable.
1. Make splices as shown on Plans and accepted by City’s Representative.
D. Materials for steel reinforcement shall be:
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
Steel Bar Reinforcement Steel Conform to ASTM A615 Grade 60 Billet Steel Deformed Bars
Steel Bar Reinforcement -
Welded
Low Alloy Steel Conform to ASTM A706 Grade 60 Deformed Bars Steel Bar Reinforcement -
Galvanized
Galvanized Steel Conform to ASTM A767 Grade 60 Billet Steel Deformed Bars
Steel Bar Reinforcement – Epoxy
Coated
Epoxy-Coated Steel Conform to ASTM A775 or ASTM A934
Grade 60
Color - Green
Steel Wire Reinforcement - Plain Steel Conform to ASTM A1064 Steel Wire Reinforcement -
Deformed
Steel Conform to ASTM A497, AASHTO M32, or AASHTO
M221
REINFORCING BAR SUPPORT AND COUPLING SYSTEMS
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 5 of 11
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Centralizers for Dowels Drilled
into Existing Concrete
PVC
Mechanical Couplers Stainless Steel
Tie Wire Black Annealed Steel 16 gauge minimum
EPOXY GEL AND GROUT SYSTEMS
Grout for Dowels Drilled into
Existing Concrete
Non-Shrink Grout Refer to Section 03 60 00.
Epoxy Injection Grout Refer to Section 03 64 23.
E. Materials for bar supports, chairs or dobies shall conform to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice 1 Chapter 3 and shall be:
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Concrete Blocks (Dobies)
(Do not use in slabs or walls less
than 6” thick, or where
architectural finish is to be
applied.)
Concrete Minimum 28-day compressive strength f’c equal to that of concrete but ≥4000 psi.
Embed wire ties in concrete block bar supports.
Plastic Bar Supports
(Do not use on grade)
Plastic CRSI Class 1 gray
Wire Bar Supports (Do not use in
wastewater environments or
environments exposed to
continuous moisture, water or
corrosion.)
Steel Wire CRSI Class 1 (with ⅛”-thick gray plastic coating) F. The following product design criteria, options and accessories are required:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Mechanical Couplers Positive-locking taper thread type
Conform to requirements of ACI 318.
Provide where shown on accepted Working Drawings.
Couplers shall develop 125% of yield strength of reinforcement being spliced.
Do not reduce bar cross section to accommodate couplers.
Threaded couplers require use of next larger size of reinforcing.
Supply all components needed for complete splice.
Welded Splices Provide where shown on accepted Shop Drawings.
Splices shall develop 125% of yield strength of reinforcement being spliced.
Provide materials required to meet AWS D1.4.
Bending and Forming Bars Conform to ACI 315, ACI 318 and CRSI MSP Manual of Standard Practice Fabricate to tolerances shown in ACI 117.
Reinforcing for masonry shall be shop fabricated, ready for installation by masons.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Make field measurements needed to install steel reinforcement before submitting Shop Drawings or ordering.
1. Make minor changes in dimensions and alignments as needed to avoid utilities or structural conflicts.
B. Remove loose rust, mill scale, soil, mortar, oil and other foreign materials which might adversely affect bond with concrete.
C. Protect reinforcement from moisture until concrete is placed around it.
D. Coat ends of bars left projecting from concrete for more than one week with heavy coat of neat-cement grout.
E. Do not place concrete until placing or reinforcing steel has been inspected and accepted.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 6 of 11
3.2 Installation
A. Refer to Section 01 73 00 for basic execution and installation requirements.
B. Furnish, accurately position and install steel reinforcement at locations shown on Plans and Submittals.
C. The following installation standards shall be followed:
1. Applicable OSHA and Cal OSHA regulations
2. California Building Code Chapter 19 “Concrete” §1907 “Modifications to Reinforcement” and §1908 “Modifications to ACI 318”
3. Other applicable building code requirements
4. ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Structural Reinforcement
5. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
6. ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures
7. Manufacturer’s installation instructions and warranty requirements
8. For epoxy-coated rebar, conform to ASTM D3963
D. Refer variances between above documents and Contract Documents to City’s Representative.
E. Minimum cover for non-pre-stressed steel reinforcement per ACI 318 and ACI 350 shall be as follows:
LOCATION BAR SIZE MINIMUM COVER
Concrete Cast Against and Permanently Exposed to Earth or Rock #4- #18 3.0” Formed Concrete Exposed to Weather, Liquid, Earth, or Rock #3-#5 1.5” #6-#18 2.0”
Formed Concrete Not Exposed to Weather, Liquid, or Earth:
Beams, Girders or Columns
#4- #18 2.0”
Formed Concrete Not Exposed to Weather, Liquid, or Earth:
Slabs, Walls or Joists
#3-#11 0.75”
Concrete Exposed to Water or Wastewater #4- #18 3.0”
Concrete Exposed to Saltwater #4- #18 4.0”
F. Terminate reinforcement 2” from concrete surfaces and expansion joints.
G. Spacing between parallel bars per ACI 318 shall be ≥ 1.0” or 1 bar diameter, whichever is greater.
H. Clear distance between parallel bars shall be as follows:
1. Provide the following clear distances except in columns and between multiple layers of bars in beams:
a. ≥ nominal bar diameter
b. ≥1⅓ x maximum coarse aggregate size
c. ≥1”
2. Where beam and column reinforcement is placed in 2 or more layers, clear distance between layers shall be ≥ 1”.
3. In columns, provide the following clear distances:
a. ≥1½ x nominal bar diameter
b. ≥1½ x maximum coarse aggregate size
c. ≥1½”
4. Clear distance between bars shall also apply to distance between contact splice and adjacent splices or bars.
I. Installation of steel reinforcement bars shall proceed as follows:
1. Install steel reinforcement to tolerances shown in ACI 117 and ACI 318 §7.5.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 7 of 11
2. For environmental structures, install steel reinforcement to tolerances shown in ACI 117, and ACI 350 §7.5.
3. Do not straighten or re-bend reinforcing steel in manner that might damage material. a. Do not use bars with bends not shown on Plans.
b. Bends shall be cold-bent.
c. Do not heat bars to bend.
4. Support and wire together reinforcing at sufficient intervals to prevent displacement during concrete placement and vibration.
a. Use annealed iron wire ties or clips at intersections. b. Use concrete, plastic or metal supports, spacers or metal hangers. c. Do not use wooden or aluminum supports.
d. Do not place rebars on layers of fresh concrete as Work progresses. e. Do not tack weld reinforcing bars.
5. Where concrete is placed against earth, use supporting concrete dobies in sufficient numbers to support bars without settlement, but in no case shall support be continuous. a. Tie reinforcing steel to dobies with wire ties embedded in blocks.
6. Where concrete is placed over formwork, furnish concrete, metal, plastic or other acceptable bar chairs and spacers.
7. Place and space accessories used to support reinforcing bars such that deflections of supports due to weight of supported bars remains within tolerances specified by ACI 117 and ACI 318.
8. Bar support methods shall leave no marks or impressions on finished concrete surfaces exposed to view.
9. Tie bar reinforcement at intersections except where bar spacing is < 12” in each direction, in which case alternate intersections shall be tied.
a. No tie wire shall remain within 1½” of concrete surface. b. Bend tie wires away from forms to provide specified concrete cover.
10. Where additional bars are provided by Contractor, they shall be provided at no additional cost to City unless City’s preacceptance is evidenced by written Change Order issued prior to placing steel reinforcement.
11. Move bars as necessary to avoid conflicts with other reinforcement steel, conduits or embedded items.
12. Provide ≥ 1” clear distance between steel reinforcement and anchor bolts or embedments.
13. If bars are moved by > 1 bar diameter or enough to exceed specified tolerances, secure acceptance from City’s Representative before placing concrete.
14. Provide additional reinforcing bars around sleeves and openings as shown on Drawings.
J. Splices shall be made as follows:
1. Splicing shall conform to ACI 318 and applicable building codes.
2. Splice by placing bars in contact and wiring together.
3. Limit splicing to locations shown on accepted bending lists and Working Drawings.
4. Stagger splices in adjacent reinforcing bars.
5. Minimum distance between staggered lap splices or mechanical lap splices shall be same as lap length required for lap splice in longest bar.
6. Do not provide splices within “No-Splice Zones shown on Plans.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 8 of 11
7. Minimum lap length for non-pre-stressed steel reinforcement shall conform to ACI 318 and exceed the following minimums:
LOCATION BAR SIZE MINIMUM LAP LENGTH
CONCRETE MASONRY
All Locations #3 21” 21”
#4 28” 28”
#5 35” 35”
#6 42” 42”
#7 49” 49”
#8 56” 56”
#9 63” 63”
#10 76” 76”
#11 93” 93”
8. Minimum lap length for non-pre-stressed epoxy-coated steel reinforcement shall conform to ACI 318 and exceed the following minimums:
LOCATION BAR SIZE MINIMUM LAP LENGTH
CONCRETE MASONRY
All Locations #3 28” 28”
#4 37” 37”
#5 46” 46”
#6 55” 55”
#7 64” 64”
#8 77” 77”
#9 97” 97”
#10 123” 123”
#11 151” 151”
9. Minimum lap lengths are based on CRSI worst-case requirements for top-steel bars in 3000 psi concrete with clear distance ≥2” between splice and nearest bar. a. Contractor may submit alternate proposed lap lengths with Shop Drawings backed up by Engineering Calculations
10. Do not splice bars by lapping where clear distance ≥2” between splice and nearest bar cannot be provided
11. For bars of different sizes, lap length shall equal or exceed lap lengths specified for smaller bar size, and shall equal or exceed specified embedment lengths for the larger bar size.
12. Do not splice vertical bars in concrete, except at indicated or accepted horizontal construction joints, as detailed on Plans or Shop Drawings or as directed by City’s Representative.
13. Do not splice horizontal bars in concrete, except as detailed on Plans or Shop Drawings or as directed by City’s Representative.
14. Do not use mechanical couplers, except as detailed on Plans or Shop Drawings or directed by City’s Representative.
15. Do not weld reinforcing bars smaller than #14 or #18, except as detailed on Plans or Working Drawings.
16. Welding, when permitted by City’s Representative, shall conform to AWS 1.4 and shall be full-penetration butt-groove weld.
17. Welders, welding operators, and tackers shall be prequalified per AWS 1.4.
18. Welds shall use reinforcing bars conforming to ASTM A706.
K. Drilling and dowelling of rebar into hardened concrete shall proceed as follows:
1. Hole diameter shall be as recommended by epoxy Manufacturer but shall be at least double the embedded bar diameter.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 9 of 11
2. Depth of hole shall be as recommended by epoxy Manufacturer, but shall not be less than 12 bar diameters, unless noted otherwise or unless required to prevent penetration through opposite surface of existing concrete member.
3. Drill hole using methods that do not interfere with proper bonding of grout.
4. Field locate reinforcement in existing concrete before drilling using pachometer or other accepted locator device.
5. Adjust location of drilled holes to avoid drilling through or nicking existing reinforcing.
6. Immediately before bar installation, wash drilled holes with air or water jet followed by compressed air jet to remove standing water from holes.
7. Holes shall be damp but free of drill cuttings, standing water or debris.
8. Fill hole halfway with epoxy or grout as shown
9. Insert dowel in hole by rotating it at least one complete turn while tapping it down.
10. If necessary, add more epoxy or grout to fill hole.
11. Plug previously cleaned holes when nearby holes are being cleaned.
L. Dry grouting of rebar into hardened concrete shall proceed as follows:
1. Install dowels and anchors before contamination of hole is possible.
2. Use centralizers to center entire length of dowel in drilled hole.
3. Install vertical dowels by filling hole with non-shrink grout, installing dowel and vibrating dowel to compact grout.
a. After installing dowels, grout in holes shall extend to concrete surface.
4. Install horizontal dowels by first installing dowel and then injecting non-shrink grout through bolt, or by using grout tube extending to bottom of hole.
M. Epoxy grout rebar into hardened concrete as follows:
1. Install dowels and anchors before contamination of hole is possible.
2. Inject epoxy into hole through tube placed at bottom of hole. a. Withdraw tube as epoxy is placed but keep injection tip immersed to prevent air pockets from forming.
3. Fill hole to depth that ensures excess material will be expelled from hole during dowel placement.
4. Twist dowels during insertion into partially filled hole to guarantee full wetting of bar surface with epoxy.
a. Insert bar slowly to prevent air pockets from forming.
N. Treat rebar extending from previously placed concrete into new construction as follows:
1. Clean existing rebar and remove coatings which might reduce, or impair proper bonding with new concrete.
2. Straighten or bend bars to conform to requirements shown on Plans.
3. Repair damaged steel to remain in place by welding per AWS D12.1.
4. Welds shall develop full bar strengths.
3.3 Field Quality Control
A. Notify City’s Representative when installation of steel reinforcement is complete and at least 24 hours prior to placing concrete.
B. Where formwork will make reinforcement inaccessible for inspection, provide ≥24 hours’ notice to City’s Representative to allow them to inspect reinforcement installation before formwork is erected.
1. Allow City’s Representative to inspect and accept reinforcement installation before placement of concrete.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 10 of 11
C. Tolerances on placement of concrete reinforcement shall conform to ACI 117.
1. Measure clear distance from outside edge of longitudinal steel or stirrups, whichever is nearest to form.
2. Clear distance tolerance between outside edge of reinforcement and side forms and soffits shall be:
STEEL REINFORCING MEMBER SIZE (lesser of width, depth, or thickness)
TOLERANCE (allowable
modification to specified cover)
≤ 4” +¼”,-⅜”
>4” and ≤12” ±⅜”
>12” and ≤24 ±½”
>24” ±1”
3. Reduction in cover at any location shall be ≤ ⅓ x specified cover.
4. Reduction in cover at any location shall be ≤ ¼” for beam soffits.
5. Distance between unbundled steel reinforcing bars at any location in beams or columns shall be ≥1” and ≥1 bar diameter.
6. Distance between flexural or longitudinal reinforcement at any location shall be within ±1” of specified distance and shall not deviate from specified distance by > ± ¼ x distance specified or shown.
7. Distance between stirrups where used shall be within ±1/12 the depth of the flexural member.
8. Horizontal distance between flexural reinforcement in walls and slabs shall be within ±3” of specified spacing at location.
a. Total quantity of bars shall not be less than shown or specified.
9. Bar laps for bars #11 or smaller shall be within -1” of lap lengths specified or shown. a. Bar lap may exceed lengths specified provided no spalling of adjacent concrete results.
10. Embedded bars #11 or smaller shall be embedded to within -1” of embedded length specified or shown.
a. Embedment may exceed lengths shown or specified provided no spalling of adjacent concrete occurs.
D. Special inspection requirements for masonry rebar are itemized in Section 04 29 00.
E. Special inspection and field testing required by Chapter 17 of CBC (Table 1705.3) shall be completed by ICC-certified special inspector selected by City and shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Steel
Reinforcement
Size Grade and
Type
Compliance with Contract
Documents
Periodic per CBC
Table 1705.3
City Contractor
to
reimburse
City for
costs of
first deputy
inspector if
reinspection
required
Verification of
Weldability (for
Steel Other than
ASTM A706)
AWS D1.4, & ACI 318 / 350
§3.5.2
Periodic special
inspection per
CBC Table
1705.3
Contractor
Welding AWS D1.4 & ACI 318 / 350
§3.5.2
Also inspect for proper
dimensions and absence of
cracks, undercutting, surface
holes or slag inclusions
Periodic per CBC
Table 1705.3
Welding for
Special Moment
Frames, Boundary
Elements of
Special Reinforced
Concrete Shear
Walls and Shear
Reinforcement
Continuous per
CBC Table
1705.3
Contractor
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing - 11 of 11
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Reinforcement
Placement
Tolerances
ACI 117, ACI 318 / 350 §3.5, &
§7.1-7.7 & CBC 1913.4 and
criteria shown above
Periodic per CBC
Table 1705.3
City
Butt-Weld Splices Submit results of radiographic
examinations with Certificate of
Compliance
Establish City-accepted
radiograph identification and
marking system before starting
radiographic inspection.
25% of fullpenetration buttwelded splices
+ 1 additional test
on random Cityselected splice for
each defective
weld found
Contractor
Grouted
Dowels and
Anchors
Non-Shrink
Grouted Dowels
CBC §1909 All dowels Contractor Contractor
Epoxy Embedded
Dowels
Epoxy Manufacturer’s
Requirements
All dowels Contractor Contractor
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 1 of 35
SECTION 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Materials, testing, and installation of concrete for buried and above-ground cast-in-place structures, footings, foundations, flatwork, and paving.
B. Refer to the following sections for Work not covered herein.
1. Section 03 10 00 for concrete forming and for construction joint requirements.
2. Section 03 15 00 for concrete accessories, including water-stops, construction joints, and cast-in-concrete anchors.
3. Section 03 20 00 for steel reinforcing.
4. Section 03 35 00 for concrete finishing.
5. Section 03 39 00 for concrete curing.
C. Refer to the following City of Corona Standard details.
1. Standard Drawing 310 for concrete slope anchors.
D. Conform to Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §203, §302, and §303, applicable permits, and requirements herein.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
E. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
F. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements G. Section 01 73 00: Execution
H. Section 01 74 00: Cleaning and Waste Management
I. Section 03 10 00: Concrete Forming
J. Section 03 15 00: Concrete Accessories
K. Section 03 20 00: Concrete Reinforcing
L. Section 03 32 10: Cement Mortar
M. Section 03 35 00: Concrete Finishing
N. Section 03 39 00: Concrete Curing
O. Section 03 60 00: Grout
P. Section 05 05 19: Post-Installed Concrete Anchors
Q. Section 07 92 00: Joint Sealants
R. Section 09 90 00: Painting and Coating
S. Section 31 23 00: Excavation and Fill
1.3 Definitions
A. The following definitions apply:
1. Hydraulic Structure: Environmental engineering concrete structures for containment, treatment, or transmission of water or other fluids.
B. Refer to Section 03 10 00 for definitions of various types of construction joints in concrete.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 2 of 35
1.4 System Description
A. Furnish and install complete concrete structural system including appurtenant structural, mechanical and/or electrical mountings, embedments, or connections required for compliance with Manufacturer’s installation requirements of other trades and compliance with applicable building codes and standards.
1.5 Quality Assurance
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen trained and experienced in necessary trades and crafts and completely familiar with specified requirements and methods for proper performance of Work of this section.
B. Proportion mixes either by laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using specified materials acceptable for each type of concrete required, and conforming to ACI 211.1.
C. Factory (batch plant) testing of aggregate shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Aggregate Ratio of Silica
Released to
Reduction in
Alkalinity
ASTM C33 As directed City Contractor
Loss with Sodium
Sulfate
ASTM C33 As directed City Contractor
Sieve Analysis ASTM C136 1 each trial batch City Contractor Coarse
Aggregate
Abrasion Loss ASTM C33 As directed City Contractor
Fine
Aggregate
Sand Equivalent ASTM D2419 As directed City Contractor
Organic Impurities ASTM C40 As directed City Contractor Color of
Supernatant on
Washing
ASTM C33 As directed City Contractor
D. Plant testing shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Concrete Certification of Mix
Design
ACI 301 certified by independent
testing laboratory
1 test each mix Contractor Contractor
Ready-Mix
Concrete
Materials
Materials
Inspection
Refer to Paragraph in Part 2
below entitled “Materials”
As directed City City
1.6 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction Materials
2. ACI 121 Quality Management System for Concrete Construction
3. ACI 211.1 Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete
4. ACI 211.5R Submittal of Concrete Proportions
5. ACI 214 Evaluation of Strength Test Results for Concrete
6. ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings
7. ACI 302 Concrete Floor and Slab Construction
8. ACI 304 Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete
9. ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting
10. ACI 309R Consolidation of Concrete
11. ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement
12. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
13. ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 3 of 35
14. ACI SP2 Manual of Concrete Inspection
15. ASTM C31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in Field
16. ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregates
17. ASTM C39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens
18. ASTM C40 Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete
19. ASTM C42 Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete
20. ASTM C78 Flexural Strength of Concrete Using Simple Beam with Third Point Loading
21. ASTM C88 Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate
22. ASTM C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete
23. ASTM C117 Materials Finer than 75-µm (#200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing
24. ASTM C127 Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate
25. ASTM C128 Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), and Absorption of Fine Aggregate.
26. ASTM C136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
27. ASTM C138 Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete
28. ASTM C143 Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
29. ASTM C150 Portland Cement
30. ASTM C157 Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar and Concrete
31. ASTM C172 Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete
32. ASTM C173 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by Volumetric Method
33. ASTM C192 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in Laboratory
34. ASTM C231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by Pressure Method
35. ASTM C289 Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method)
36. ASTM C470 Molds for Forming Concrete Test Cylinders Vertically
37. ASTM C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
38. ASTM C566 Total Evaporable Moisture Content of Aggregate by Drying
39. ASTM C881 Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete
40. ASTM C932 Surface-Applied Bonding Compounds for Exterior Plastering
41. ASTM C1017 Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete
42. ASTM C1064 Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic-Cement Concrete
43. ASTM C1077 Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation
44. ASTM C1602 Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
45. ASTM D75 Sampling Aggregates
46. ASTM D98 Calcium Chloride
47. ASTM D1751 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)
48. ASTM D2419 Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate
49. ASTM D4791 Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate
50. ASTM E119 Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials
51. ASTM E1155 Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers
52. California Building Code (CBC)
53. California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen Code)
54. Caltrans Standard Specifications §90 Portland Cement Concrete
55. California Test Method 214 Soundness of Aggregates
56. California Test Method 217 Sand Equivalent
57. California Test Method 227 Cleanness Value
58. California Test Method 229 Durability
59. California Test Method 515 Relative Mortar Strength of Portland Cement Concrete Sand
60. California Test Method 530 Effect of Water-Reducing and Set-Retarding Admixtures on Drying Shrinkage of Concrete
61. CRD C143 Meters for Automatic Indication of Moisture in Fine Aggregate
62. CRD C521 Frequency and Amplitude of Vibrators for Concrete
63. NSF/ANSI 61 Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects
64. National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) Quality Control Manual §3 Certification of Ready-Mixed Concrete Production Facilities - Plant Certification Check List
65. SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §201 “Concrete, Mortar, and Related Materials”
66. SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §302 “Roadway Surfacing”
67. SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §303 “Concrete and Masonry Construction.”
68. Standards for Operation of Truck Mixers and Agitators of the National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 4 of 35
69. Truck Mixer and Agitator Standards of Truck Mixer Manufacturer’s Bureau DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 5 of 35
1.7 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals in accordance with ACI 301 and California Building Code.
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
MOBILIZATION SUBMITTALS
Concrete Operations
QA/QC Plan
On City’s request, submit QA/QC plan for concrete operations, including:
1. Contractor’s Quality Assurance / Quality Control plan.
2. Concrete testing laboratory’s testing and Quality Control manual describing sampling techniques, curing methods, and testing equipment use and calibration.
3. Sources of cement, SCMs, and aggregates.
4. Sources of electrical power and water.
5. Location of aggregate stockpiles, batching plant, and mixing plant.
6. Method and route for conveying batched concrete under expected weather conditions.
7. Method of conveying concrete within Work site.
8. Contingency plans to replace equipment in event of breakdown.
9. Methods to protect aggregate stockpiles from excessive moisture, or other contamination.
10.Methods to protect fresh concrete from environmental damage during conveyance, placement, and curing.
11.Methods to protect fresh and hardened concrete during hot weather conforming to ACI305R
12.Method and equipment used for consolidation
13.Method and equipment used for finishing, and curing
14. Contractor concrete quality control plan specific to concrete operations and conforming to ACI 121. Quality control plan shall include procedures to identify, investigate, and correct low compressive strength test results. QC measures shall include investigation of ongoing concrete operations, review of concrete materials, batching and mixing operations, and additional concrete compressive strength testing. QA/QC Plan for investigation of low concrete strength shall supplement and conform to procedures within ACI 301.
DRAWINGS
Working Drawings Submit concrete lift drawings showing concrete placements and construction joint locations.
Submit ¼” = 1’ scale composite concrete placement drawings for each placement showing size and locations of embedded pipes, conduits, inserts, anchor bolts, openings, recesses, construction joints, and other embedded items.
MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE
Product Data Submit for admixtures
Installation Instructions Submit for admixtures
SAMPLES
Product Samples Provide mock-up for architectural finishes and colored or textured concrete.
Construct 5 test panels, ≥6” deep and 2’ by 4’.
Construct panels using aggregates, cement, SCMs and admixtures to be used in concrete Work.
Make first panel with pigment-free and stain-free concrete.
Make successive panels with different weights of accepted pigment added, or types of stain applied to best match existing surfaces.
Cure panels for 7 days prior to comparison with existing concrete.
Place each concrete panel within onsite construction area and photograph to document color differences or similarities between natural or tinted panel and existing surfaces.
Submit 3 copies of photos to City’s Representative.
Meeting will be arranged on-site to determine best color combination for concrete work.
City’s Representative may direct Contractor to adjust amount of pigment or stain to best match existing concrete.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Certificates of Submit plant certification in accordance with NRMCA Quality Control Manual §3.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 6 of 35
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
Compliance
(Submit 45 days prior
to start of structural
concrete Work.)
Independent laboratory conforming to ASTM C1077 shall submit certification conforming to ACI 211.5R demonstrating mix designs conform to specifications based on tests using materials from sources used in Work.
Submit mill test certification, including fineness for each shipment of cement per ACI 301.
Submit cement certification per ASTM C150
Submit aggregate gradation and certification per ACI 301.
Submit certification aggregate material contains <1% asbestos by weight or volume.
Submit admixture certification including chloride ion content per ACI 301.
Engineering
Calculations (Mix
Design)
Submit for concrete mix design per engineering calculations requirements sealed by California-licensed Civil Engineer.
Mix design shall show:
1.Mix identification number
2. Applicable proportions, weights and quantities of Portland cement, aggregate, water, admixtures, and sand
3. Size and source of concrete aggregates
4. Type and source of Portland cement
5. Brand and designation of chemical admixtures
6. Percent voids
7. Intended type of construction
8. Strength results
In addition to original mix design, provide new mix design if change in brand or type of cement or change in source or gradation of aggregates is permitted or if defective concrete occurs.
Engineering
Calculations (Thrust
Block Design)
Submit sizing calculations for thrust and anchor block design where not detailed in Contract Documents.
1.Where details are not provided, design thrust blocks with sufficient gross weight and bearing area to withstand specified test pressures.
2.Use recommended bearing pressures in provided in geotechnical report.
3.Where geotechnical report does not stipulate allowable bearing pressure, design thrust blocks for 1500 psf bearing pressure.
4.Unless otherwise shown on Plans, provide bearing surface ≥3 times pipe diameter in all directions.
Brand and Type of
Cement/Source of
Aggregate
Submit brand and type of cement and source of aggregates to allow sampling and testing by City’s Representative.
CBC Chapter 17
Special Inspection
Required Contractor
Statement of
Responsibility
As required in CBC §1704
Pre-Placement
Inspection Forms
Submit certification from each trade having embedded items in concrete to be placed ≥24 hours before placing concrete.
Use form similar to that in ACI SP2.
Form shall certify preparation of surfaces to receive concrete, formwork, clean-up, and placement of reinforcing steel, electrical conduit, piping or other embedded items has been completed.
Work items shall be initialed and dated by each trade foreperson for each placement, stating embedded items for each trade are properly located, placed and braced and equipment pads are properly sized.
Placement
Foreperson’s Report
Submit report listing:
1. Date and time of placement
2. Weather conditions
3. Ambient temperature
4. Work item
5. Volume of concrete placed
6. Method of placement
7. Concrete temperature
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 7 of 35
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
8. Concrete Class, alternate class or special exposure mix designation, Test Results Submit laboratory test results for fresh or hardened concrete within 1 Working Day following test completion.
Verbally notify City’s Representative of failing test results and remedial action being taken.
Provide weekly written summary of testing and test results.
Delivery Tickets Submit for ready-mix concrete as needed to document delivery quantities.
In accordance with ASTM C94 §16.1 and §16.2, each ticket shall show
1. Name of ready-mix batch plant,
2. Name of Contractor
3. Serial number of ticket,
4. State certified equipment used in preparing mix,
5. Truck number.
6. Name of purchaser & name & location of job
7. Mix number,
8. Concrete Class, alternate class or special exposure mix designation,
9. Quantities by weight of cement, sand, each class of aggregate, admixtures and water added in batching plant, including water in fine aggregates. Submit computer printout or compact disc showing information in conformance with ASTM C94.
10. Type, brand, and silo bin or storage unit number of cement,
11. Type, brand, and amount of admixtures,
12. Source & identification of aggregates,
13. Amount of water allowed to be added at site for specified mix,
14. Total yield in cubic yards,
15. Date & time of day to nearest minute corresponding to time batch was dispatched, time batch left plant, time batch arrived on site, time unloading began and time unloading was completed.
16. Reading of revolution counter at first addition of water
17. Provide space on certificate so amount of water added at Work site may be indicated.
Certificates shall be from public weighmaster.
City’s Representative will not accept concrete in absence of certificate.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
Warranty Furnish 1-year warranty from date of final acceptance B. In addition to requirements of ACI, refer to Section 01 33 00 for definition of requirements for Working Drawings, Product Data, Installation Instructions, Certificates of Compliance, Engineering Calculations, Test Record Transcripts, and Material Samples.
1.8 Delivery, Storage, and Handling
A. Refer to Sections 01 65 00 and 01 66 00 for delivery, storage, and handling requirements.
B. Strictly follow Manufacturer’s instructions and warranty requirements for delivery, storage, and handling of concrete and concrete admixtures.
C. Handling shall not result in segregation, degradation, or combining of materials resulting in failure of materials to meet specifications.
D. Storage of materials shall conform to ACI 301 and SSPWC (Greenbook).
E. Immediately following delivery, store cement, SCMs, and materials in separate dry, weathertight, ventilated structures designed to protect against moisture and contamination.
1. Properly mark structures to avoid accidental contamination.
F. Remove contaminated cement or SCMs from site if rejected by City.
G. Store sacked cement in manner permitting access for inspection and sampling.
H. Use cement in sequence of receipt of shipments.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 8 of 35
I. Maintain air-entraining and water-reducing admixtures in uniform solution protected from freezing.
J. Store fine aggregate on accepted base and maintain in manner to prevent inclusion of foreign materials.
1. Do not operate equipment on storage piles.
2. Deposit fine aggregate in storage and remove it in such manner as to increase uniformity of grading as much as possible.
K. Coarse aggregate with maximum size >¾” shall be prepared, stored, and handled in 2 or more size groups.
1. When aggregates are proportioned for each batch of concrete, combine the 2 size groups.
L. Construct coarse aggregate storage piles on accepted base in manner to prevent contamination and to prevent segregation and excessive breakage.
1. Use rock ladders of satisfactory design with conveying and handling systems for aggregate with particles >1½” in size.
M. Do not use aluminum or magnesium alloy materials for handling plastic concrete during mixing, transporting, or pumping.
1.9 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 9 of 35
A. Acceptable Manufacturers include:
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
CEMENT
Cement – NSF 61-certified
for structures holding
potable water
CalPortland Company Colton, CA (626) 852-6200
Cemex Ontario, CA (909) 322-7604
Robertson Ready Mix Concrete Corona, CA (951) 493-6500
Superior Ready Mix LP Escondido, CA (760) 745-0556
Accepted equal
BONDING AGENTS
Epoxy Resin Portland Burke / Edoco “BurkEpoxy MV” Long Beach, CA (310) 834-3401 Cement Bonding Agent Concresive® LPL / BASF Shakopee, MN (800) 433-9517 (Hardened Concrete to Euco Euclid Chemical Co / RPM Epoxy 452 Cleveland, OH (800) 321-7628 Fresh Concrete) GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400 Technologies “Epoxtile 2391”
Pecora Corporation “Dynapoxy EP420” Harleysville, PA (215) 723-6051 Sika Corporation “Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod” or “Sikadur 32
Hi-Mod (LPL)” Epoxy Adhesive
Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 933-7452
Sika Corporation “Armatek 110 EpoCem” Epoxy Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 933-7452 Adhesive
W R Meadows Sealtight Poly-Grip® Hampshire, IL (800) 342-5976 Accepted equal
Epoxy Grout Systems for
Bonding Rebar Dowels into
Existing Concrete
Refer to Section 03 20 00
B. Use only 1 brand of cement.
C. Acceptable Manufacturers for admixtures include:
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
ADMIXTURES
Admixtures – Dampproofing
– Integral Hydrophobic
Waterproofing
(May be used as alternate
to crystalline waterproofing)
BASF Hydrocide 600 Freeport, TX (979) 415-6100
GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied
Technologies Darapel®” series
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
Hycrete Inc. / Broadview Technologies Carlstadt, NJ (866) 492-7383 Accepted equal
Type A Admixtures –
Water-Reducing Agents
(Normal Range)
Cemex Isoplast 1440 Ontario, CA (909) 322-7604
Euco Euclid Chemical Co / Eucon WR91 Cleveland, OH (800) 321-7628 GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied
Technologies, Inc “Daracem®”
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied
Technologies, Inc “WRDA64”
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied
Technologies, Inc “Zyla® 625””
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
Master Builders / BASF “Pozzolith 322-N” Cleveland, OH (800) 628-9990 Master Builders / BASF “MasterPozzolith® 700” Cleveland, OH (800) 628-9990 Sika Corporation “Plastocrete 161” Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 933-7452 Accepted equal
Type B Admixtures - Set
Retarding Hydration
Stabilizing Agents (Use
when air temperature
exceeds 80°F)
GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied
Technologies “Daratard 17”
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
Euco Euclid Chemical Co / Eucon Retarder Cleveland, OH (800) 321-7628 Master Builders / BASF “Pozzolith 300R” Cleveland, OH (800) 628-9990 Sika Corporation “Plastocrete” Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 933-7452 Accepted equal
Type D Admixtures –
Water-Reducing and Set
Retarding Hydration
Stabilizing Agents (Use for
large pours and placement
Cemex Isoplast 1440 Ontario, CA (909) 322-7604
GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied
Technologies, Inc “WRDA64”
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied
Technologies, Inc “Recover”
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 10 of 35
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
areas where extra time for
finishing is needed)
GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied
Technologies, Inc “Zyla® 625””
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
Master Builders / BASF “MasterPozzolith® 700” Cleveland, OH (800) 628-9990 Accepted equal
Type E Admixtures –
Water-Reducing and Set
Accelerating Agents
Euco Euclid Chemical Co / Accelguard® DSA Cleveland, OH (800) 321-7628 Accepted equal
Type F or G Admixtures -
High-Range WaterReducing (High Range)
(HRWRA) Plasticizers
Euco Euclid Chemical Co / Eucon 1037 Cleveland, OH (800) 321-7628 GCP (Grace Concrete Products) / Applied
Technologies “ADVA®”
Cambridge, MA (617) 876-1400
Master Builders / BASF “Rheobuild 716 or
Rheobuild 1000”
Cleveland, OH (800) 628-9990
Sika Corporation “Sikament FF or Sikament 86” Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 933-7452 Accepted equal
Shrinkage Reducing
Admixtures
Master Builders / BASF “MasterLife® SRA 035” Cleveland, OH (800) 628-9990 Accepted equal
D. Admixtures shall be compatible and furnished by 1 Manufacturer capable of providing qualified field service representation.
2.2 Materials
A. Refer to Section 01 61 00 for basic requirements for products and materials.
B. Cement shall be clean and free from contaminants.
1. Do not use cement reclaimed from cleaning bags or leaking containers.
2. Do not use lumpy cement.
C. Materials for concrete structural systems shall be:
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Cement Standard Brand
Portland Cement
Conform to ASTM C150
Type II/V Modified Low Alkali/Sulfate Resisting
Type III High Early Strength
Type IV Low Heat of Hydration
Type V Sulfate Resistant
Also conform to ASTM C150 Table 2 optional requirements for false set and equivalent alkalis (Na2O+0.658K2O of ≤0.60%) Temperature of cement entering mixer shall be ≤160°F
NSF 61-certified for potable water tanks where finished concrete will contact potable water, and NSF 61-certified cement is available within 25-mile radius of project site.
Gradation ≥ 85% of cement by weight shall pass #325 screen.
Source Cement shall be from single source
Blended Cement with
Supplementary
Cementitious Materials
Conform to ASTM C595 Type IP(MS) Portland-pozzolan
cement and California Green Building Standards Code
§A5.405.5 (See below).
Conform to ASTM C595 Table 2 optional mortar expansion
requirements.
SCMs shall not exceed 25% of total weight of cementitious materials.
Water Fresh, Clean, Clear
Potable Water
Conform to ASTM C1602.
TDS≤1000 mg/l
Water shall not contain impurities causing change in time in setting of Portland cement >25% nor reduction of f’c>10% compared with results obtained using distilled water
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 11 of 35
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Coarse Aggregate Specification Conform to ASTM C33
Class Designation 4M unless otherwise specified
Nonreactive, clean, hard, durable, washed, uncoated material Gravel, crushed gravel, crushed rock or combination
From pits acceptable to City’s Representative
Aggregate shall be of character to facilitate producing workable concrete mixture within limits of specified water content and slump.
Rewash each coarse aggregate size range on rinsing screens with spray bars immediately before elevating into batching plant bins.
Dewatering portion of rinsing screens shall be of sufficient length to remove excess free water from aggregate to provide coarse aggregate with uniform moisture content when delivered to batching equipment.
Amount passing #200
Sieve per ASTM C117
≤ 0.5%
Cleanness Value
per California Test
Method 227
≥75
Percentage Wear
per ASTM C131
Abrasion loss < 15% after 100 revolutions
Abrasion loss < 52% after 500 revolutions
Specific Gravity per
ASTM C127
≥2.58
% Elongated Particles
per ASTM D4791
≤20% based on 3:1 dimensional ratio
Ratio of Silica
Released to Reduction
in Alkalinity
≤1.0
Reactivity Nonreactive when tested per ASTM C289 and evaluated per ASTM C33 Appendix X1
Source Coarse aggregate shall be from single source for each size range
Fine Aggregate Specification Conform to ASTM C33 requirements Nonreactive, clean, hard, durable, washed material
From pits acceptable to City’s Representative
Aggregate shall be of character to facilitate producing workable concrete mixture within limits of specified water content and slump.
Fineness Modulus 2.75±0.20 per ASTM C136
Organic Impurities
per ASTM C40
Satisfactory
Resultant color of testing solution shall not be darker than ASTM C40 standard
Free Moisture Content ≤8% at time of batching
Mortar Strength
Relative to Ottawa
Sand per California
Test Method 515
≥100%
Sand Equivalent per
California Test Method
217
>75 average for 3 samples
>70 for any 1 sample
Fineness Modulus ≤3.0
Percent Clay, Silt,
Loam per ASTM C117
<12% passing #200 sieve
Soundness per
California Test Method
214
<10%
Soundness requirement will be waived if durability index Df>60 per California Test Method 229.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 12 of 35
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Ratio of Silica
Released to Reduction
in Alkalinity
<1.0
Specific Gravity ≥2.60 bulk saturated surface-dry basis per ASTM C128 Lightweight sand not permitted
Reactivity Nonreactive when tested per ASTM C289 and evaluated per ASTM C33 Appendix X1
Source Fine aggregate shall be from single source
Lightweight Aggregate Conform to ASTM C330 all-lightweight (110 pcf) / sandlightweight (115 pcf) aggregate Surface-Applied Bonding
Agent
Surface-Applied
Bonding Compound
Conform to ASTM C932
Epoxy Bonding Agent Epoxy Resin Conform to ASTM C881
Ready-Mix Concrete Conform to ASTM C94
Curing Materials Refer to Section 03 39 00
D. Concrete aggregate gradations designated by letter shall be. (Refer to Standard Specifications for Public Works (Greenbook) Table 201-1.3.2).
PERCENTAGE PASSING SIEVES BY WEIGHT
SIEVE
SIZE
GREENBOOK GRADINGS
GRADING A
(For concrete
street paving
not integral
with curb)
GRADING B
(For concrete
channel and
box inverts)
GRADING C
(For Class AA,
A, A2 or B
concrete not
used for paving
or channel or
box inverts. May
be used for
Class C
Concrete)
GRADING CSP
For pumped
Class AA, A, A2
or B concrete
not used for
paving or
channel or box
inverts. May be
used for Class C
Concrete)
GRADING D
(May be used
for Class B
extruded curbs
and gutters or
for gunite)
GRADING E
(May be used
for pumped
concrete, trench
backfill, slurry
and masonry
grout.)
2” 100% 100%
1½” 95-100% 95-100% 100% 100%
1” 64-80% 80-96% 95-100% 98-100%
¾” 55-71% 64-80% 77-93% 85-98% 100% 100%
⅜” 37-53% 40-52% 50-70% 67-80% 92-100% 90-100%
#4 32-42% 35-46% 39-51% 46-65% 42-60% 60-80%
#8 25-35% 28-38% 31-41% 38-54% 33-47% 50-70%
#16 18-28% 21-31% 22-32% 27-40% 22-38% 33-53%
#30 10-18% 10-20% 12-22% 15-27% 17-25% 19-35%
#50 3-9% 3-10% 3-15% 3-15% 6-15% 5-15%
#100 0-4% 0-4% 0-5% 0-7% 1-6% 2-7%
#200 0-2% 0-2% 0-2% 0-3% 0-3% 0-4%
E. Regulate amount of water added at mixer to consider free water in aggregates (total water less water absorbed by aggregate in saturated surface-dry condition).
1. Amount of water shall not exceed amount needed to permit concrete placement and consolidation, nor amount shown below. (Refer to Standard Specifications for Public Works (Greenbook) Table 201-1.3.3).
ALLOWABLE WATER (LBS/CY)
AGGREGATE
GRADING
WORKING LIMIT SLUMP (inches)
1” 2” 3” 4” 5”
A ≤270pcf ≤280pcf ≤290pcf ≤300pcf ≤310pcf
B ≤275pcf ≤285pcf ≤295pcf ≤305pcf ≤315pcf
C ≤290pcf ≤300pcf ≤310pcf ≤320pcf ≤330pcf
CSP ≤290pcf ≤300pcf ≤310pcf ≤320pcf ≤330pcf
D ≤320pcf ≤335pcf ≤350pcf ≤365pcf ≤375pcf
E ≤335pcf ≤350pcf ≤365pcf ≤380pcf ≤395pcf
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 13 of 35
F. City’s Representative may direct water quantities be reduced if concrete slump exceeds working limit slump.
1. Concrete consistency shall be uniform from batch to batch.
2. Do not add water to compensate for stiffening of concrete if held too long before placement.
G. Materials for admixtures shall be:
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Admixtures General
Requirements
Admixtures shall be compatible with ingredients in concrete mixture.
Dispense in liquid form in quantities within ±5% of specified quantities
Do not use admixtures to reduce cement requirement
Do not use calcium chloride or other chloride-based
accelerators in concrete having steel reinforcing or
embedments.
Shall be free from thiocyanates
Chloride ion <0.05%
Type A Admixtures – WaterReducing Agents (Normal
Range)
Conform to ASTM C494 Type A
Dosage shall be maximum recommended by admixture
Manufacturer based on weight of cement
For concrete encasement around electrical raceways, use liquid-form hydrioxylated carboxylic acid to facilitate workability without mechanical vibration.
Use only 1 water-reducing admixture per mix.
Type B Admixtures - Set
Retarding Hydration
Stabilizing Agents (Use
when air temperature
exceeds 80°F)
Conform to ASTM C494 Type B
Type D Admixtures – WaterReducing and Set Retarding
Hydration Stabilizing Agents
(Use for large pours and
placement areas where extra
time for finishing is needed)
Conform to ASTM C494 Type D
Dosage shall be maximum recommended by admixture
Manufacturer based on weight of cement.
Use only 1 water-reducing admixture per mix.
Type E Admixtures – WaterReducing and Set
Accelerating Agents
Conform to ASTM C494 Type E
Use only 1 water-reducing admixture per mix.
Type F or G Admixtures -
High-Range Water-Reducing
(High Range) (HRWRA)
Plasticizers
Conform to ASTM C494 Type F or G
Use only 1 water-reducing admixture per mix.
Plasticizing Agents Conform to ASTM C1017
Type S Admixtures - Specific
Performance (SPA)
Conform to ASTM C494 Type S
H. Supplementary Cementitious Materials (SCM’s) shall consist of:
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Fly Ash and other SCM’s
(Conform to California Green
Building Standards Code
§A5.405.5 using
supplementary cementitious
materials (SCM’s))
Shall not exceed 25% of total weight of cementitious materials / Not permitted
Class F Fly Ash
(Use where sulfate
resistant concrete
is required.)
Conform to ASTM C618 Class F
Loss of ignition ≤4%
SO3 content ≤3%
Moisture content ≤1%
≤20%CaO
≤15% of total cementitious material by weight
Fly ash shall be from single source
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 14 of 35
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Class C Fly Ash
(Do not use where
sulfate-resistant
concrete is
required.)
Conform to ASTM C618 Class C
Loss of ignition ≤2%
SO3 content ≤4%
Moisture content ≤1%
≤30% of total cementitious material by weight
Fly ash shall be from single source
Ultra Fine Fly Ash
(UFFA)
Conform to ASTM C618
≤12% of total cementitious material by weight
Fly ash shall be from single source
Class N Pozzolan
(includes
diatomaceous
earths, opaline
cherts and shales,
tuffs and volcanic
ashes or pumicites,
(calcined and
uncalcined), and
materials requiring
calcination to
induce satisfactory
properties such as
some clays and
shales
Conform to ASTM C618 Table 3
≤20% of total cementitious material by weight
Slag Cement
(GGBFS)
Conform to ASTM C989
Silica Fume Conform to ASTM C1240
Metakaolin Conform to ASTM C618
Blended Cement Conform to ASTM C595 or ASTM C1157
Mix Design
Equation
Use any combination of 1 or more SCM’s satisfying equation F/25+SL/50+UF/12=1 where
F=% of fly ash or pozzolan in mix,
SL =% slag cement in mix and
UF =% silica fume, metakaolin or UFFA in mix)
I. The following product design criteria, options and accessories are required:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Class AA “Premium”
Concrete
Greenbook 680-CW-5000
or 680-CFW-5000
(Use for box culverts, vaults
and bridge top decks, and for
prestressed concrete such as
core walls)
f’c ≥5000 psi per ASTM C39 at 28 days
Portland Cement
Content
680-700 lb cement per cubic yard
Alternate
Cementitious
Material Content
(15% SCMs)
≥680 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(578 lb Portland cement +102 lb SCMs)
but ≤700 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(595 lb Portland Cement + 105 lb SCMs)
Maximum
Water/Cement
Ratio
≤0.40 by weight
Aggregate SSPWC (Greenbook) Grading C
Maximum
Aggregate Size
≤1½” / ≤1” for water retaining structures
Slump Working
Limit
≤4” average of all tests per ASTM C143
Slump Rejection
Limit
≤5½” on any test per ASTM C143
Air Content 4%-7% per ASTM C231 /
≤2% per ASTM C231 for water retaining structures
Water-Reducing
Admixture
Required. Dosage shall be maximum recommended by
admixture Manufacturer based on total weight of cementitious DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 15 of 35
ITEM DESCRIPTION
material (cement + SCM’s)
Maximum Transit
Time
≤60 minutes (≤250 revolutions)
Class A “Structural” Concrete
Greenbook 600-CW-4000
or 600-CFW-4000
(Use for foundations,
footings, ring walls, retaining
walls, slabs on grade, beams,
columns, walls, roof and floor
slabs, and other structural
concrete.)
f’c ≥4000 psi per ASTM C39 at 28 days
Portland Cement
Content
600-700 lb cement per cubic yard
Alternate
Cementitious
Material Content
(15% SCMs)
≥600 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(510 lb Portland cement +90 lb SCMs)
but ≤700 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(595 lb Portland Cement + 105 lb SCMs)
Maximum
Water/Cement
Ratio
≤0.45 by weight
Aggregate SSPWC (Greenbook) Grading C
Maximum
Aggregate Size
≤1½” / ≤1” for water retaining structures
Slump Working
Limit
≤4” average of all tests per ASTM C143
Slump Rejection
Limit
≤5½” on any test per ASTM C143
Air Content 4%-7% per ASTM C231 /
≤2% per ASTM C231 for water retaining structures
Water-Reducing
Admixture
Required. Dosage shall be maximum recommended by
admixture Manufacturer based on total weight of cementitious material (cement + SCMs)
Maximum Transit
Time
≤60 minutes (≤250 revolutions)
Class AP Pumped
“Structural” Concrete
Greenbook 600-EW-4000
or 600-EFW-4000
(Use for foundations,
footings, ring walls, retaining
walls, slabs on grade, beams,
columns, walls, roof and floor
slabs, and other structural
concrete where concrete
pumping is accepted by City’s
Representative.)
f’c ≥4000 psi per ASTM C39 at 28 days
Portland Cement
Content
600-700 lb cement per cubic yard
Alternate
Cementitious
Material Content
(15% SCMs)
≥600 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(510 lb Portland cement +90 lb SCMs)
but ≤700 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(595 lb Portland Cement + 105 lb SCMs)
Maximum
Water/Cement
Ratio
≤0.55 by weight
Aggregate SSPWC (Greenbook) Grading E
Maximum
Aggregate Size
≤1½”
Slump Working
Limit
≤4” average of all tests per ASTM C143
Slump Rejection
Limit
≤5½” on any test per ASTM C143
Air Content 4%-7% per ASTM C231
Water-Reducing
Admixture
Required. Dosage shall be maximum recommended by
admixture Manufacturer based on total weight of cementitious material (cement + SCMs)
Maximum Transit
Time
≤60 minutes (≤250 revolutions)
Class A2 “Structural – No
Special Inspection” Concrete
Greenbook 600-C-2500, 600-
CW-2500
or 600-CFW-2500
(Use for pads and minor
structures where City elects
to waive CBC Special
f’c ≥2500 psi per ASTM C39 at 28 days
Portland Cement
Content
600-700 lb cement per cubic yard
Alternate
Cementitious
Material Content
(15% SCMs)
≥600 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(510 lb Portland cement +90 lb SCMs)
but ≤700 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(595 lb Portland Cement + 105 lb SCMs)
Maximum ≤0.45 by weight
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 16 of 35
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Inspection requirements.) Water/Cement
Ratio
Aggregate SSPWC (Greenbook) Grading C
Maximum
Aggregate Size
≤1½”
Slump Working
Limit
≤4” average of all tests per ASTM C143
Slump Rejection
Limit
≤5½” on any test per ASTM C143
Air Content 4%-7% per ASTM C231
Water-Reducing
Admixture
Optional for 100% Portland Cement
Required if SCMs are used
Maximum Transit
Time
≤60 minutes (≤250 revolutions)
Class B3 “Site Paving”
Concrete
(Use for curbs, gutters,
sidewalks, aprons, and nonvehicular paving.)
Greenbook 520-C-2500
or 494-CFW-2500
f’c ≥2500 psi per ASTM C39 at 28 days
Portland Cement
Content
520-700 lb cement per cubic yard
Alternate
Cementitious
Material Content
(15% SCMs)
≥494 lb cement per cubic yard
(420 lb Portland Cement + 74 lb SCMs)
but ≤700 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(595 lb Portland Cement + 105 lb SCMs)
Maximum
Water/Cement
Ratio
≤0.55 by weight
Aggregate SSPWC (Greenbook) Grading C
Maximum
Aggregate Size
≤2”
Slump Working
Limit
≤4” average of all tests per ASTM C143
Slump Rejection
Limit
≤5½” on any test per ASTM C143
Air Content 4%-7% per ASTM C231
Water-Reducing
Admixture
Optional
Maximum Transit
Time
≤90 minutes
Class B4 “Site Paving”
Concrete
(Use for extruded curbs and
gutters.)
Greenbook 520-D-2500
or 494-DFW-2500
f’c ≥2500 psi per ASTM C39 at 28 days
Portland Cement
Content
520-700 lb cement per cubic yard
Alternate
Cementitious
Material Content
(15% SCMs)
≥494 lb cement per cubic yard
(420 lb Portland Cement + 74 lb SCMs)
but ≤700 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(595 lb Portland Cement + 105 lb SCMs)
Maximum
Water/Cement
Ratio
≤0.55 by weight
Aggregate SSPWC (Greenbook) Grading D
Maximum
Aggregate Size
≤¾”
Slump Working
Limit
≤2” average of all tests per ASTM C143
Slump Rejection
Limit
≤3½” on any test per ASTM C143
Air Content 4%-7% per ASTM C231
Water-Reducing
Admixture
Optional
Maximum Transit ≤90 minutes
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 17 of 35
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Time
Class C “Utility” Concrete
(Use for encasement, thrust
blocks, and fence and
guardrail posts.)
Greenbook 500-C-2500
or 475-CFW-2500
f’c ≥2500 psi per ASTM C39 at 28 days
Portland Cement
Content
500-700 lb cement per cubic yard
Alternate
Cementitious
Material Content
(15% SCMs)
≥475 lb cement per cubic yard
(404 lb Portland Cement + 71 lb SCMs)
but ≤700 lb cementitious materials per cubic yard
(595 lb Portland Cement + 105 lb SCMs)
Maximum
Water/Cement
Ratio
≤0.55 by weight
Aggregate SSPWC (Greenbook) Grading C
Maximum
Aggregate Size
≤1½”
Slump Working
Limit
≤5” average of all tests per ASTM C143
Slump Rejection
Limit
≤6½” on any test per ASTM C143
Air Content 3%-7% per ASTM C231
Water-Reducing
Admixture
Optional
Maximum Transit
Time
≤90 minutes
Class D “Slurry Backfill”
Concrete (Use for trench
backfill.)
Greenbook 94-E-100
f’c ≥100 psi per ASTM C39 at 28 days
Portland Cement
Content
≥94 lb Portland cement per cubic yard
Maximum
Water/Cement
Ratio
≤0.60 by weight
Aggregate ≤¾”
Maximum
Aggregate Size
SSPWC (Greenbook) Grading E
Slump Working
Limit
≤5” average of all tests per ASTM C143
Slump Rejection
Limit
≤6½” on any test per ASTM C143
Air Content 3%-7% per ASTM C231
Water-Reducing
Admixture
Optional
Maximum Transit
Time
≤120 minutes
Reinforcing Steel fy 60 ksi Refer to Section 03 20 00.
Additional Requirements for
Concrete to which Floor
Hardener Is to Be Applied
Slump <4”, except where ambient temperatures are <65°F, use slump <3”.
Air Content <3% per ASTM C231
Other
Requirements
Do not use set-accelerating admixtures containing calcium chloride.
Do not use admixtures that increase bleeding.
J. With addition of high range water reducer, slump shall be 7” +/- 2”.
K. Materials furnished for Work shall conform to ACI 301 §201, §203, and §204 as applicable.
L. Where adverse conditions affect concrete placement, City’s Representative may authorize greater slump, provided cement is increased.
1. Add water at ratio ≤32% (by weight) of added cement per cubic yard.
2. Provide additional water and cement at Contractor’s expense.
M. Design concrete mix to meet properties and proportions specified.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 18 of 35
1. Design mix to minimize shrinkage, surface flaws, honeycombing and rock pockets around steel reinforcing.
2. Limiting parameters specified are not intended to be mix design.
3. Additional cement or water-reducing agent may be required to achieve workability demanded by Contractor’s methods and aggregates.
4. Contractor is responsible for costs associated with furnishing concrete with required workability, density and strength.
5. Percentage of sand of total weight of fine and coarse aggregate shall be ≤50%.
2.3 Mixes
A. Proportioning shall conform to ACI 301 Chapter 3 “Proportioning,” and the following:
1. Charge weigh hoppers from bins located directly over them or from conveyor belts.
When conveyor belts are used, provide separate belt for each aggregate size. a. Install moisture meter accurate to ±1.0% to indicate moisture in fine aggregate.
2. Weigh bulk cement in individual hoppers and keep separate from aggregates until ingredients are released for discharge.
a. Attach cement hopper to separate scale for individual batch weighing.
3. Measure amount of water into mixing drum through valve with positive cutoff. a. When water is weighed, weigh water on separate scale.
4. Add admixtures separately to concrete mixer during batching.
5. Measure cement and aggregate using direct weighing equipment acceptable and accessible to City’s Representative.
6. Scales shall be springless dial type, multiple-beam type, or solid-state digital straingauge transducers.
7. Scale gradations shall be as follows:
a. Aggregate scales ≤ 25 lbs
b. Cement scales ≤ 5 lbs
c. Water scales ≤ 5 lbs
8. For multiple-beam scales, provide indicator operated by main beam giving visible evidence of over or under weight.
a. Indicator design shall allow operation during addition of last 400 lbs of any weighing. b. Over-travel of indicator hand shall be ≥ ⅓ of loading travel. c. Enclose indicators against moisture and dust.
9. Insulate weighing equipment against vibration and movement of other operating plant equipment.
a. When plant is running, scale reading at cutoff shall not vary from designated weight by >1% for cement, 1% for water, 1½% for any aggregate size, and 1% for total aggregate in any batch.
10. Tolerances of measurement equipment shall be:
a. Cement: Use weighing equipment accurate to ±1% of total weight b. Aggregate: Use weighing equipment accurate to ±3% of total weight c. Admixtures: Use weighing equipment accurate to ±3% of total weight d. Water: Use metering equipment accurate to ±3% of total volume B. Water quantity shall be just sufficient to produce workable batches of concrete which can be worked into place without segregation or other flaws and compacted using vibratory methods to provide desired density, impermeability, and smoothness of surface.
1. Adjust water quantity added if needed to adjust for variations in moisture content of aggregate while providing uniform consistency between batches.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 19 of 35
2. Determine consistency of batches by slump testing as described below.
3. Water feed control mechanism shall be capable of being locked in position to deliver constant flow of water to each batch of concrete.
C. Apply admixtures according to Manufacturer’s installation and warranty requirements.
1. Dispense admixtures in liquid form, ensuring quantity dispensed falls within 5% of specified quantity.
D. Set-controlling and water-reducing admixtures shall be applied as follows:
1. Use or addition of admixtures shall be at Contractor’s option to increase workability and shall result in no increase in cost to City.
2. Use or addition of admixtures shall be subject to acceptance by City’s Representative.
3. Concrete containing admixture shall be first placed at location determined by City’s Representative.
4. Add high range water-reducing admixtures to concrete on site after all other ingredients have been mixed and initial slump has been verified.
a. Do not use > 14 ounces of water reducer per sack of cement. b. Water reducer shall be considered as part of mixing water when calculating water cement ratio.
5. If high-range water reducer is added to concrete on site, it may be used in conjunction with same water reducer added at batch plant.
a. Concrete shall have slump of 3” ±½” before adding high range water-reducing admixture at job site.
6. Accurately measure high-range water-reducing admixture and pressure inject into mixer as single dose by experienced technician.
a. Provide and test standby system before each day’s operation of job site system.
7. Mix concrete at mixing speed for ≥30 mixer revolutions after adding high-range water reducer.
E. Do not retemper partially hardened concrete.
F. On-site batching and mixing equipment, if provided, shall conform to the following:
1. Provide automatic, computer controlled system conforming to CPMB 100 and certified by NRMCA.
2. Batching equipment and scales conform to ASTM C 94.
3. Batching plant, mixing plant, and concrete handling equipment capacity shall be ≥100 cubic yards per hour.
4. Unless otherwise accepted, mix concrete in stationary mixers.
5. Equipment shall be capable of combining aggregate, cement, SCMs, admixtures, and water (ice) into uniform mixture within specified time limit, and shall discharge mixtures without segregation.
6. Plant shall have means of identifying and routing each mix to proper placement without error.
7. Protect weighing, indicating, recording, printing, and control equipment against exposure to dust and weather.
8. Batching plant shall be interlocked such that:
a. No batching equipment may be started until all batchers are emptied, and batcher discharge gates and valves are closed
b. Batcher discharge gate shall not open until correct weights of materials are in batching hoppers and scales are in balance
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 20 of 35
c. Batcher discharge gates shall not close until materials are entirely discharged from hopper and scales are back in balance.
d. When water is weighed, water valve shall interlock so that discharge valve cannot be opened until filling valve is closed.
e. Interlock admixture dispensers to operate with water or fine aggregate batchers.
9. Plant shall include rinsing screens for coarse aggregate and means for handling wash water.
10. Plant shall be capable of ready adjustment to compensate for varying moisture content of aggregates and to change weights of materials being batched. a. Provide electric moisture meter conforming to CRD C143 to measure moisture in fine aggregate.
b. Arrange sensing element so measurement is made near batcher charging gate of sand bin or in sand batcher.
11. Print batch tickets or store on properly identified CD’s (one CD for each production day) for each concrete batch produced for Work.
a. Batch tickets shall contain information required by ASTM C94 for certification. b. Batch tickets and electronic files shall be City’s property. c. City’s Representative may require printouts of any batch ticket during concrete production.
12. Suitable facilities shall be provided for obtaining representative samples of each size aggregate, cement, and SCMs, as batched, for testing purposes. a. Provide necessary platforms, tools, equipment, and devices for obtaining samples.
13. Mixing plant shall consist of batch type mixers, each with a rated capacity of ≥ 1 cubic yard of mixed concrete.
a. Equip mixing plant with suitable devices for obtaining representative samples from each mixer and delivering samples to a test area at ground level.
14. Do not charge mixers in excess of capacities recommended by Manufacturer. a. Operate mixers at Manufacturer’s designated drum or mixing blade speed. b. Maintain mixers in satisfactory operating condition. c. Keep mixer drums free of hardened concrete.
15. Locate plant operator’s platform so mixing action in at least 1 mixer and discharge of concrete into receiving hopper from all mixers can be easily observed.
16. Minimum mixing time for each batch, after all solid materials are in mixer drum and with mixing water introduced before ¼ of elapsed mixing time, shall be:
MIXER CAPACITY (CUBIC YARDS MINIMUM MIXING TIME
<2cy 1½ minutes
2-3cy 2 minutes
3-4cy 2½ minutes
>4cy 1½ minutes for first cubic yard and 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard
17. Perform concrete uniformity tests in accordance with ASTM C94 on each mixer at minimum mixing time.
a. Contractor may use mixing time less than minimum specified mixing time if uniformity tests at reduced mixing time conform to ASTM C94 Table A1.1. b. Discontinue use of mixers producing unsatisfactory until mixer is repaired or replaced.
18. Equip each mixer with electronic timing and control which will not permit mixer to be discharged until completion of required mixing time.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 21 of 35
19. Equip each mixer with consistency meter providing reliable continuous indication of concrete consistency within mixer.
a. Sensitivity of consistency meter shall allow ½” change in slump to be discernable to operator.
b. Meter range shall be sufficient to include slumps as low as 1”.
20. Batch and mixing plant shall have means for readily wasting materials or concrete that are improperly batched, mixed, or held in mixer too long.
21. Provide facilities at batching and mixing plant for concrete control testing. a. Facilities shall include plant inspector’s enclosure or shack and means for obtaining and handling samples of aggregates and plastic concrete. b. Floor shall be 10’ x 12’ in area, and free of vibration. c. Provide utilities (heat, air conditioning, electricity, air, and water) as required.
G. Mixing shall conform to of ACI 301 Chapter 7 “Mixing”.
H. Ready mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94.
I. Conveying equipment shall conform to the following:
1. Conveying equipment shall have sufficient capacity so concrete is kept plastic and free of cold joints while concrete is placed.
2. Convey concrete from mixer to forms as rapidly as practicable, using methods preventing segregation or loss of ingredients.
3. Provide telephone or other means of voice communication between mixing plant and concrete forms.
4. Concrete transferred from 1 conveying device to another shall be passed through conically-shaped hopper and shall not be dropped vertically, in unconfined condition, > 5’, except where suitable equipment is provided to prevent segregation and where accepted by City’s Representative.
J. Transit mixing shall conform to ASTM C94 and the following:
1. Transport and deliver ready-mixed concrete to site using agitating equipment. a. Do not use non-agitating equipment or combination truck and trailer equipment to transport or deliver ready-mixed concrete.
2. Deliver ready-mixed concrete to site and complete discharge within “maximum travel time” specified above after addition of cement to aggregates. a. Also, deliver mixed concrete to site and complete discharge before drum has been revolved specified maximum number of revolutions.
3. Transit mixers shall conform to “Standards for Operation of Truck Mixers and Agitators of National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association” and “Truck Mixer and Agitator Standards of Truck Mixer Manufacturer’s Bureau.”
4. Transit mixers shall have electrically actuated counters to record number of revolutions of drum or blades.
a. Counter shall be resettable recording type, and shall be mounted in driver’s cab. b. Counters shall be actuated at time of starting mixers at mixing speeds.
5. Mixers and agitators in transit mixers shall have metal plate or plates installed by mixer manufacturer in prominent place showing mixer manufacturer’s designated drum volume capacity, speed of rotation for agitating, and mixing speeds of mixing drum or blades.
6. Transit mixers shall have identification number painted on mixer that can be easily read from batching platform.
7. Volume of concrete introduced into mixer shall not exceed mixer manufacturer’s specified mixing capacity.
8. Empty mixer of previously mixed load or wash water before adding new concrete.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 22 of 35
9. Materials, including mixing water shall be in mixer drum before actuating counter to count rotations.
10. Properly proportion each batch of concrete and mix in transit mixer for 70-100 revolutions of drum or blades at rotation rate designated by equipment manufacturer. a. Additional mixing, if any, shall be at agitating speed designated by equipment manufacturer unless otherwise accepted by City’s Representative.
11. Do not add water to load during transit.
12. Truck mixers and their operation shall ensure concrete throughout mixed batch is discharged within acceptable limits of uniformity of consistency, mix and grading.
13. Adequate control of ready-mixed concrete may require addition of water into batch at discharge point, in which case water shall be mixed for ≥30 revolutions at equipment manufacturer’s designated mixing speed.
14. Slump tests taken at approximately ¼ point and ¾ points of load during discharge shall give slumps within 2” of each other.
a. Mixers failing to meet this requirement shall not be used on job until causing condition is corrected and satisfactory performance is verified on-site using additional slump tests.
b. Mechanical parts of failing mixer, including water measurement and discharge apparatus, blades, rotation speed, and drum clearances shall be serviced and checked before further attempt to use equipment.
15. Each delivery of ready-mixed concrete shall be accompanied by delivery ticket furnished to City’s Representative as described in Paragraph 1.6 above.
K. Paving and stationary mixing shall proceed as follows:
1. Equip paving and stationary mixers with accurate automatic timing device designed and constructed to lock discharge lever.
a. Regulation setting of this device shall be accepted by City’s Representative.
2. Provide water control equipment with each mixer.
3. Proportion aggregate, cement, and water for each concrete batch into mixer and mix for ≥ 1 minute (1½ minutes for reinforced concrete).
4. Mixer rotating speed shall conform to mixer manufacturer’s recommendation.
5. Total material volume in mixer shall not exceed water level capacity of mixer or mixer manufacturer’s specified capacity of mixer.
L. Concrete conveyance through non-agitating equipment shall proceed as follows:
1. Bodies of nonagitating equipment shall be smooth, watertight, metal containers specifically designed to transport concrete, shaped with rounded corners to minimize segregation and equipped with gates to permit positive control of concrete discharge and to facilitate handling low-slump concrete with specified nominal aggregate gradation.
2. Bucket interior hopper slopes shall be ≥58° from horizontal. a. Clear bucket gate opening shall be ≥5 times nominal maximum-size aggregate, and area of bucket gate opening shall be ≥ 2ft2.
b. Maximum dimension of bucket gate opening shall not exceed twice minimum dimension.
c. Bucket gates shall be grout tight when closed and may be manually, pneumatically, or hydraulically operated except buckets >2 cubic yards shall not be manually operated.
d. Design of bucket shall provide means for positive regulation of amount and rate of deposit of concrete in each dumping position.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 23 of 35
3. Non-agitating transfer hoppers used for concrete transfer to other conveying devices. shall be capable of receiving concrete directly from delivery vehicles and shall have conical-shaped discharge features.
a. Machine shall be equipped with hydraulically operated gate with means of external vibration to facilitate discharge.
b. Do not hold concrete in non-agitating transfer hoppers for > 30 minutes.
M. Belt conveyors, when accepted by City’s Representative, shall proceed as follows:
1. Conveyors shall be designed and operated to assure uniform flow of concrete without segregation of ingredients or loss of mortar and shall be provided with positive means for preventing segregation of concrete at transfer points and at point of discharge.
2. If concrete is to be placed through installed horizontal or sloping reinforcing bars, conveyor shall discharge concrete into pipe or elephant trunk long enough to extend through reinforcing bars.
a. In no case shall concrete be discharged to free fall through reinforcing bars.
N. Chutes shall be used as follows:
1. When concrete can be placed directly from truck mixers, agitators, or non-agitating equipment, chutes attached to this equipment may be used.
2. Slope chutes to permit concrete of consistency required to flow without segregation.
3. Use discharge deflector when required by City’s Representative.
4. Separate chutes and other similar equipment will not be permitted for conveying concrete except when accepted by City’s Representative.
O. Pump placement, when accepted by City’s Representative, shall proceed as follows:
1. Pumping equipment shall be piston or squeeze pressure type.
2. For redundancy, provide standby pump on-site or provide pumping equipment with 2 cylinders, designed to operate with 1 cylinder only.
3. Pipeline shall be rigid steel pipe or heavy-duty flexible hose.
4. Do not use aluminum conduits to convey concrete.
5. Pipe inside diameter shall conform to ACI 304 and be ≥3 times nominal maximum size coarse aggregate in concrete mix being pumped and ≥5”.
6. Maximum size coarse aggregate shall not be reduced to accommodate pumping.
7. Distance to be pumped shall not exceed limits recommended by pump manufacturer.
8. Test concrete samples for slump, air content and test cylinders at placement (discharge) end of line.
9. Supply concrete to concrete pump continuously.
10. When pumping is completed, eject concrete remaining in pipeline without contaminating concrete in place.
11. Replace pumping equipment or hoses that fail to function properly.
12. After each operation, thoroughly clean equipment.
13. Waste flushing water outside of forms and in compliance with environmental requirements.
14. Pumping of concrete will only be permitted if satisfactory end results are obtained.
P. Provide machine mixing except where it is obviously impractical, in which case City’s Representative may accept hand-mixing.
Q. Hand-mixing will be accepted when <1 cy concrete is required.
1. Do not use hand-mixing methods which allow loss of mixing water.
2. Hand-mix concrete on water-tight platform or in mortar box in batches not to exceed ⅓ cubic yard each.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 24 of 35
3. Spread aggregates in uniform layer.
4. Evenly distribute required quantity of cement over aggregates.
5. Turn entire batch with shovels until ingredients are thoroughly blended before adding water.
6. After adding proper amount of water, turn batch with shovels again until uniform consistency is obtained.
R. Compartments of trucks or other equipment used to transport dray aggregate and cement, or mixed concrete shall be constructed to prevent loss or leakage of contents during charging, transit, or discharging.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Make field measurements needed to install Concrete structural systems before submitting Shop Drawings or ordering.
1. Make minor changes in dimensions and alignments as needed to avoid utilities or structural conflicts.
B. Schedule concrete placements so newly placed concrete will not be damaged by blasting or other operations.
C. Provide walkways and platforms for personnel and equipment at levels convenient for Work and to permit performance of operations necessary for concrete placement, consolidation, finishing, and curing.
D. Prepare earth foundations to receive concrete as follows:
1. Ensure earth foundations are clean, damp, and free from standing or running water, and loose particles or foreign matter.
2. Compact earth foundations in accordance with Section 31 23 00.
3. Maintain groundwater levels below subgrade until concrete has set.
4. Wet dry earth surfaces by sprinkling before placing concrete to minimize moisture absorbed from fresh concrete.
5. During concrete placement, ground surface shall be moist, but free from standing water, mud and debris.
E. Prepare sand, gravel, or crushed rock foundations to receive concrete as follows:
1. Place geotextile filter above sand, gravel or crushed rock.
2. Keep aggregate base or sand filler or drain material dewatered to prevent concrete materials from being deposited in water.
3. Place steel reinforcement and concrete as quickly as possible after placing geotextiles.
F. Before placing concrete, provide dewatering, runoff diversion, upstream debris containment systems and protection as needed to ensure proper and water-free environment suitable for concrete hardening and curing.
1. Do not place concrete if 15-day weather forecast indicates chance of rain.
2. Do not place concrete underwater or in spaces where standing water is present.
G. Concrete placement will not be permitted when, in City’s Representative’s opinion, jobsite conditions preclude proper placement, control, consolidation, and finishing.
H. Protect uncured concrete from exposure to rain, runoff or groundwater.
I. Prosecute Work so construction joints occur at locations shown on Plans and Working Drawings.
1. Construct concrete between joints in 1 continuous placing operation.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 25 of 35
2. Refer to Section 03 15 00 for requirements for construction joints and expansion joints.
J. Cold joints shall be deemed to occur when concrete placement is interrupted so new concrete is neither incorporated integrally with previously placed concrete in opinion of City’s Representative nor keyed into place with preformed construction joints shown on Contract Documents or accepted Working Drawings.
1. Minimize cold joints.
2. Form and place vertical joints as construction joints wherever possible.
K. Prepare vertical surfaces of cold joints as follows:
1. Clean tooled joint surface of laitance, loose or defective concrete, and foreign matter by hydroblasting or sandblasting to expose aggregate.
2. Wash hydro-blast or sandblast surface with clean water.
3. Method of disposing of wastewater used to wash concrete surfaces shall cause no staining, discoloration, or deterioration of exposed surfaces of structures and improvements.
4. Coat joint surface with epoxy-bonding agent unless otherwise shown.
5. Wet joints not coated with bonding agent before placing concrete adjacent to joint.
L. Prepare horizontal surfaces of cold joints as follows:
1. Roughen horizontal surface with minimum ¼” amplitude profile for good bond.
2. Clean tooled joint surface of laitance, loose or defective concrete, and foreign matter by hydroblasting or sandblasting to expose aggregate.
3. Wash hydro-blast or sandblast surface with clean water.
4. Remove ponded water from surface of joints.
5. Method of disposing of wastewater used to wash concrete surfaces shall cause no staining, discoloration, or deterioration of exposed surfaces of structures and improvements.
6. Coat joint surface with epoxy-bonding agent unless otherwise shown.
7. Wet joints not coated with bonding agent before placing concrete adjacent to joint.
8. Cover horizontal joints, except expansion or contraction joints, with 1” layer of Class D mortar (1 part Portland cement – 2½ parts fine aggregate).
9. Limit water in mortar to that required to produce consistency similar to fresh concrete.
M. Notify City’s Representative in writing ≥ 24 hours before placing concrete.
1. Do not place concrete except when City’s Representative or their duly authorized representative is present.
N. Secure inspection of steel reinforcement and obtain acceptance by City’s Representative ≥4 hours before placing concrete,.
O. Before placing concrete, verify location of embedded items with affected trades.
1. Each trade having embedded items, including water stops within forms and affected by pour shall certify items are properly located, placed and braced.
2. Verify embedded items are firmly and securely fastened in place.
3. Embedded items shall be free of oil and other foreign matter such as loose coatings or rust, paint and scale.
4. Accuracy of placement of embedded items is Contractor’s responsibility.
5. Do not embed wood into concrete unless accepted in writing by City’s Representative.
6. Temporarily fill voids in sleeves, inserts, and anchor slots using removable materials to prevent concrete entry into voids.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 26 of 35
7. Before placing concrete, provide written notice to City’s Representative and submit Preplacement checkout form similar to that in ACI SP2 described under “Submittals.”
8. Equipment needed to place and consolidate concrete shall be at placement site and in good operating condition.
a. Spare vibrators shall be available throughout concrete placement.
9. Do not use aluminum pipes, chutes, troughs, spouts or tremies for pumping, conveying or placing concrete.
10. Order of placement of concrete shall be acceptable to City’s Representative.
11. To minimize shrinkage effects, place concrete in units bounded by construction joints shown in Working Drawings.
12. Placement shall occur such that each unit shall cure ≥3 days before contiguous units are placed, except corner sections of vertical walls shall not be placed until the 2 adjacent wall panels have ≥7 days.
13. Moisten surfaces against which concrete will be placed with water immediately before placing concrete.
a. Remove ponded or excess water to leave surfaces moist but not flooded.
P. Concrete not placed within 10 minutes from time of leaving mixer shall be remixed before placing.
1. Concrete not placed within 15 minutes after mixing shall be removed from Work site and legally disposed of.
Q. Provide sufficient illumination in interior of forms so concrete at places of deposit is visible from deck or runway.
R. Do not place concrete when weather conditions prevent proper placement and consolidation.
S. Maintain temperature of concrete within the following ranges immediately before placement.
1. Concrete <12” thick: 55°F to 90°F
2. All other concrete: 50°F to 90°F
3. When concrete temperature exceeds 80°F, only set-retarding hydration stabilizing admixtures shall be used.
4. When concrete temperature exceeds 85°F, time between introducing cement to aggregates and discharge shall not exceed 45 minutes.
5. No additional compensation will be made to contractor for measures used to maintain concrete temperature within specified limits.
T. Schedule concrete placement during evening or morning hours, and provide ice, refrigerated mixing water, pre-cooled aggregate, shading, sprinkling and other means needed to conform to maximum temperature limits.
1. If ice is used, store ice at temperatures low enough to prevent forming lumps by refreezing particles.
2. Size of ice particles shall ensure ice completely melts before end of mixing time for each batch.
a. Do not use liquid nitrogen cooling.
U. Hot weather placement shall proceed as follows:
1. Comply with ACI 305R.
2. Do not mix or place concrete when atmospheric temperatures are ≥ 115°F, unless means are employed to cool aggregate and water and protect Work
3. If evaporation rate surface moisture, determined by nomograph in ACI 305R, may be expected to exceed 0.2 lbm per square feet per hour such as to cause plastic shrinkage DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 27 of 35
cracking, provide windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, or wet covering with light colored material in advance of concrete placement.
4. From initial placement through curing, protect concrete from adverse effects of high temperature, low humidity and wind.
5. Cool steel forms and reinforcement prior to concrete placement when steel temperatures exceed 120°F.
6. Cool conveying and placing equipment if necessary to maintain proper concrete placing temperature.
7. Shading of placing area shall be used if required.
V. Stop concrete placement when rainfall is sufficient to damage Work.
W. Prevent cold joints when placing concrete.
1. Concrete placing rate shall ensure each concrete batch is placed while previously placed underlying or adjacent batches of concrete are still plastic so both can be made monolithic by normal use of immersion vibrators.
2. If equipment breaks down or unavoidable prolonged interruptions of continuous placing causes unconsolidated concrete to harden to extent later vibration cannot fully consolidate concrete, immediately consolidate concrete to stable and uniform slope.
3. If delay of placement is then short enough to permit penetration of operating vibrator into concrete, resume placement, taking care to penetrate and re-vibrate concrete placed before delay.
4. If concrete cannot be penetrated with operating vibrator, stop placement and treat cold joint as construction joint if design requirements are such that construction joint is practical.
5. If construction joint will impair structural integrity, as determined by City’s Representative, repair concrete placed before delay as directed by City’s Representative.
6. Repairs in some instances will include removal of concrete placed before delay at Contractor’s expense.
X. Arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates, and other points of concrete discharge so concrete passing from them flows continuously into receiving vessel without separation.
1. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be wiped clean by device operated so mortar adhering to belt is not wasted and shall be of type acceptable to City’s Representative.
2. Chutes shall be ≤ 50’ long.
3. Slopes of chutes shall permit free and continuous flow of concrete being placed.
3.2 Installation
A. Refer to Section 01 73 00 for basic execution and installation requirements.
B. Furnish and install concrete at locations shown on Plans and Submittals.
C. The following installation standards shall be followed:
1. Applicable OSHA and Cal OSHA regulations
2. California Building Code Chapter 19 “Concrete”
3. Other applicable building and CalGreen code requirements
4. ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings Chapter 8.
5. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
6. ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Concrete Structures
7. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §203, §302, and §303
8. City of Corona Standard Drawings:
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 28 of 35
a. Standard Drawing 310 for concrete slope anchors.
9. Manufacturer’s installation and warranty requirements
10. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §303 “Concrete and Masonry Construction.”
D. Refer variances between above documents and Contract Documents to City’s Representative.
E. Where concrete is to be deposited against hardened concrete at horizontal construction joints, begin placing operations by conveying grout mixture through placing system and equipment and depositing mixture on joint.
1. Grout mixture shall be non-shrink grout class 1 as defined in Section 03 60 00.
2. Aggregate shall be Class E as defined herein.
3. Use consolidation techniques to assure proper bond at joint.
F. Deposit concrete into forms as follows:
1. Provide equipment adequate to handle and place concrete with specified aggregate and slump.
2. Keep construction joint surfaces continuously wet for first 12 hours during 24-hour period before placing concrete.
3. Treat cold joints as specified for concrete construction joints in Section 03 15 00.
4. Remove free water before placing concrete.
5. To avoid segregation, deposit concrete as near to its final position as possible. a. Do not use vibrators for extensive shifting of mass of concrete. b. Do not place partially hardened or retempered concrete or concrete contaminated by foreign material into structure.
6. Place concrete in horizontal layers insofar as practical.
7. Begin placing at low point and proceed upgrade.
8. Place concrete in continuous operation between construction joints.
9. Once placement of concrete has begun in a location, do not interrupt placement by diverting placing equipment to other locations unless authorized.
10. Terminate placement with square ends and level tops unless otherwise shown.
11. Place concrete within time limit specified herein and in ASTM C94.
12. Concrete deliveries will be rejected if specified elapsed time from batching to placing is exceeded.
13. Provide sufficient placing capacity so concrete placement is kept plastic and free of cold joints while concrete is placed.
14. Vertical free fall drop shall be ≤4’ below ends of ducts, tremies, chutes or buggies except where suitable equipment is provided to prevent segregation, and where specifically accepted.
15. Tremies shall be ≥ 6” diameter or equivalent cross-section area for rectangular sections.
16. Do not place concrete in horizontal members or sections until concrete in supporting vertical members has been consolidated and 2 hours have elapsed to permit shrinkage to occur.
17. In no case shall concrete be displaced horizontally in forms by >6’ after depositing.
18. Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel or into deep forms, nor place concrete in forms in manner permitting accumulation of mortar on surfaces above placed concrete.
19. If necessary, use hoppers or vertical ducts of canvas, rubber or metal to convey concrete to place of final deposit without separation or splashing.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 29 of 35
20. Depth of concrete deposited in each location shall be that which can be fully consolidated in uniform horizontal layers not exceeding 24” in thickness.
21. Place slabs 24” thick or less in 1 course.
22. Avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required for sloping members.
23. Place each layer while previous layer is still soft.
24. Rate of placement in forms shall be ≤5’ vertical rise per hour.
25. Time between successive lifts shall be defined as time elapsing from completion of 1 lift to start of placing next lift.
a. Unless otherwise accepted, time between successive lifts shall be ≥72 hours.
G. Concrete in ramps and sloping slabs shall be placed uniformly from bottom to top for full width of placement.
1. As Work progresses, vibrate concrete and work it around reinforcement.
2. Screed ramp surface in up-slope direction.
H. Consolidate encasement concrete around duct banks by hand puddling.
1. Do not use mechanical vibration around electrical raceways.
I. Settle, compact and consolidate concrete in forms or excavations throughout depth of concrete layer being placed to produce surface of uniform texture free of rock pockets and excessive voids.
1. Immediately after placement, consolidate each concrete layer using internal vibrating equipment.
2. Do not use vibrators to transport or move concrete within forms. a. If necessary, use hand spading with internal vibrating along formed surfaces permanently exposed to view.
3. Do not use form or surface vibrators unless specifically accepted.
4. Consolidate concrete into dense, homogeneous mass.
a. Work concrete into form corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement and embedded items, eliminating rock pockets without causing concrete materials to segregate, while bringing only a slight excess of water to exposed concrete surface during placement.
5. Use power vibrators of immersion type in sufficient number to accomplish specified results within 15 minutes after concrete is deposited.
6. Vibration shall be accomplished by vertically inserting vibrator into fresh concrete at uniform spacing over full placement area.
7. Distance between insertions shall be approximately 1½ times radius of action of vibrator and overlap adjacent, just vibrated areas by a few inches.
8. Vibrators shall penetrate rapidly to bottom of layer, and slightly into layer below, when fresh.
9. Hold vibrators stationary momentarily, then withdraw slowly so concrete consolidates from bottom upward as entrapped air is removed.
10. Use 2 or more units simultaneously when placing >25 CY. a. Backup vibrator shall be onsite for each in use.
11. Vibrators for structural concrete shall be Group 3 (2”-3½” head, 8,000-12,000Hz, 0.025-
0.05” amplitude) per ACI 309R.
12. Group 2 (1¼”-2½” 8,500-12,500Hz, 0.02”-0.04” amplitude) vibrators may be used only at specific locations when accepted by City’s Representative.
13. When placing concrete around waterstops, carefully rod and vibrate concrete to eliminate air and rock pockets.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 30 of 35
a. Where flat-strip waterstops are placed horizontally, work concrete under waterstops by hand.
b. Concrete surrounding waterstops shall receive additional vibration over and above that used for adjacent concrete to assure full embedment of waterstops in concrete.
14. Internally vibrate concrete in walls and columns and at same time, ram, stir, or work with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels, or forked tools until it completely fills forms or excavations and closes snugly against surfaces.
a. Do not place subsequent layers of concrete until previously placed layers have been worked thoroughly.
b. Keep vibrating head from contact with form surfaces.
15. Do not vibrate concrete excessively or work it in any manner causing segregation of constituents.
16. Perform vibration at each required pour window opening in form walls.
17. Accepted external vibrators will be permitted when concrete is inaccessible to internal vibration.
J. Horizontal surfaces of concrete shall be level whenever run of concrete is stopped.
1. To ensure level, straight joint on exposed surfaces of walls, tack wood strip ≥¾” thick to forms on these surfaces.
2. Carry concrete about ½” above underside of strip.
3. One hour after concrete is placed, remove wood strip.
4. Using trowel, remove irregularities in edge formed by strip, and remove laitance.
K. Do not backfill against walls until concrete has obtained 100% of specified 28-day compressive strength.
3.3 Field Quality Control
A. Refer to the following sections for additional field testing and inspection requirements:
1. Section 03 10 00 for field testing and inspection of formwork and finish dimensions
2. Section 03 15 00 for field testing and inspection of concrete accessories, waterstops and joints.
3. Section 03 20 00 for field testing and inspection of steel reinforcement.
4. Section 03 35 00 for field testing and inspection of concrete finishing.
5. Section 03 39 00 for field testing and inspection of curing.
6. Section 05 12 00 for field testing and inspection of embedded steel bolts.
B. CBC Chapter 17 special inspection shall only be required for Class AA “premium” concrete, Class A “structural” concrete and concrete having specified compressive strength f’c >2500 psi.
C. Maintain placing record on-site showing time and date of placement of concrete having specified compressive strength f’c >2500 psi as required in CBC §1705.3.2.
D. Special inspection and field testing of Class AA and Class A concrete required by Chapter 17 of CBC (Table 1705.3) shall be completed by ICC-certified special inspector selected by City and shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Class AA
Concrete,
Class A
Concrete and
Concrete
Design Mix
Verification
ACI 318, Ch 19 & §26.4.3 &
26.4.4 Periodic per CBC
Table 1705.3
City Contractor
to
reimburse
City for
costs of
Slump ACI 318 §26.4.5, §26.12, ASTM
C31, ASTM C172
Slump per ASTM C143
Continuous per
CBC Table
1705.3 taken at at
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 31 of 35
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
having f’c
>2500 psi
Air Content ACI 318 §26.4.5, §26.12, ASTM
C31, ASTM C172
Air content per ASTM C173 or
C231
¼ point and ¾
point of batch and
at time fresh
concrete is
sampled to
fabricate
cylinders for
strength tests
first
deputy
inspector
if reinspection
required
Temperature ACI 318 §5.6& 5.8, ASTM C31,
ASTM C172, ASTM C1064
Proper Placement
of Concrete
ACI 318 §26.4.5 Continuous per
CBC Table
1705.3
Verification of insitu Concrete
Strength Prior to
Removal of
Shores and
Forms
ACI 318, §6.10.2
See below for concrete strength
test requirements
Periodic per CBC
Table 1705.3
Precast
Concrete
Members
Erection Contract Documents, ACI 318,
Ch. 16
Periodic per CBC
Table 1705.3
E. Additional field testing of concrete shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Concrete
Materials
Coarse and Fine
Aggregate
Sampling per ASTM D75.
Sieve analysis and fineness
1 test during each
shift in which
Contractor Contractor
(Concrete Gradation modulus per ASTM C136 concrete is
Production on produced on site.
Site) Coarse and Fine ASTM C566 1 morning test Contractor Contractor Aggregate per day.
Moisture Content
Coarse and Fine ASTM C127 (Coarse) 1 test per week Contractor Contractor Aggregate ASTM C128 (Fine)
Specific Gravity
and Absorption
(SSD)
Coarse and Fine
Aggregate
ASTM C33 1 test per week Contractor Contractor
Deleterious
Substances
Coarse
Aggregate Flat
ASTM D4791 1 test per week Contractor Contractor
and Elongated
Particles
Fine Aggregate ASTM C2419 1 test per week Contractor Contractor Sand Equivalent
Value
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 32 of 35
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Batch-Plant
Control
Monitor and control proportioning
of cement, SCMs, each size
aggregate, water, and admixtures
.Adjust aggregate weights and
amount of added water to
compensate for free moisture in
aggregates.
Adjust water content to produce
specified slump.
Adjust air-entraining admixture to
maintain air content within
specified limits.
Continuous Contractor Contractor
Weighing
Equipment
Accuracy
ASTM C94 1 test per 6
months or
whenever
variations in
properties of
fresh concrete
are detected
Contractor Contractor
Concrete Air Content and
Unit Weight
ASTM C138 or ASTM C231 1 morning test
per day or every
250cy increment
whichever is
stricter.
Contractor Contractor
Slump ASTM C143
No test shall exceed specified
rejection limit.
Average value of all tests shall be
≤ specified working limit.
1 morning test
per day or every
250cy increment
whichever is
stricter.
Contractor Contractor
Air and Concrete
Temperature
ASTM C1064, Concurrent with
slump tests and
as directed
Contractor Contractor
Concrete
Compressive
Strength f’c
Trial Batch
Sample
Preparation
1 st 5 cylinder tests at 7 days
2 nd 5 cylinder tests at 28 days
3 drying
shrinkage
samples and 10
compression test
cylinders for each
class or mix of
concrete used
Contractor Contractor
Cylinder
Sampling
ASTM C172 Sample each 100
cy concrete and
each separate
mix design placed
on any day
Contractor Contractor
Trial-Batch and
Field-Trial
Cylinder Testing
of Compressive
Strength f’c
Field Cylinders per ASTM C31
§9.2
Make ten 6”
diameter x 12”
high cylinders
1 st tests
(2 cylinders)
at 7 days
2 nd test
(2 cylinders)
at 28 days
Contractor Contractor
Laboratory Cylinders per ASTM
C192
Testing per ASTM C39 Conform
to table below
Evaluation per ACI 214 & ACI 318
Chapter 5 “Concrete Quality”
Field Cylinder
Testing of
Make Field Cylinders per ASTM
C31 §9.2
Make ≥ ten 6”
diameter x 12”
City Contractor
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 33 of 35
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Compressive
Strength f’c
Test per ASTM C39 Average of 2
cylinders
high cylinders per
250 cy concrete
and separate mix
design placed on
any day
1 st tests
(2 cylinders)
at 7 days
2 nd test
(2 cylinders)
at 28 days
Save remaining
cylinders to verify
test results as
directed.
Evaluation per ACI 214 & ACI 318
Chapter 5 “Concrete Quality”
Standard deviation of test results
from same mix and duration shall
be ≤640 psi.
Average of any 3 consecutive
tests shall be ≥ specified 28-day
strength
≥90% of tests shall be ≥ specified
28-day strength
No test shall be <85% of specified
28-day strength
Test Core
Testing of
Compressive
Strength f’c
Take test cores per ASTM C42 if
minimum strengths fall below
those specified.
3 cores per test
as directed
Contractor Contractor
Concrete tested by coring shall be
acceptable if average f’c of 3
cores ≥85% of specified f’c and
no single core strength <75% of
specified f’c.
Penalty clauses may be assessed
as described under Unit Prices for
concrete failing to meet full
specified strength.
Concrete Flexural Strength ASTM C78 As directed Contractor Contractor Unit Weight Yield ASTM C138 As directed Contractor Contractor Drying Shrinkage California Test 530 As directed Contractor Contractor
Finished
Concrete
Dimensional
Tolerance,
Refer to Section 03 35 00 Inspection at
City’s discretion
City City
Footing
Dimensional
Tolerance
ACI 117 Inspection at
City’s discretion
City City
Surface Defects Refer to Section 03 35 00 Inspection at City’s discretion
City City
Cracking in
Flatwork and
Non-Waterbearing
Structures
Refer to Section 03 35 00 Inspection at
City’s discretion
City City
Concrete 11-month
Warranty
Inspection
Demonstrate compliance to
Contract Documents and
Manufacturer’s printed literature
1 test City Contractor
F. Refer to Section 03 10 00 for tolerances of finished concrete.
G. Trial-batch testing and field-trial testing of concrete cylinders shall proceed as follows:
1. Before placing concrete, testing laboratory designated by City’s Representative shall prepare trial batch of each class of “structural” or “premium” concrete based on preliminary concrete mixes submitted by Contractor and using aggregates, cement and admixtures proposed.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 34 of 35
2. During trial-batch, testing laboratory may adjust aggregate proportions to obtain required properties.
a. Such adjustments shall be considered refinements to mix design and shall not justify extra compensation to Contractor.
3. All concrete shall meet specified requirements whether aggregate proportions are from Contractor’s preliminary mix design, or whether proportions have been adjusted during trial batch process.
4. Trial-batch materials shall be sufficient to yield 3 drying shrinkage and 10 compression test specimens from each batch.
5. Test 5 cylinders at 7 days to establish 7-day average compressive strength.
6. Test remaining 5 cylinders ≤28 days after molding.
7. Required average compressive strengths shall be:
SPECIFIED
COMPRESSIVE
STRENGTH (f’c)
28-DAY LABORATORY TRIAL-BATCH
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH MINIMUM
TEST RESULTS
28-DAY FIELD-TRIAL TEST
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH MINIMUM
TEST RESULTS
5-CYLINDER
AVERAGE
ANY SINGLE
TEST
5-CYLINDER
AVERAGE
ANY SINGLE TEST
0 < f’c < 3000 psi f’c +1000 psi f’c f’c + 600psi f’c
3000 psi ≤ f’c < 5000
psi
f’c +1200 psi f’c f’c + 600psi f’c
5000 ≤ f’c f’c +1400psi f’c f’c + 600psi f’c
8. Do not place “structural” or “premium” concrete until mix design has been qualified under test criteria above.
a. Should source of materials or established procedures change, City will require new trial batch testing.
9. Field trial batches may be placed in Work at designated locations accepted by City’s Representative where concrete of lower quality is required. a. For payment purposes, concrete so placed will be considered to be type of concrete specified at that location.
10. Furnish concrete samples for batch testing in steel drums at no cost to City.
11. In lieu of trial-batch testing, Contractor may submit previously designed, tested and successfully used concrete mixes using materials similar to those intended for Work, together with ≥3 certified test reports of 28-day strength of proposed concrete mix.
H. Specified frequency of tests may be increased at City’s Representative’s discretion where excessive variation in concrete properties is observed during construction.
I. Contractor-hired personnel sampling and testing concrete and concrete constituents shall have ACI certification for Concrete Field Testing Technician Grade I.
J. Laboratory used for field testing shall conform to ASTM C1077.
1. If directed by City’s Representative, remove from Work and replace laboratory equipment not acceptably maintained.
K. Contractor shall provide concrete for testing at no charge to City, and shall assist City’s Representative and laboratory personnel in obtaining samples, and disposal and cleanup of excess material.
L. Statistical analysis of compression test results will be performed according to ACI 214.
1. Standard deviation of test results shall not exceed 640 psi when ordered at equivalent water content as estimated by slump.
2. When said standard deviation > 640 psi, increase average strength for which mix is designed as needed to satisfy statistical requirement that:
a. Probability of any test being >500 psi below specified strength <1%.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 3-22-dp 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete - 35 of 35
b. Probability of average of 3 consecutive tests being below specified strength <1%. c. Required average strength shall be calculated using Criterion Number 3 of ACI 214 using actual standard deviation.
M. Concrete which fails to meet ACI requirements and these Specifications is subject to removal and replacement at no cost to City and shall be disposed of as required by law.
N. In lieu of removing and replacing slightly deficient concrete having 85% or more of specified strength, City may, at their sole discretion, elect to reduce payment due to Contractor for substandard concrete as described in Caltrans Standard Specification §90-9 “Compressive Strength.”
3.4 Cleaning
A. Wash out chutes, shovels, finishing trowels and other equipment that has been in contact with wet concrete at a designated concrete washout area.
B. Do not discharge or deposit wet concrete, debris, or other concrete washout effluent on bare ground, on area tributary to storm drain or natural channel or into storm drain facility.
C. Dispose of concrete and concrete waste in accordance with pollution prevention laws and regulations.
D. Refer to Section 01 74 00 for cleanup and disposal requirements.
3.5 Protection
A. Protect concrete against injury until final acceptance by City.
B. Protect fresh concrete from damage due to impact, overstress, vandalism and weather, including precipitation or extremes in temperature or humidity until final acceptance.
C. New concrete not complying with these specifications shall be repaired or removed and replaced prior to final acceptance except where City agrees to reduce payment as described above.
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 32 10 – Cement Mortar - 1 of 5
SECTION 03 32 10
CEMENT MORTAR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Materials, testing, and installation of cement mortar.
B. Refer to the following sections for Work not covered herein.
1. Section 03 30 00 for cast-in-place concrete.
2. Section 04 05 00 for masonry mortaring and grouting.
C. Conform to Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §201-5, applicable permits, and requirements herein.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
E. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
F. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements G. Section 01 73 00: Execution
H. Section 01 73 24: Seismic Restraint
I. Section 03 30 00: Cast-in-Place Concrete
J. Section 31 23 00: Excavation and Fill
1.3 System Description
A. Furnish and install cement mortar in compliance with applicable building codes and standards.
1.4 Quality Assurance
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen trained and experienced in necessary trades and crafts and completely familiar with specified requirements and methods for proper performance of Work of this section.
B. Factory testing shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Mortar
Mix
Compressive
Strength,
Consistency, Mortar
Aggregate Ratio,
Water Content, Air
Content, Splitting
Tensile Strength
and Slump
ASTM C780 1 each batch Contractor Contractor
1.5 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregates
2. ASTM C40 Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete
3. ASTM C109 Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 32 10 – Cement Mortar - 2 of 5
4. ASTM C150 Portland Cement
5. ASTM C191 Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by Vicat Needle
6. ASTM C266 Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement Paste by Gillmore Needlesaw
7. ASTM C289 Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method)
8. ASTM C780 Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry
9. California Building Code (CBC)
10. California Fire Code (CFC)
11. California Green Building Code (CALGreen Code)
12. California Test Method 229 Durability
13. California Test Method 515 Relative Mortar Strength of Portland Cement Concrete Sand
14. NSF/ANSI 61 Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects
15. SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §201-5 “Cement Mortar”
1.6 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals.
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE
Product Data Submit per Product Data requirements.
Installation Instructions Submit per Installation or Application Instruction requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Certificate of Compliance Submit coating system and application certification per Certificate of Compliance requirements.
Test Record Transcripts Submit for factory tests per test record transcript requirements.
Delivery Tickets Submit as required for payment.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
Warranty Furnish 1-year warranty from date of final acceptance.
B. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for definition of requirements for Product Data, Installation Instructions, Certificates of Compliance, and Test Record Transcripts.
1.7 Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Refer to Sections 01 65 00 and 01 66 00 for delivery, storage, and handling requirements.
B. Strictly follow Manufacturer’s instruction and warranty requirements for delivery, storage and handling of cement mortar.
1.8 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials
A. Refer to Section 01 61 00 for basic requirements for products and materials.
B. Refer to Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §201-5 for materials requirements for cement mortar.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 32 10 – Cement Mortar - 3 of 5
C. Cement mortar shall be constructed of:
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Cement Standard Brand
Portland Cement
Conform to ASTM C150 including optional requirements of Table 2 for maximum equivalent alkalis (Na2O+0.658K2O of 0.60%
Type II Modified Low Alkali
Type II/V Modified Low Alkali/Sulfate Resisting
Type III High Early Strength
Type IV Low Heat of Hydration
Type V Sulfate Resistant
Also conform to Table 2 optional requirements
At least 85% of cement by weight shall pass 325 screen.
Sand Specification Conform to ASTM C33
Nonreactive clean, hard durable washed material
From pits acceptable to City’s Representative
Aggregate shall be of character to facilitate producing workable concrete mixture within limits of specified water content and slump.
Organic Impurities
per ASTM C40
Satisfactory
Resultant color of testing solution shall not be darker than ASTM C40 standard
Free Moisture
Content
≤8% at time of batching
Mortar Strength
Relative to Ottawa
Sand per California
Test Method 515
≥100%
Sand Equivalent >75% average for 3 samples
>70% for any 1 sample
Percent Clay, Silt,
Loam per ASTM
C117
<3%
Soundness per
California Test
Method 214
<10%
Soundness requirement will be waived if durability index Df>60 per California Test Method 229.
Ratio of silica
released to
reduction in
alkalinity
<1.0
Weight Lightweight sand not permitted
Reactivity Nonreactive when tested per ASTM C289 and evaluated per ASTM C33 Appendix X1
Water Clean, Clear
Potable Water
TDS≤1000 mg/l
Admixtures Do not use admixtures unless accepted by City’s Representative.
D. Mortar sand shall conform to gradation below. (Refer to Standard Specifications for Public Works (Greenbook) Table 200-1.5.5).
PERCENTAGE PASSING SIEVES BY WEIGHT
SIEVE SIZE ASPHALT CONCRETE SAND GRADATION
#4 100%
#8 95-100%
#16 70-95%
#30 35-70%
#50 5-35%
#100 0-10%
#200 0-5%
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 32 10 – Cement Mortar - 4 of 5
E. The following product design criteria, options and accessories are required:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Mortar 2-Component
Cement Based
Product
Low shrinkage.
Designed for repairing damaged concrete surfaces.
Use medium slump repair mortar on horizontal surfaces.
Use non-sag low-slump repair mortar on vertical or overhead surfaces.
Class A Mortar 1 part Portland cement – 1 part fine aggregate Class B Mortar 1 part Portland cement – 1½ parts fine aggregate Class C Mortar 1 part Portland cement – 2 parts fine aggregate Class D Mortar 1 part Portland cement – 2½ parts fine aggregate Class E Mortar 1 part Portland cement – 3 parts fine aggregate Class F Mortar 1 part Portland cement – 3½ parts fine aggregate Concrete Repair
Mortar
Class C with Atlas white Portland cement added as needed so patch matches finish.
Water Add precise amount of water needed to produce required strength and workability
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Make field measurements needed to install cement mortar before ordering.
1. Make minor changes in dimensions and alignments as needed to avoid utilities or structural conflicts.
B. Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this section will be performed.
1. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of Work.
3.2 Installation
A. Refer to Section 01 73 00 for basic execution and installation requirements.
B. Furnish and install cement mortar at locations shown on Plans and Submittals.
C. The following installation standards shall be followed:
1. Applicable OSHA and Cal OSHA regulations
2. California Building Code
3. Other applicable building, fire, plumbing, mechanical and electrical code requirements
4. Manufacturer’s installation and warranty requirements
5. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction Section 201-5 “Cement Mortar” D. Refer variances between above documents and Contract Documents to City’s Representative.
E. Install cement mortar to tolerances recommended by Manufacturer.
1. Unless otherwise shown, install cement mortar true, plumb, and level using precision gauges and levels.
F. Installation of cement mortar shall pay particular attention to the following:
1. Use mortar as soon as possible after mixing.
2. Mortar shall show no visible signs of setting prior to use.
3. Do not re-temper mortar.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 1-22-dp 03 32 10 – Cement Mortar - 5 of 5
3.3 Field Quality Control
A. Field testing shall include:
ITEM TEST FOR
TEST STANDARD
(ASTM OR OTHER TEST
STANDARD) FREQUENCY
FIRST
TEST PAID
FOR BY
RETESTS
PAID FOR
BY
Cement
Mortar
Installation Visual inspection of finished
installation
1 inspection City City
Setting of Mortar ASTM C191 or C266 As directed Contractor Contractor Mortar Cube Test California Test 515 As directed Contractor Contractor Field Performance Demonstrate compliance to
Contract Documents and
Manufacturer’s printed literature
1 test Contractor Contractor
11-month Warranty
Inspection
Demonstrate compliance to
Contract Documents and
Manufacturer’s printed literature
1 test City Contractor
END OF SECTION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 39 00 – Concrete Curing - 1 of 6
SECTION 03 39 00
CONCRETE CURING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Materials, testing, and curing of concrete.
B. Refer to the following sections for Work not covered herein.
1. Refer to Section 03 30 00 for cast-in-place concrete.
C. Conform to Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §201-4, 303-1.10, applicable permits, and requirements herein.
1.2 Related Work
A. Section 01 10 01: Summary of Work and Sequence of Construction B. Section 01 33 00: Submittal Procedures
C. Section 01 40 00: Quality Requirements
D. Section 01 61 00: Common Product Requirements
E. Section 01 65 00: Product Delivery Requirements
F. Section 01 66 00: Product Storage and Handling Requirements G. Section 01 73 00: Execution
H. Section 03 30 00: Cast-in-Place Concrete
I. Section 03 60 00: Grouting
J. Section 09 90 00: Painting and Coating
K. Section 31 05 23: Cement and Concrete Conforming to Greenbook Specifications
1.3 System Description
A. Furnish and install pigmented curing compound which when applied to fresh concrete will form continuous membrane over exposed surface.
1.4 Quality Assurance
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen trained and experienced in necessary trades and crafts and completely familiar with specified requirements and methods for proper performance of Work of this section.
1.5 References
A. Reference publications below form part of this specification to extent referenced and are referred to within text by basic designation only.
1. AASHTO M182 Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf and Cotton Mats
2. ASTM C31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in Field
3. ASTM C156 Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials
4. ASTM C171 Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
5. ASTM C192 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in Laboratory
6. ASTM C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
7. California Building Code (CBC)
8. California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen Code)
9. Fed Spec UU-B-790A Building Paper, Vegetable Fiber (Kraft, Waterproofed, Water Repellent and Fire Resistant
10. NSF/ANSI 61 Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects
11. SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §201-4 “Concrete Curing Materials
12. SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §303-1.10 “Curing.” DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 39 00 – Concrete Curing - 2 of 6
1.6 Submittals
A. Furnish the following submittals in accordance with ACI 301 and California Building Code.
SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTION
MANUFACTURER’S LITERATURE
Product Data Submit for curing compounds per Product Data requirements.
Installation Instructions Submit materials and methods for curing per Installation Instruction requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL SUBMITTALS
Certificate of
Compliance
For impervious sheet curing materials, submit Certificate of Compliance with ASTM C171.
For curing compounds, submit Certificate of Compliance with ASTM C309.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
Warranty Furnish 1-year warranty from date of final acceptance B. In addition to requirements of ACI, refer to Section 01 33 00 for definition of requirements for Product Data, Installation Instructions, and Certificates of Compliance.
1.7 Delivery, Storage, and Handling
A. Refer to Sections 01 65 00 and 01 66 00 for delivery, storage, and handling requirements.
B. Strictly follow ASTM C309 and Manufacturer’s instructions and warranty requirements for delivery, storage, and handling of curing compounds.
C. At time of use, maintain pigmented curing compounds in thoroughly mixed condition.
D. Store materials in air-tight containers when not in use.
1.8 Project Site Conditions
A. Refer to Section 01 10 01 for full list of project site conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Acceptable Manufacturers include:
ITEM MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER LOCATION
Curing Blankets Reef Industries Houston, TX (800) 231-6074 Sika Corporation Lyndhurst, NJ (800) 325-9504
Accepted equal
Curing Compounds
(Water-Based Resin Type)
Use where air quality
regulations prohibit use of
solvent based compounds
Edoco “Aqua Resincure” Long Beach, CA (310) 834-3401
Euco Euclid Chemical Co / RPM “Aqua-Cure” VOX Cleveland, OH (800) 321-7628 L M Scofield Company “Cureseal W®” Los Angeles, CA (800) 800-9900 Master Builders / BASF “Masterkure-WB” Beachwood, OH (800) 228-3318 W R Meadows SealTight VoComp®20 Hampshire, IL (800) 342-5976 Accepted equal
Evaporation Retardant for
Curing
Euco Euclid Chemical Co / RPM “Eucobarl” Cleveland, OH (800) 321-7628 Master Builders / BASF (Confilm) Beachwood, OH (800) 228-3318 Accepted equal
B. Curing compounds shall be compatible and supplied by 1 Manufacturer capable of providing qualified field service representation.
2.2 Materials
A. Refer to Section 01 61 00 for basic requirements for products and materials.
B. Refer to Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook) §201-4 for materials requirements for concrete curing materials.
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 39 00 – Concrete Curing - 3 of 6
C. Materials for concrete curing shall be:
ITEM MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Curing
Compounds
Conform to ASTM C309 Class B (Resin-type only)
Liquid shall form continuous membrane over exposed concrete surfaces when applied to fresh concrete.
Do not use sodium silicate compounds.
Water loss ≤ 0.15kg/m2 in 24 hours per ASTM C156
Water loss ≤ 0.45kg/m2 in 72 hours per ASTM C156
SSPWC (Greenbook) §204-1 Type 1D clear or translucent with fugitive dye
Sheet Curing
Materials
Type 1 Waterproof Paper Conform to ASTM C171
With white polyethylene sheeting
2- mil nominal PE thickness
Permanently bond to waterproof paper per Fed Spec UU-B-790A Loss of moisture per ASTM C156<0.055 grams/cm2
Type 2 Polyethylene Film White opaque
10-mil nominal PE thickness
Loss of moisture per ASTM C156<0.055 grams/cm2
Type 3 White-Burlap
Polyethylene Sheet
Conform to AASHTO M182
White opaque polyethylene film impregnated or extruded onto 1 side of burlap
4-mil nominal PE thickness
Burlap weight 9oz/yd2
Loss of moisture per ASTM C156 <0.055 grams/cm2
Type 4 Burlap Weight ≥ 10 oz/yard 40” wide
Curing Mats Heavy Shag Rugs,
Carpets or Cotton Mats
Quilted at 4” on center
Dry weight ≥12 oz/sy
Curing Water Shall not contain substances that stain or injure concrete.
D. Materials furnished for Work shall conform to requirements of ACI 301 §201, §203, and §204 as applicable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation
A. Materials and equipment needed for curing and protection shall be on- site prior to start of concrete placement.
B. Protect uncured concrete from exposure to rain for 12 hours.
1. Protect uncured concrete from exposure to runoff or groundwater for 14 days.
C. When recorded peak ambient temperature >85°F and is forecast to reach 85°F on consecutive days, shield concrete from direct sunlight for 3 days.
D. Do not expose uncured concrete to fire or excessive heat E. Surface defect repairs that cannot be made within 2 hours following form removal shall be delayed until after curing compound has been applied.
F. Cover and protect construction joints, shear planes, reinforcing steel and surfaces requiring bond as needed to prevent deposits or overspray of curing compound.
3.2 Installation/Application
A. Refer to Section 01 73 00 for basic execution and installation requirements.
B. The following installation standards shall be followed:
1. Applicable OSHA and Cal OSHA regulations
DocuSign Envelope ID: C84981ED-FBC3-4385-B815-326A43071F1C 2-22-dp 03 39 00 – Concrete Curing - 4 of 6